Santa Monica City Council
June 9, 2026

3. Take 20 photographs ofexisting buildings either on or adjoining property to accurately record physical conditions at start ofconstruction.

4. Take additional photographs as required to record settlement or cracking ofadjacent structures, pavements, and improvements.
c. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take 20 photographs monthly. Select vantage points to show status ofconstruction and progress since last photographs were taken. d. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take 20 photographs after date ofSubstantial Completion for submission as project record documents. Construction Manager will inform photographer ofdesired vantage points.

1. Three days' notice will be given, where feasible.

2. In emergency situations, take additional photographs within 24 hours ofrequest.

3. Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not limited to, the following:
i. Special events planned at Project site.
ii. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or losses. iii. Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project site. These photographs are not subject to unit prices or unit-cost allowances. iv. Substantial Completion ofa major phase or component ofthe Work. v. Extra record photographs at time offinal acceptance. vi. Owner's request for special publicity photographs.

Part 2. PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
Part 3. EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 917 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521

CITY OF SANTA MONICA
City ofSanta Monica TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 015000-1
Part 1. GENERAL
SECTION 01 50 00

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
a. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.
b. Related Requirements:

1. Section 01 10 00 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions.

2. Section 32 12 16 "Asphalt Paving" for construction and maintenance ofasphalt pavement for temporary roads and paved areas.

3. Section 32 13 13 "Concrete Paving" for construction and maintenance ofcement concrete pavement for temporary roads and paved areas.
c. During the progress ofthe WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the site ofthe WORK and other areas used by it in a neat and clean condition, and free from any accumulation of rubbish. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose ofall rubbish and waste materials ofany nature occurring at the WORK site, and shall establish regular intervals ofcollection and disposal of such materials and waste. The CONTRACTOR shall also keep its haul roads free from dirt, rubbish, and unnecessary obstructions resulting from its operations. Disposal ofall rubbish and surplus materials shall be offthe site ofconstruction in accordance with local codes and ordinances governing locations and methods ofdisposal, and in conformance with all applicable safety laws, and to the particular requirements of Part 1926 ofthe OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction.

1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
a. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction personnel.
b. Erosion- and Sedimentation-Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements ofEPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent. c. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements ofNFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management offire-prevention program. d. Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage.

1. Describe delivery, handling, and storage provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage.

2. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work.

3. Indicate sequencing ofwork that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive materials, plastering, and concrete grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from these operations.

Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 918 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521

CITY OF SANTA MONICA
City ofSanta Monica TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 015000-2
QUALITY AS1S.U 04RANCE
a. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. b. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines.

1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
Temporary Use ofPermanent Facilities: Engage Installer ofeach permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection ofeach permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless ofpreviously assigned responsibilities.

1.7 DUST ABATEMENT
CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, equipment, and means required and shall carry out effective measures wherever and as often as necessary to prevent its operation from producing dust in amounts damaging to property, cultivated vegetation, or domestic animals, or causing a nuisance to persons living in or occupying buildings in the vicinity. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage resulting from any dust originating from its operations. The dust abatement measures shall be continued until the CONTRACTOR is relieved of further responsibility by the ENGINEER.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS
a. Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch-thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- OD line posts and 2-7/8- inch- OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- OD top rails , with galvanized barbed-wire top strand.

Provide visional screening material attached to the chain link fencing to screen construction activities from the public. Coordinate with the Construction Manager as to the material and color b. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch- thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- OD top and bottom rails. Provide galvanized-steel bases for supporting posts and bracing as needed. Provide visional screening material attached to the chain link fencing to screen construction activities from the public. Coordinate with the Construction Manager as to the material and color.
c. Dust-Control Adhesive-Surface Walk-offMats: Provide mats minimum 36 by 60 inches . d. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of25 and 50, respectively.

2.02 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
a. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 919 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521

CITY OF SANTA MONICA
City ofSanta Monica TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 015000-3
Common-Use FieldbO. ffice: Ofsufficient size to accommodate needs ofOwner, Engineer, Construction Manager, and construction personnel office activities and to accommodate Project meetings specified in other Division 01 Sections. Keep office clean and orderly. Furnish and equip offices as follows:

1. Furniture required for Project-site documents including file cabinets, plan tables, plan racks, and bookcases.

2. Conference room ofsufficient size to accommodate meetings of10 individuals. Provide electrical power service and 120-V ac duplex receptacles, with no fewer than one receptacle on each wall.

Furnish room with conference table, chairs, and 4-foot- square tack and marker boards.

3. Drinking water and private toilet.

4. Coffee machine and supplies.

5. Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform indoor temperature of68 to 72 deg F .

6. Lighting fixtures capable ofmaintaining average illumination of20 fc at desk height. c. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations.

1. Store combustible materials apart from building.

2.03 EQUIPMENT
a. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes offire exposures.
b. HVAC Equipment: provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control.

1. Use ofgasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited.

2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type offuel being consumed, by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. c. Air-Filtration Units: Primary and secondary HEPA-filter-equipped portable units with four-stage filtration. Provide single switch for emergency shutoff. Configure to run continuously.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
a. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance ofthe Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress ofthe Work.

1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 011000 "Summary." b. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use ofcompleted permanent facilities.

3.02 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION
a. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.

1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, ifnecessary, to make connections for temporary services. b. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully. c. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction.
d. Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 920 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521

CITY OF SANTA MONICA
City ofSanta Monica TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 015000-4
Sanitary Facilities: eP.rovide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements ofauthorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance offixtures and facilities.

1. Toilets: Use ofOwner's existing toilet facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.
f. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying ofcompleted installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects oflow temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.
g. Isolation ofWork Areas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering occupied areas.

1. Prior to commencing work, isolate the HVAC system in area where work is to be performed according to coordination drawings.
i. Disconnect supply and return ductwork in work area from HVAC systems servicing occupied areas.
ii. Maintain negative air pressure within work area using HEPA-equipped air-filtration units, starting with commencement oftemporary partition construction, and continuing until removal oftemporary partitions is complete.

2. Maintain dust partitions during the Work. Use vacuum collection attachments on dust-producing equipment. Isolate limited work within occupied areas using portable dust-containment devices.

3. Perform daily construction cleanup and final cleanup using approved, HEPA-filter-equipped vacuum equipment.
h. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying ofcompleted installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects ofhigh humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.

1. Provide dehumidification systems when required to reduce substrate moisture levels to level required to allow installation or application offinishes. i. Electric Power Service: Connect to Owner's existing electric power service. Maintain equipment in a condition acceptable to Owner.
j. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system ofsufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations.

1. Install electric power service overhead unless otherwise indicated.

2. Connect temporary service to Owner's existing power source, as directed by Owner. k. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions.

1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system.

2. Install lighting for Project identification sign.

3. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use when away from field office.

4. Internet Security: Integrated software, providing software firewall, virus, spyware, phishing, and spam protection in a combined application.

5. Backup: External hard drive, minimum [40] <Insert number> gigabyte, with automated backup software providing daily backups.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 921 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521

CITY OF SANTA MONICA
City ofSanta Monica TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 015000-5

3.03 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION
a. General: Comply with the following:

1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241.

2. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. b. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Locate temporary roads and paved areas within construction limits indicated on Drawings.

1. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply treatment as required to minimize dust.
c. Temporary Use ofPermanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas. Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits indicated, as necessary for construction operations.

1. Coordinate elevations oftemporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads and paved areas.

2. Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temporary roads and paved areas according to Section 312000 "Earth Moving."

3. Recondition base after temporary use, including removing contaminated material, regrading, proofrolling, compacting, and testing.

4. Delay installation offinal course ofpermanent hot-mix asphalt pavement until immediately before Substantial Completion. Repair hot-mix asphalt base-course pavement before installation offinal course according to Section 321216 "Asphalt Paving."
d. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements ofauthorities having jurisdiction.

1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities.

2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. e. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner' s existing parking areas for construction personnel. f. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements ofauthorities having jurisdiction.

Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free ofwater.

1. Dispose ofrainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.

2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations. g. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted.

1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings.

2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project.
i. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.

3. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times. h. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel.

1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities.

2. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect stairs and to 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 922 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521

CITY OF SANTA MONICA
City ofSanta Monica TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 015000-6
maintain means ofegress. Ifstairs become damaged, restore damaged areas so no evidence remains ofcorrection work.

3.04 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
a. Protection ofExisting Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities.
b. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.

1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 011000 "Summary." c. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements of2003 EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent and requirements specified in Section 311000 "Site Clearing."
d. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge ofsoil-bearing water runoffand airborne dust to undisturbed areas and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to requirements of2003 EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent.

1. Verify that flows ofwater redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity do not enter or cross tree- or plant- protection zones.

2. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established.

3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and sedimentation from Project site during the course ofProject.

4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal.
e. Storm water Control: Comply with requirements ofauthorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoffofstormwater from heavy rains.
f. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates.

1. Extent ofFence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations.

2. Maintain security by limiting number ofkeys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel. Furnish one set ofkeys to the City Construction Manager. g. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations ofsecurity. Lock entrances at end ofeach work day. h. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements ofauthorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. i. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction.
j. Covered Walkway: Erect protective, covered walkway for passage ofindividuals through or adjacent to Project site. Coordinate with entrance gates, other facilities, and obstructions. Comply with regulations ofauthorities having jurisdiction.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 923 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521

CITY OF SANTA MONICA
City ofSanta Monica TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 015000-7

1. Construct covered walkways using scaffold or shoring framing.

2. Provide overhead decking, protective enclosure walls, handrails, barricades, warning signs, exit signs, lights, safe and well-drained walkways, and similar provisions for protection and safe passage.

3. Paint and maintain appearance ofwalkway for duration ofthe Work. k. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection ofconstruction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.

1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulate temporary enclosures.

3.05OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
a. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use oftemporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability oftemporary facilities to essential and intended uses. b. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.

1. Maintain operation oftemporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility ofdamage.
c. Operate Project-identification-sign lighting daily from dusk until 12:00 midnight. d. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. e. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use ofa permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion.

Complete or, ifnecessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.

1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property ofContractor. Owner reserves right to take possession ofProject identification signs.

2. Remove temporary roads and paved areas not intended for or acceptable for integration into permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances that might impair growth ofplant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction.

3. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 924 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica PROJECT CLOSE OUT
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 017700-1

CITY OF SANTA MONICA
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 FINAL CLEANUP
SECTION 01 77 00

PROJECT CLOSE
OUT
a. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from the vicinity of the completed work, all rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms, construction equipment, and temporary structures and facilities used during construction. Final acceptance of the WORK by the OWNER will be withheld until the CONTRACTOR has satisfactorily complied with the foregoing requirements for final cleanup of the project site.

1.02 CLOSEOUT TIMETABLE
a. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. The CONTRACTOR shall establish dates for equipment testing, acceptance periods, and on-site instructional periods (as required under the Contract). Such dates shall be established not less than one week prior to beginning any of the foregoing items, to allow the OWNER, the ENGINEER, and their authorized representatives sufficient time to schedule attendance at such activities.

1.03 FINAL SUBMITTALS
a. The CONTRACTOR, prior to requesting final payment, shall obtain and submit the following items to the CONSTRUCTION MANAGER for transmittal to the OWNER:

1. Written guarantees, where required.

2. Operating manuals and instructions.

3. Maintenance stock items; spare parts; special tools.

4. Completed record drawings.

5. Certificates ofinspection and acceptance by local governing agencies having jurisdiction.

6. Releases from all parties who are entitled to claims against the subject project, property, or improvement pursuant to the provisions oflaw.

Part 2. PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
Part 3. EXECUTION (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 925 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica TEMPORARY TREE & PLANT PROTECTION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 025639-1
SECTION 025639 – TEMPORARY TREE & PLANT PROTECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes materials, labor, apparatus, tools, equipment, temporary construction, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing the proper completion of Work for Temporary Tree & Plant Protection, as shown in the Contract Drawings, and as specified herein this Section.

B. Work under this Section consists of, but is not necessarily limited to, furnishing and installing the following:

1. Protecting and maintaining existing trees and vegetation not specifically designated for removal, to remain.

2. Protection shall be extended to trees and/or vegetation located within or directly adjacent to the Project Site, whether the tree trunk and/or vegetation are located within the designated Limits ofWork.

C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to Work in this Section:

1. Section 328400 – Irrigation Systems.

2. Section 329300 – Exterior Plants.

3. Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories.

1.2 DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS
A. References:

1. ANSI – American National Standards Institute.

2. ASTM – American Society for Testing & Materials.

3. ISA – International Society ofArboriculture.

4. USDA – United States Department ofAgriculture.

B. Definitions:

1. Tree – A woody perennial plant which usually has (but not limited to) a single dominant trunk and has a mature height of fifteen-feet (15’) or more and has a trunk diameter (caliper) of three-inches (3”) or more when measured at twenty-four-inches (24”) above the finished grade. Tree shall also refer to palm species, where palms are measured in height to the apical meristem, per Section 329360 – Palm Tree Planting.

2. Drip-line – The outermost extent of the tree’s foliaged canopy, which encompasses the tree leaves or fronds, trunk, branches, roots, and soil. In no case shall a drip line encompass an area under a tree canopy, which is less than ten-feet (10’) in diameter.

Since each tree is unique in size, scale, and form, the delineated drip-line of each tree shall be refined at the discretion ofthe Landscape Architect. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 926 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica TEMPORARY TREE & PLANT PROTECTION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 025639-2

3. Injury – Bruising, scarring, tearing, gouging, or breaking of roots, branches, or trunk(s), soil compaction around the drip-line, or contamination around the drip-line which results in the decline to the health ofthe tree.

4. Root Zone– The soil volume surrounding a plant containing the roots.

C. Reference Standards:

1. American National Standard for Tree Care Operation, Tree, Shrub, and Other Woody Plant Maintenance (ANSIA300), American National Standards Institute, Latest Edition.

2. American National Standard for Tree Care Operations (ANSI Z133), American National Standards Institute, Latest Edition.

3. Tree Pruning Guidelines, International Society ofArboriculture, 1995 Edition.

4. Pruning Standards for Shade Trees, National Arborists Association, Latest Edition.

5. Designing for mandatory tree protection during construction, City of Santa Monica Community Maintenance Department, Public Landscape Division.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor shall provide site photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed and described, of existing conditions of trees and vegetation, adjoining construction, and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by site clearing, tree pruning, or tree protection.

Submit photographs or videotape to the Landscape Architect prior to commencement ofWork.

B. Product Data: Submit complete and legible materials list of items to be provided for Work described herein this Section.

C. Submit complete detailed schedule and description ofWork to be done within drip-line, (ifany), including list ofequipment to be used.

D. Submit schedule and description of proposed pruning and/or other remedial work to existing plant materials. Submit qualifications describing years of experience and list of similar projects completed forthe following:

1. A State of California licensed Pest Control Advisor shall propose application of all herbicides or pesticides.

2. A Certified Arborist shall propose pruning of trees or other vegetation. The Certified Arborist shall have a minimum of five (5) year’s post-certification experience performing pruning and observation work for projects of comparable size with trees of similar size and nature.

3. Tree Pruning Company, and List of Certified Tree Workers, who will perform Work relating to requirements herein this Section. Tree Pruning Company shall have a minimum of five (5) years experience specializing in performing the work of this Section for projects ofcomparable size with trees ofsimilar size and nature.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL
A. Pre-Installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project Site. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 927 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica TEMPORARY TREE & PLANT PROTECTION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 025639-3
B. Pruning and remedial work shall be done under the direct supervision ofan Arborist certified by the International Society of Arborists (ISA); or Arborist who is a member in good standing in the American Society of Consulting Arborists, in compliance with ISA and ANSI Standards.

Arborist shall be on Site continuously while existing trees or roots are being pruned or remedial work is being performed.

1.5 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS
A. Contractor shall become aquatinted with existing site conditions, verifying quantities and locations of all protected trees and vegetation, and other information as may be necessary.

Notify the Landscape Architect ofunsatisfactory conditions, in writing, prior to commencement ofWork.

B. Tree Flagging: Prior to commencement of Work, Contractor shall flag existing trees and vegetation to remain and protected throughout the duration of Work. Adequately flag tree trunks with bright-colored tape (neon colors preferred). Verify flagged trees and vegetation with the Landscape Architect.

C. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during tree-pruning ortree-protection operations.

1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from the Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.

2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways, if required, by authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Locate above utilities prior to any Work, and perform Work in a manner which will avoid possible damage. Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before site clearing where applicable. Notify the Landscape Architect ifconflicts exist.

E. Improvements on Adjoining Property: Authority for performing indicated removal and alteration Work on property adjoining Owner's property shall be obtained by the adjoining property Owner(s) prior to commencement ofWork.

F. Protect existing Work and Work of other trades: Damage to existing construction caused by Work of this Section shall be promptly repaired and/or replaced at the expense of the Contractor.

G. Environmental Requirements: Perform actual pruning operations (if needed) during those seasons suitable for the specific tree type, in accordance with locally acceptable horticultural practices.

H. Pre-Tree Pruning/Tree Protection Conference: Contractor shall conduct a Pre-Tree Pruning/Tree Protection Conference at the Project Site with Certified Arborist (who will be on-site supervising the Work ofthe Project) and the Landscape Architect.

1. Contractor shall be responsible for notifying parties, in writing, at least seven (7) days in advance to schedule the Conference.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 928 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica TEMPORARY TREE & PLANT PROTECTION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 025639-4

2. Contractor shall provide to parties in attendance within seven (7) days a written legible inventory ofWork to be accomplished, including species (botanical and common name), location, size, specific pruning needs or tree protection needs as identified during the Conference, recommended pruning or tree protection methods to meet the identified needs, and any additional conditions noted.

1.6 SCHEDULE
A. Install Tree Protection Barricades prior to commencement ofWork.

B. Work shall be done according to approved Schedule.

1.7 GUARANTEE
A. Contractor shall Guarantee that plants covered under the Provisions of this Section shall be healthy and in a flourishing condition of active growth for two (2) years from the date of Final Acceptance.

B. Requirements of the guarantee shall apply if failure of the Contractor to take specified precautions and Work within restrictions of this Section contributes to the destruction, decline, or injury to a tree to remain, in the judgment ofthe Landscape Architect.

C. Ifa tree designated to be protected accordingly is destroyed or injured so that in the judgment of the Landscape Architect it should be replaced, it shall be removed at the expense of the Contractor. Contract shall pay compensation to the Owner of the property where the tree was located at the rate as specified herein this Section (see Compensation).

1.8 COMPENSATION
A. Contractor shall replace existing plant material designated to remain that dies or sustained injury from the result of the Contractor’s negligence to provide adequate required protection, pruning, or maintenance during the course ofconstruction operations.

B. Trees: Contractor shall thoroughly remove damaged tree, including trunk, branches, and roots, at no cost to the Owner, and at the direction ofthe Landscape Architect.

1. Contractor shall furnish and install per requirements in Section 329300 – Exterior Plants, with an equal size tree (in height, spread, and caliper), and of the same form, species, and in the same quantity as those tree(s) that were damaged, at the direction of the Landscape Architect. Compensation shall include the actual cost of the item boxed out of the ground; transportation or delivery of boxed item to the site; unloading, planting and staking; maintenance, including watering, fertilizing, pruning, pest control, and other care to bring replacement to same general condition ofthe original item.

C. Other Plant Material (other than Trees): Contractor shall replace other vegetation (other than trees) that died or sustained injury from the result of the Contractor’s negligence to provide 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 929 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica TEMPORARY TREE & PLANT PROTECTION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 025639-5
adequate required vegetation protection, pruning, or maintenance during the course of construction operations. Compensation shall be awarded to the Owner as follows:

1. Contractor shall thoroughly remove damaged vegetation at no cost to the Owner, and at the direction ofthe Landscape Architect.

2. Contractor shall furnish and install per requirements in Section 329300 – Exterior Plants, with equal size plant material as those which damaged ((5) gallon container stock minimum (as applicable)) of the same form, species, and in the same quantity as vegetation that was damaged, at the direction ofthe Landscape Architect.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 TREE PROTECTION MATERIALS
A. Barricade for Protection ofExisting Vegetation:

1. Fabric: Minimum six-feet (6’-0”) high, chain link fence. Refer to “Designing for mandatory tree protection during construction” Guidelines by City of Santa Monica Community Maintenance Department, Public Landscape Division.

2. Posts: Metal.

3. Signs: Posted plastic laminated signs, with words “WARNING-KEEP OUT-TREE PROTECTION ZONE”.

B. Mulch: Where available, Contractor shall stockpile and reuse shredded wood chips produced from on-site tree removals and remedial work, if chips are disease free and acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Where on-site chips are not available, Contractor shall provide Shredded Wood Mulch as specified in Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION
A. Provide erosion-control measures as needed to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soilbearing water runoffor airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.

B. Locate and clearly flag trees and vegetation to remain orto be relocated.

C. Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction.

3.2 TREE AND VEGETATION PROTECTION
A. Protect existing trees and other vegetation indicated to remain in place against the following:

1. Storage or parking ofautomobiles or other vehicles.

2. Stockpiling ofbuilding materials, refuse, or excavated materials. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 930 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica TEMPORARY TREE & PLANT PROTECTION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 025639-6

3. Use of trees as support posts, power posts, or sign posts, anchorage for ropes, guy wires, or powerlines, or other similar functions.

4. Dumping of poisonous materials on or around plant roots, trunks, branches, or foliage.

Such materials include, but are not limited to, paint, petroleum products, dirty water, or other deleterious materials.

5. Cutting, breaking, or shinning of roots caused by utility trenching, foundation digging, placement of curbs and trenches, and other miscellaneous excavation without prior written approval by the Landscape Architect.

6. Damage by skinning or bruising of bark on trunks or branches, caused by maneuvering vehicles or stacking material or equipment too close to the plant.

7. Compaction of the soil within the drip-line of the plants due to movement of trucks or grading machines, pedestrian or vehiculartraffic, storage ofequipment or materials.

8. Excessive water or heat from equipment, utility line construction, or burning of trash under or near vegetation to remain.

9. Damage to root system from flooding, erosion, and excessive wetting and drying resulting from watering and other operations.

B. Prior to commencement of construction activities, the Contractor shall erect and maintain a temporary fenced barricade around the drip-line of individual trees, around perimeter drip-line ofgroups oftrees, or around other vegetation to remain.

1. Prevent damage to roots during installation of barricade posts. Space posts approximately 4’-0” on-center(O.C.) and securely attach fabric.

2. Barricades shall be installed plumb, taut, and sturdy to prevent unauthorized access around drip-line of trees and protected vegetation. Repair sagging or damaged barricades immediately.

3. Immediately after barricade fencing is installed, cover entire soil area inside of the fence area with a four-inch (4”) layer of mulch. Keep mulch eighteen-inches (18”) away from root crown. Irrigate protected trees and vegetation to a moist soil depth of eighteeninches (18”) deep.

4. During the course ofconstruction, relocation ofthe barricade may be required to facilitate construction. Contractor shall relocate barricade as directed by the Landscape Architect at no additional expense to the Owner.

5. Remove barricade when construction operations are complete or when directed by the Landscape Architect.

C. Irrigation: Contractor shall supply fresh potable water in adequate amounts and rates of application as required to maintain the health ofprotected plant material throughout the duration of the construction operations. Contractor shall maintain a watering schedule and document dates and duration ofirrigation applications.

1. Construct a temporary watering basin, as required, on the surface of the existing undisturbed grade, with imported soil, to aid in the retention of water around existing protected trees and planting.

D. Do not excavate within drip line of trees, unless approved, in writing, by the Landscape Architect.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 931 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica TEMPORARY TREE & PLANT PROTECTION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 025639-7
E. Where excavation for new construction is required within drip line of trees, hand clear and excavate to minimize damage to root systems. Use narrow-tine spading forks, comb soil to expose roots, and cleanly cut roots as close to excavation as possible.

1. Cover exposed roots with burlap and water regularly.

2. Temporarily support and protect roots from damage until they are permanently relocated and covered with soil.

3. Coat cut faces of roots more than 1-1/2 inches in diameter with emulsified asphalt or other approved coating formulated for use on damaged plant tissues.

4. Cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out. Backfill with soil as soon as possible.

F. Protect root systems of existing trees and vegetation from damage due to chemically injurious materials in solution caused by run-off or spillage during mixing or placement of construction materials, and drainage ofstored materials.

G. Protect root systems from flooding, erosion, excessive wetting or drying resulting from dewatering or other operations.

H. Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by the Landscape Architect.

1. Employ a qualified arborist, licensed in jurisdiction where Project is located, to submit details ofproposed repairs and to repair damage to trees and shrubs.

2. Replace trees that cannot be repaired and restored to full-growth status, as determined by the qualified Arborist.

3.3 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
A. Remove obstructions, trees, shrubs, grass, and other vegetation to permit installation of new construction. Removal includes digging out stumps and obstructions and grubbing roots.

1. Do not remove trees, shrubs, and other vegetation indicated to remain or to be relocated.

2. Cut minor roots and branches of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful manner where such roots and branches obstruct installation ofnew construction.

3. Completely remove stumps, roots, obstructions, and debris extending to a depth of eighteen-inches (18”) inches below exposed sub-grade.

4. Use only hand methods for grubbing within drip line ofremaining trees.

B. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material, unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated.

3.4 PRUNING AND REMEDIAL WORK
A. Pruning and remedial work shall be done under continuous supervision of the approved Arborist, according to approved submittals, and per ANSI A300 Pruning Standards. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 932 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica TEMPORARY TREE & PLANT PROTECTION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 025639-8
B. Provide pruning, cabling and bracing, irrigation, pest and disease control and other remedial treatments as recommended by the approved Arborist, required to assure the long-term health of the trees and existing vegetation, and the safety ofpersons and property.

3.5 LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD
A. Keep areas within tree protection barricades free from weeds, trash, and debris. Do not use herbicides.

B. Maintain mulch layer and protective devices throughout entire duration ofContract.

PART 4 - END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 933 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 034500-1
SECTION 034500 –PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes materials, labor, apparatus, tools, equipment, temporary construction, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing the proper completion of Work as required to make a complete Precast Architectural Concrete installation, as shown on the Contract Drawings, and as specified herein this Section.

B. Work under this Section consists of, but is not necessarily limited to, furnishing and installing the following:

1. Masonry Wall:
a. Precast Concrete Cap Units.

C. Related Sections. The following Sections contain requirements that relate to Work in this Section:

1. Section 042200 – Concrete Unit Masonry.
a. Mortar Materials and Mortar Mixes.
b. Grout Materials and Grout Mixes.

1.2 DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS
A. References:

1. ACI – American Concrete Institute.

2. ANSI – American National Standards Institute.

3. APA – Architectural Precast Association.

4. ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials.

5. AWS – American Welding Society.

6. PCI – Precast/Pre-stressed Concrete Institute.

7. CBC – California Building Code.

8. IBC – International Building Code.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General:

1. Collect information into a single Submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment identified underthis Section forreview.

2. To expedite review, Submittal shall be organized and presented into specific sections or headings. Furnish neat, concise, legible, and clearly identifiable information, and sufficiently explicit detail, to enable proper evaluation for Contract compliance.

Highlight catalog, product data, or brochures containing various products, sizes, and materials to show particularitem submitted.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 934 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 034500-2

3. Submittal Format: As applicable, furnish Submittal as a single electronic digital PDF (Portable Document Format) file.

B. Digital Submittal Information:

1. Product/Material Data: Submit available product/material literature supplied by manufacturer’s, indicating that their products comply with specified requirements.

Provide manufacturing source (name, address, and telephone number), and distributor source (name, address, and telephone number) for each type ofproduct/material. a. Precast Architectural Concrete (Units).
b. Refer to Section 042200 – Concrete Unit Masonry for mortar materials & mortar mixes and grout materials and grout mixes for products/materials specified under that Section that are required for Submittals underthis Section.

2. Certificates: Submit certified copies of Precast Architectural Concrete mix design for each batch used.

3. Scaled Shop Drawings: Provide enlarged scaled plans, elevations, sections, as required, for review by the Landscape Architect and Structural Engineer, indicating dimensioned fabrication and erection of Precast Architectural Concrete. Show construction including structural materials and components, joining materials, embedment, or other items attached to or concealed in the Work.

4. Maintenance Program: Submit Manufacturer-recommended program for maintenance of each type ofPrecast Architectural Concrete indicated herein.

5. Qualification Data: Submit names for firms and persons specified in the “Quality Assurance and Control” Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience on similar Precast Architectural Concrete Unit installations.

C. Material Samples: Submit four (4) sets of physical Material Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, size, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements, and for a comparison of these characteristics between Submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. Include the full range of exposed color and texture expected in the completed Work.

Provide Material Samples bound and individually wrapped in re-sealable labeled 1-gallon plastic bags (as applicable):

D. Submittals under this Article will be rejected and returned without the benefit of review by the Landscape Architect if they are difficult to read due to insufficient scale, poor image quality, or poor drafting quality; or if all of the required information is missing or not presented in the format as requested.

E. No Work under this Section shall proceed until all information indicated herein this Article have been reviewed, accepted, and approved by the Landscape Architect, in writing.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL
A. Manufacturer Qualifications:

1. Manufacturer with experience in successfully demonstrating the manufacturing ofPrecast Architectural Concrete Work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, with a record of successful performance, and with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in the Work.

2. Manufacturer shall be an APA - Certified Production Plant. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 935 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 034500-3
B. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer with experience in successfully demonstrating the installation of Precast Architectural Concrete Work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated forthis Project, with a record ofsuccessful performance, and with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in the Work.

1. Requirement: Valid California C-29 (Masonry Contractor) License.

C. Source Limitations: Obtain Precast Architectural Concrete Units of uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the same ranged from one (1) manufacturer for each Precast Architectural Concrete Unit type required.

D. Comply with requirements of PCI MNL 117 for manufacturing, testing, and dimensional tolerances for fabrication and erection.

E. Design Precast Architectural Concrete mixes in compliance with ACI 318.

F. Welders, welding operators, and tackers shall be qualified in accordance with AWS D1.1 and CBC Standard No. 27-6 Structural Welding. Re-qualify welders who have not performed welding for three (3) or more years.

G. Shop welding, as required, shall be in accordance with AWS D1.1 and CBC Standard 27-6.

H. Permits, Fees, Bonds, and Inspections: Contractor shall arrange and pay for permits, fees, bonds, and inspections necessary to perform and complete Work underthis Section.

I. Field-Constructed Mock-ups:

1. Provide a complete fabricated sample panel (minimum 4’-0” long x height as indicated in the Contract Drawings) for all respective materials receiving Precast Architectural Concrete specified herein this Section which is to be used as the basis for judging quality ofworkmanship throughout the project

2. Prior to the installation of Work in this Section, erect Field-Constructed Mock-up to verify selections made under the Submittals Article to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials and execution. Build Field-Constructed Mock-ups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for final Unit ofWork, including same base construction, joints, and contiguous Work as indicated.

3. Locate Field-Constructed Mock-ups in the location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by the Owner.

4. Notify the Landscape Architect at least one (1) week in advance of the dates and times when the Field-Constructed Mock-up will be erected and ready forreview.

5. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship in the FieldConstructed Mock-up that will be produced in final unit ofWork.

6. When the Landscape Architect determines that a Field-Constructed Mock-up does not meet requirements, retain it for reference and construct another Field-Constructed Mockup until it is accepted. Modify or correct Work as directed by Landscape Architect.

7. Obtain the Landscape Architect’s acceptance of the Field-Constructed Mock-up, in writing, prior to the start of the final Unit of Work. An accepted Mock-up is a prerequisite to commencing Work underthis Section.

8. Retain and maintain Field-Constructed Mock-ups during construction in an undisturbed condition. Accepted Field-Constructed Mock-ups shall be the standard for judging the completed Work underthis Section.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 936 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 034500-4

9. Demolish and remove the Field-Constructed Mock-ups when directed by the Owner.

10. Accepted Field-Constructed Mock-ups may become part of the completed Work, if directed by the Landscape Architect.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Provide new, unused materials indicated underthis Section.

B. Delivery: Transport and deliver Precast Architectural Concrete (Units) on pallets, packaged in such a manner so that no damage occurs to the material. Catalog items shall be delivered in their original containers, with seals unbroken and labels intact until their installation. Wrapped or bundled materials shall clearly show their manufacturer's name and trademark. Deliver and install materials so as to not delay Work, and install only after preparations for installation have been completed.

C. Storage: Store and handle Brick and related materials to prevent deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, corrosion, breaking, chipping, or other causes.

Store materials off ground and under cover, away from damp surfaces and inclement weather.

Cover with non-staining, waterproofpaper when necessary to protect them from weather. Store and secure properly to prevent theft or damage.

D. Damaged Materials: Be responsible for all damage or disfiguration of pre-cast work until Final Acceptance. Remove offsite and replace at no additional cost to Owner all damaged or rejected pre-cast materials.

1.6 COORDINATION, SCHEDULING, AND OBSERVATIONS
A. Notify Contractors performing Work related to installation ofWork under this Section in ample time so as to allow sufficient time for them to perform their portion of Work and that progress of Work is not delayed. Verify conditions at the Project Site for Work that affects installation under this Section. Coordinate items ofothertrades to be furnished and set in place.

B. Field Measurements: Perform accordingly per requirements under Section 042200 – Concrete Unit Masonry.

C. Perform installation operations only when weather is suitable in accordance with locallyaccepted practices.

D. Grades and Levels: Perform accordingly per requirements under Section 042200 – Concrete Unit Masonry.

E. Construction Site Observations: Periodic site observations shall be made by the Landscape Architect during the installation of Work under this Section for compliance with requirements for type, size, and quality. Landscape Architect retains right to observe Work for defects and to reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress ofWork. Contractor shall remove rejected materials immediately from Project site. The Contractor shall request, in 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 937 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 034500-5
writing, at least one (1) week in advance of the time when mandatory site observation(s) by the Landscape Architect are required.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Protection of Precast Architectural Concrete: During erection, cover tops of Precast Architectural Concrete Work with waterproof sheeting at the end of each day's Work. Cover partially completed Precast Architectural Concrete when construction is not in progress.

B. Stain Prevention: Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil to prevent them from staining the face ofPrecast Architectural Concrete.

1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and mortar splatter by coverings spread on the ground and overthe wall surface.

2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings.

3. Protect surfaces ofwindow and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, from mortar droppings.

4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar and dirt on completed Precast Architectural Concrete.

C. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen sub-grade or setting beds. Remove and replace Precast Architectural Concrete damaged by frost or freezing conditions. Comply with the following requirements:

1. Cold-Weather Construction: When ambient temperature is within limits indicated, use the following procedures:
a. 40 to 32 deg F: Heat mixing water or sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F.
b. 32 to 25 deg F: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F. Maintain mortar above freezing until used in masonry. c. 25 to 20 deg F: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F. Maintain mortar above freezing until used in masonry.

Use heat on both sides ofwalls under construction.
d. 20 deg F and below: Heat mixing water and sand to produce mortar temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F. Maintain mortar above freezing until used in masonry.

Heat Brick to 40 deg F. Provide enclosures and use heat on both sides of walls under construction to maintain temperatures above 32 deg F within enclosures.

2. Cold-Weather Protection: When mean daily temperature is within limits indicated, provide the following protection:
a. 40 to 25 deg F: Cover Precast Architectural Concrete with weather-resistant membrane for 48 hours after construction.
b. 25 to 20 deg F: Cover Precast Architectural Concrete with insulating blankets or provide enclosure and heat for 48 hours after construction to prevent freezing. Use windbreaks when wind velocity exceeds 15 mi./h.
c. 20 deg F and below: Provide enclosure and heat to maintain temperatures above 32 deg F within enclosure for 48 hours after construction.

3. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F and above and will remain so until Precast Architectural Concrete has dried out, but not less than seven (7) days after completing cleaning. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 938 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 034500-6
D. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect Precast Architectural Concrete Work when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation ofwater from mortar. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks and use cooled materials as required. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of100 deg F and above.

1.8 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Consideration: Materials to be considered equal to the Materials indicated herein this Section shall be reviewed by the Landscape Architect. Materials with equal performance characteristics produced by other Manufacturer’s and/or Distributors may be considered, providing deviations in dimensional size, color, composition, operation, and/or other characteristics do not change the design concept, aesthetic appearance, nor intended performance, as solely judged by the Landscape Architect. The burden ofproofon product equality is on the Contractor.

B. Specific reference to Manufacturer’s names and products specified herein are used as standards of quality. This implies no right to the Contractor to substitute other materials without prior written approval by the Landscape Architect for Work under this Section.

C. Materials substituted and installed by the Contractor, without prior written approval by the Landscape Architect, may be rejected. Contractor shall not be entitled to be compensated by the Owner where the Contractor has installed rejected substitutions without receiving prior written approval.

D. Contract Price: Substituted Materials underthis Section shall not increase the Contract price.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUGGESTED MANUFACTURERS
A. Products & Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:

1. ORCO, Stanton, CA.

2. Dura Art Stone, Fontana, CA.

3. Quick Crete Products Corp., Norco, CA.

4. San Diego Precast Concrete, Inc., Santee, CA.

5. Pacific Stone Design, Santa Ana, CA.

6. Seawright Custom Precast, Inc., Coachella, CA.

7. Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

2.2 MATERIALS FOR PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE ASSEMBLIES A. Portland Cement:

1. Type: Meet ASTM C150, Type I or III. Use only one brand and type for entire job.

White cement may be required for selected colors.

2. Minimum Compressive Strength at 28 Days: 5,000 PSI.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 939 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 034500-7

3. Maximum Absorption Rate:
a. Regular Weight Concrete: Five-percent (5%).
b. Lightweight Concrete: Twelve-percent (12%).

4. Sacks ofcement per cubic yard ofconcrete: 6.5 minimum.

5. Slump: Three-inches (3”) maximum.

6. No other admixtures are allowed without Owner’s approval.

B. Aggregates:

1. Regular Weight Concrete: Meet ASTM C33, with maximum 3/4 in. size or to maximum 1/5 width ofminimum precast section.

2. Light-weight Concrete: Meet ASTM C330, with maximum 5/8 in. size or to maximum 1/5 width ofminimum precast section.

C. Supplementary Cementitious Materials (fly ash, blast furnace slag, etc,) shall not be used.

2.3 ACCESSORIES FOR PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE ASSEMBLIES A. Reinforcement:

1. Reinforcing Bars: Meet ASTM A615, Grade 40 deformed billet-steel bars, clean and free from rust, scale, or coating that will reduce bond.

2. Welded Wire Fabric: Meet ASTM A185. Leave tags designating wire size and spacing on each roll until ready for use.

B. Water: Clean, potable, free from injurious amounts of oils, alkalis, organic materials and other deleterious materials.

C. Admixtures:

1. Air-Entraining Admixture:
a. Meet ASTM C260.
b. Products & Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
1) Daravair 1000, W.R, Grace Construction Products, 800-433-0020. 2) Micro-Air, Master Builders, Inc., 800-628-9990.
3) Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.
c. Application Rate: Per selected Manufacturer’s latest printed instructions.

2. Integral Concrete Coloring Admixture:
a. Pure mineral oxide, lime-proof and non-fading, designed for use in architectural concrete, from a single source, and shall be like in color and visual appearance.

Meet ASTM C979.
b. Application Rate: Per selected Manufacturer’s latest printed instructions. c. Percentage: Maximum ten-percent (10%) ofthe cement content by weight.

D. Inserts/Miscellaneous Installation Mounting Hardware (Dowels): AISI stainless steel, Type 304, in length as indicated in Contract Drawings.

E. Epoxy Adhesive: 100% solids, two-component, high-modulus, high bond-strength epoxy adhesive, resistive to chemicals, moisture, salts, alkalis, acids, or solvents, specifically formulated for the purpose ofbonding concrete to concrete or masonry. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 940 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 034500-8

1. Products & Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
a. Sikadur 31 Hi-Mod Gel, Sika Corporation.
b. Epobond™, L&M Construction Chemicals.
c. Or equal as approved by the Landscape Architect.

2.4 MORTAR MATERIALS & MORTAR MIXES
A. Referto Section 042200 – Concrete Unit Masonry.

2.5 GROUT MATERIALS & GROUT MIXES
A. Referto Section 042200 – Concrete Unit Masonry.

2.6 DESIGN MIXES
A. Design Mixes by Manufacturer appropriate to type and strength of Precast Architectural Concrete that will produce Precast Architectural Concrete of specified strengths and approved finishes. Mix designs shall indicate:

1. Water-cement ratio.

2. Water content.

3. Admixture content.

4. Cement content.

5. Aggregate content.

6. Aggregate gradations.

7. Slump.

8. Air content.

9. Strength.

B. More than one (1) Mix Design may be required to produce Precast Architectural Concrete Units indicated. Designate mixes A, B, C, etc. ifmore than one (1) mix is required.

2.7 FABRICATION
A. Conform to applicable requirements ofACI and PCI.

B. Manufacture Precast Architectural Concrete items to ensure uniformity of dimensions and finishes.

C. Provide special corner and medallion shapes as indicated.

D. Place concrete in molds to prevent cold joints within units. Do not use supports for reinforcing steel from the exposed face. Provide ¾ inch minimum cover for all reinforcing.

E. Locate embedded items accurately.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 941 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 034500-9
F. Block out openings for embedded items.

G. Perform welds to comply with AWS provisions.

H. Cure Precast Architectural Concrete to comply with ACI 533-3R.

I. Deposit and vibrate concrete to ensure proper consolidation, elimination of unintentional cold joints, and to minimize entrapped air on exposed surfaces.

J. Fabricate Precast Architectural Concrete items straight, smooth, and true to size and shape, with exposed edges and corners precise and square to profiles indicated. Items that are warped, cracked, broken, spalled, stained or otherwise defective will not be acceptable.

K. Clearly mark each Precast Architectural Concrete Unit, and other pieces as necessary on a surface to be concealed, identifying it forlocation and for date ofcasting.

L. Tolerances:

1. Overall dimension under 10-feet (height or width): Plus or minus (+/-) 1/8-inch.

2. Overall dimension under 20-feet (height or width): Plus (+) 1/8-inch, minus (-) 3/16- inch.

3. Overall dimension under 30-feet (height or width): Plus (+) 1/8-inch, minus (-) 1/4-inch.

4. Thickness: Plus or minus (+/-) 1/8-inch.

5. Insert location: Plus or minus (+/-) 1/8-inch.

6. Bowing or Warping: 1/700 ofprecast unit dimension.

2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Laboratory employed by the Owner will perform the following:

1. Sample and test concrete ingredients.

2. Review the Contractor's proposed mix design.

3. Inspect plant and equipment for measuring, mixing and transporting concrete.

4. Inspect batching and mixing operations.

5. Inspect concrete mixes, performing aggregate and cement analyses.

6. Review mill test reports for steel and inspect reinforcement and embedded items.

7. Perform visual inspection ofwelds.

8. Perform slump tests.

9. Make cylinders for laboratory testing of compressive strength and perform tests in accordance with ASTM C39.

B. If there is evidence that strength of unit does not meet specification requirements, upon direction of the Owner or the Landscape Architect, the Owner’s Testing Laboratory will make core samples drilled from hardened Precast Architectural Concrete at locations designated by the Owner or perform non-destructive tests to determine compressive strength.

1. Testing Laboratory will determine compressive strength of drilled cores in accordance with ASTM C42 by the following:
a. Taking at least three representative cores from Precast Architectural Concrete Units ofsuspect strength.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 942 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 034500-10
b. Testing cores in saturated-surface-dry condition in accordance with ACI 318 if Precast Architectural Concrete will be wet during use ofcompleted structure. c. Testing cores in air-dry condition in accordance with ACI 318 if Precast Architectural Concrete will be dry at all times during use ofcompleted structure.

2. Strength of Precast Architectural Concrete for each series of cores will be considered satisfactory if their average compressive strength is at least eighty-five-percent (85%) of twenty-eight (28)-day compressive strength.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Existing Conditions: Examine surfaces to receive Precast Architectural Concrete Work. Report to Owner conditions found to be in conflict or detrimental to installation of Precast Architectural Concrete Work.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Field Measurement: Verify field measurements prior to installation Precast Architectural Concrete Work. Do not install Precast Architectural Concrete Work where conditions differ from those shown on the Contract Drawings and in the Contract Specifications.

B. Cleaning: Remove dirt and setting materials on finish surfaces prior to application of mortar or Precast Architectural Concrete materials.

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Anchorage: Provide anchors for connections, including loose angle clips, tubes, bolts, nuts, and washers.

B. Install Precast Architectural Concrete Units level, plumb, in line and true within the noncumulative and individual tolerances permitted by PCI MNL-117. Secure each Precast Architectural Unit neatly and securely with Epoxy Adhesive to concrete substrate.

C. Conform to applicable requirements of referenced standards. Erect Units without damage to shape or finish.

D. Provide for installation procedures, temporary bracing and induced loads during installation; maintain temporary bracing in place until final connection is made or support is provided.

E. Securely fasten items in place at locations indicated. Method of attachment shall be proposed by manufacturer and installer and indicated on Shop Drawings.

F. Grout joints: Brace Units until grout has reached sufficient strength to support units and until final connections can be made.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 943 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica PRECAST ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 034500-11
G. Maintain Units clean and free of grout or other construction materials during and after installation.

H. Mortar Bed: Provide even, level mortar bed throughout. Set all Units in mortar bed, plumb and true to grade with adjacent pieces flush.

I. Joints:

1. Expansion: Provide expansion joints as shown on the Contract Drawings.

2. Joint Tolerances: 1/16 in. orless. Form uniform joints throughout the Work.

3.4 CLEANING
A. After completion of Precast Architectural Concrete installation, clean surfaces of excess or spilled mortar or concrete materials.

B. Use mild soap, fiber brushes and clean water. Avoid contamination ofadjacent Work.

C. Patching:

1. Minor patching may be accepted providing structural adequacy and appearance of finished Units is not impaired.

2. Patches in exposed areas which are noticeable at a distance of three-feet (3’) or more will be rejected, and entire item shall be replaced at no additional cost to the Owner.

D. Replace badly damaged Precast Architectural Concrete Units. Owner or Landscape Architect will be sole judge ofdegree ofdamage or mismatch offinish that will require replacement.

E. Protect Precast Architectural Concrete Units throughout construction and repair damage as specified.

F. Upon completion ofWork, remove materials, tools, rubbish and debris resulting from the Work.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 944 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica METAL FABRICATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 055000-1
SECTION 055000 - METAL FABRICATIONS
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
a. This Section includes materials, labor, apparatus, tools, equipment, temporary construction, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing the proper completion of Work as required to make a complete Metal Fabrication installation, made from ferrous metals from plates, bars, strips, tubes, pipes and castings not a part of structural steel or specified in other Sections, as shown on the Contract Drawings, and as specified herein this Section. b. Work under this Section consists of, but is not necessarily limited to, products installed but not furnished underthis Section, as follows:

1. Metal Plates.

2. Forged Metal materials.

3. Tubular Steel materials.

4. Fasteners, Hardware, etc.

5. Miscellaneous angles, plates, bars, rods and other items not specified in other Sections but shown orrequired to complete the Work.
c. Related Sections. The following Sections contain requirements that relate to Work in this Section:

1. Section 03 45 00 – Precast Architectural Concrete (metal inserts into precast).

1.02 DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS
a. References:

1. ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials.

2. ANSI – American National Standards Institute.

3. CBC – California Building Code.

4. AWS – American Welding Society.

5. CDA – Copper Development Association, Inc. (Bronze).

6. SSPC – The Society for Protective Coatings.

7. NAAMM – National Association ofArchitectural Metal Manufacturers.

8. AA – The Aluminum Association.
b. Applicable Code: California Building Code, latest edition. c. Applicable Standards:

1. Unless noted otherwise latest edition, issue orrevision applies.

2. PS (Product Standards) as referred herein by specification number.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
a. General:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 945 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica METAL FABRICATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 055000-2

1. Collect information into a single Submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment identified underthis Section forreview.

2. To expedite review, Submittal shall be organized and presented into specific sections or headings. Furnish neat, concise, legible, and clearly identifiable information, and sufficiently explicit detail, to enable proper evaluation for Contract compliance.

Highlight catalog, product data, or brochures containing various products, sizes, and materials to show particularitem submitted.

3. Submittal Format: As applicable, furnish Submittal as a single electronic digital PDF (Portable Document Format) file.
b. Digital Submittal Information:

1. Product/Material Data: Submit available product/material literature supplied by manufacturer’s, indicating that their products comply with specified requirements.

Provide manufacturing source (name, address, and telephone number), and distributor source (name, address, and telephone number) for each type ofproduct/material:
i. Forged Metal materials.
ii. Tubular Steel materials.
iii. Metal Plates.
iv. Fasteners, Hardware, etc.

2. Scaled Shop Drawings: Provide enlarged scaled plans, elevations, sections, details, as required, for review by the Construction Manager, indicating dimensioned fabrication and erection of each type of fabricated metal components and their connections. Show construction including anchorage and accessory items. Furnish templates for anchors and bolts installed under other Sections.

3. Qualification Data: Submit names for firms and persons specified in the “Quality Assurance and Control” Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience on similar Fabricated Metal installations:
i. Fabricator Qualifications.
ii. Welding Qualifications.
c. Material Samples: Material Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, size, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements, and for a comparison of these characteristics between Submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. Include the full range of exposed color and texture expected in the completed Work.

1. To be reviewed as part ofField Constructed Mock-ups. d. Submittals under this Article will be rejected and returned without the benefit of review by the Construction Manager if they are difficult to read due to insufficient scale, poor image quality, or poor drafting quality; or if all of the required information is missing or not presented in the format as requested. Partial Submittals will not be accepted. e. No Work under this Section shall proceed until all information indicated herein this Article have been reviewed, accepted, and approved by the Construction Manager, in writing.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL
a. Fabricator Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer with experience in successfully demonstrating the fabrication, installation, and completion ofMetal Fabrication Work similar in 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 946 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica METAL FABRICATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 055000-3
material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, with a record of successful performance, and with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in the Work.
b. Welding Qualifications: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS D1.1, D1.2, and D1.3, as applicable. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved. c. Permits, Fees, Bonds, and Inspections: Contractor shall arrange and pay for permits, fees, bonds, and inspections necessary to perform and complete Work underthis Section. d. Field-Constructed Mock-ups:

1. Provide a complete fabricated sample panel (4’-0” long, each type) for all respective materials receiving finishing which is to be used as the basis for judging quality of workmanship throughout the project, as follows:
i. Metal Handrail, complete, as finished.
ii. Metal Plates, complete, as finished.

2. Prepare surfaces and apply specified finishes in accordance with specified requirements.

3. Apply colors selected by Construction Manager for each designated surface.

4. Prepare required samples on exterior surfaces at locations selected by the Construction Manager.

5. Notify Construction Manager when sample panels are ready forreview.

6. Modify or correct Work as directed by Construction Manager.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
a. Provide new, unused materials indicated under this Section. Store and secure properly to prevent theft and damage.
b. Deliver manufactured materials in original, unopened packages or containers with manufacturer's labels intact and legible.
c. Store materials offground and under cover, away from damp surfaces and inclement weather. d. Deliver and install materials so as to not delay Work, and install only after preparations for installation have been completed.

1.06 COORDINATION, SCHEDULING, AND OBSERVATIONS
a. Notify the Contractors performing Work related to installation of Work under this Section in ample time so as to allow sufficient time for them to perform their portion of Work and that progress of Work is not delayed. Verify conditions at the Project Site for Work that affects installation underthis Section. Coordinate items ofother trades to be furnished and set in place. b. Field Measurements: Contractor shall take field measurements as required. Report major discrepancies between the Contract Drawings and field dimensions to the Construction Manager prior to commencing Work. Check actual locations ofwalls, pavement finished surface grades, 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 947 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica METAL FABRICATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 055000-4
finished grades, pilasters, and other construction to which Metal Fabrications must fit, by accurate field measurements before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on Shop Drawings.
c. Perform installation operations only when weather is suitable in accordance with locally accepted practices.
d. Grades and Levels: Maintain required levels and grade elevations. Review installation procedures and coordinate Work herein this Section with other Work affected. e. Construction Site Observations: Periodic site observations shall be made by the Construction Manager during the installation of Work under this Section for compliance with requirements for type, size, and quality. Construction Manager retains right to observe Work for defects and to reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress of Work. Contractor shall remove rejected materials immediately from Project site. The Contractor shall request, in writing, at least one (1) week in advance of the time when mandatory site observation(s) by the Construction Manager are required.

1.07 SUBSTITUTIONS
a. Consideration: Materials to be considered equal to the Materials indicated herein this Section shall be reviewed by the Construction Manager. Materials with equal performance characteristics produced by other Manufacturer’s and/or Distributors may be considered, providing deviations in dimensional size, color, composition, operation, and/or other characteristics do not change the design concept, aesthetic appearance, nor intended performance, as solely judged by the Construction Manager. The burden of proof on product equality is on the Contractor.
b. Specific reference to Manufacturer’s names and products specified herein are used as standards of quality. This implies no right to the Contractor to substitute other materials without prior written approval by the Construction Manager for Work underthis Section. c. Materials substituted and installed by the Contractor, without prior written approval by the Construction Manager, may be rejected. Contractor shall not be entitled to be compensated by the Owner where the Contractor has installed rejected substitutions without receiving prior written approval.
d. Contract Price: Substituted Materials underthis Section shall not increase the Contract price.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 FERROUS METALS
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 948 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica METAL FABRICATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 055000-5
a. General: For fabrication of metal work which will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and roughness.
b. Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A36.
c. Steel Tubing: Cold-formed, ASTM A500; or hot-rolled, ASTM A501. d. Structural Steel Sheet: Hot-rolled, ASTM A570; or cold-rolled ASTM A611, Class 1. e. Galvanized Structural Steel Sheet: ASTM A446, galvanized in accordance with ASTM A525, G90 coating designation.
f. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53; type and grade selected by fabricator; hot-dip galvanized finish; standard weight, schedule 40, unless otherwise indicated. g. Gray Iron Castings: ASTM A48, Class 30.
h. Malleable Iron Castings: ASTM A47, grade selected by fabricator.

2.02 FASTENERS
a. General: Exposed fasteners shall be stainless steel. b. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A307, Grade A, with hex nuts, ASTM A563, and flat washers ASTM F436.
c. Machine Screws: ANSI B18.6.3.
d. Lag Bolts: ANSI B18.2.1.
e. Wood Screws: Flat head, carbon steel, ANSI B18.6.1.
f. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, ANSI B18.22.1.
g. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, carbon steel, ANSI B18.21.1. h. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete, determined in accordance with ASTM E448.

2.03 GROUT
a. Non-Shrink, Non-Metallic Grout:

1. Products & Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:
i. Euco N-S Grout, Euclid Chemical Co.
ii. Crystex, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 949 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica METAL FABRICATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 055000-6
iii. Masterflow 928 and 713, Master Builders Technologies, Inc. iv. Or equal, as approved by the Construction Manager.

2.04 PAINT
a. Metal Primer: SSPC 20, Type 2.

1. Exterior Exposure: VOC-compliant zinc-rich epoxy primer.

2. Interior Exposure: VOC-compliant rust-inhibitive alkyd primer.

Exposed to view items to be field painted shall be primed with a primer compatible with final finish coats specified in drawings.
b. Metal Finish Paint: Final Finish Coats, field-applied, as specified in drawings.

2.05 FABRICATION, GENERAL
a. Workmanship:

1. Use materials of size and thickness indicated or required to produce strength and durability in finished product for use intended.

2. Work to dimensions indicated.

3. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight, sharp edges.

4. Ease exposed edges to a radius ofapproximately 1/32-inch, unless otherwise indicated.

5. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work.

6. Weld corners and seams continuously, complying with AWS recommendations. At exposed connections, grind exposed welds smooth and flush to match and blend with adjoining surfaces. Welds shall be imperceptible in the finished work.

7. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use Phillips flat- head countersunk screws or bolts for exposed fasteners, unless tamperproofsecurity screws are indicated.

8. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work as indicated to receive finish hardware and similaritems.
b. Fabricate joints exposed to the weather to exclude water or provide weep holes. c. Shop Painting:

1. Shop paint miscellaneous metal work, except members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete or masonry, surfaces and edges to be field welded, and galvanized surfaces.

2. Remove scale, rust and other deleterious materials before applying shop coat. Clean off heavy rust and loose mill scale in accordance with SSPC SP-2, SP-3, or SP-7.

3. Remove oil, grease and similar contaminants in accordance with SSPC SP-1.

4. Brush or spray on primer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, at a rate of

2.0-mils thickness for each coat.

5. Apply one (1) shop coat to fabricated metal items, except apply two (2) coats to inaccessible surfaces after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish from the first.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 950 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica METAL FABRICATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 055000-7

6. Primer on exposed to view items to be field painted shall be smooth and suitable for application offinal finish coats specified in drawings.

7. Apply a heavy coat of bituminous paint, compounded for application in 30-mil coat, to metal surfaces in contact with concrete, masonry and dissimilar metals. Do not apply on exposed surfaces.

2.06 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS
a. Loose Bearing and Leveling Plates: Provide for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction, made flat, free from warps or twists, and of required thickness and bearing area.

Drill to receive anchor bolts and for grouting as required. Galvanize after fabrication. b. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports:

1. Provide miscellaneous framing and supports not a part of structural steel framework, as required to complete Work.

2. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, profiles, and configurations shown orrequired.

3. Fabricate from structural steel shapes and plates and steel bars of welded construction using mitered joints for field connection.

4. Cut, drill and tap units to receive hardware and similaritems.

5. Furnish integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or building into masonry.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION
a. Coordinate and furnish anchors, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchors, such as concrete inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors.

3.02 INSTALLATION
a. General:

1. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through-bolts, lag bolts, wood screws and other connectors, as required.

2. Cutting, Fitting and Placement:
i. Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation ofmiscellaneous metal fabrications.
ii. Set work accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb, level, true and free ofrack, measured from established lines and levels. iii. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items to be built into concrete, masonry or similar construction.

3. Fit exposed connections together forming tight hairline joints. i. Weld connections not shop welded.
ii. Grind exposed joints smooth and imperceptible, and touch-up shop paint coat. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 951 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica METAL FABRICATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 055000-8
iii. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, and intended for bolted or screwed field connections.

4. Field Welding: Comply with AWS for procedures ofmanual shielded metal-arc welding, appearance and quality ofwelds, and methods used in correcting welding work. b. Setting Loose Plates:

1. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve surface bond. Clean bottom surface ofbearing plates.

2. Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wedges, or other adjustable devices.

3. Tighten anchor bolts afterthe bearing members have been positioned and plumbed.

4. Cut-offprotruding ends ofwedges flush with the edge ofthe bearing plate before packing with grout.

5. Use metallic non-shrink grout in concealed locations where not exposed to moisture; use non-metallic non-shrink grout in exposed locations.

6. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure no voids remain.

3.03 ADJUST AND CLEAN
a. Touch-Up Painting: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas ofshop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material used for shop painting. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of2.0-mils.
b. Hot-Dip Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas and spot prime with specified primer applied to a minimum dry film thickness of2.5-mils.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 952 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PAINTING AND STAINING
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 3099113-1
SECTION 099113 – EXTERIOR PAINTING AND STAINING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes materials, labor, apparatus, tools, equipment, temporary construction, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing the proper completion of Work, as required to make a complete Exterior Painting and Staining installation, as shown in the Contract Drawings, and as specified herein this Section.

B. Work under this Section consists of, but is not necessarily limited to, furnishing and installing the following:

1. Painting and staining ofall exterior surfaces including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Exterior ferrous metals.

C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to Work in this Section:

1. Section 05 00 00 – Metal Fabrications.

2. Section 32 31 19 – Decorative Metal Fences and Gates D. Materials NOT to be Painted nor Stained:

1. Following surfaces are not to receive painter's finishes:
a. Work having complete factory finish otherthan prime coat. b. Stainless steel and plated finishes (not zinc or cadmium). c. Walking surfaces.
d. Adjoining finished surfaces (plaster, precast concrete, etc.). e. Work specified not to be painted under other Sections.

1.2 DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS
A. References:

1. ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials.

2. ANSI – American National Standards Institute.

3. SSPC – The Society for Protective Coatings.

4. NPCA – National Paint & Coatings Association.

B. Definitions:

1. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D16 apply to this Section.

2. Standard gloss ranges (per NPCA):
a. Flat: A lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85-degree meter.
b. Eggshell: A low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 20 and 35 when measured at a 60-degree meter.
c. Semi-gloss: A medium-sheen finish with a gloss range between 35 and 70 when measured at a 60-degree meter.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 953 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PAINTING AND STAINING
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 3099113-2
d. Full gloss: A high-sheen finish with a gloss range more than 70 when measured at a 60-degree meter.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article in four (4) bound Submittal Booklets and provide four (4) sets ofMaterial Samples forreview by the Landscape Architect.

B. Submittal Booklets: Each Submittal Booklet under this Section shall be tabbed into specific sections, containing clearly identified (through yellow highlighter or other specific identification methods) and legible information on the following information indicated in this Article.

C. Product/Material Data: Prior to Submittal of Color and Gloss Material samples, submit for approval complete list of paint and stain materials proposed for use, identifying each material by manufacturer's name, product name and number, including primers, thinners, and coloring agents. Submit manufacturer's catalog data fully describing each material as to contents, recommended usage, and preparation and application methods. Identify surfaces to receive paint and stain materials. Make no deviations from approved list. If applicable, provide a chart for comparison ofmanufacturer's numbers as herein specified to types ofpaint proposed for use.

D. Color and Gloss Material Samples: Obtain color and gloss selections and instructions from Landscape Architect. Using materials from the approved list, prepare and submit 8-1/2" x 11" samples ofeach complete paint and stain finish.

E. Extra Paint and Stain: Provide Owner with ten (10) gallons of each type and color and gloss combination of paint and stain used on exterior as indicated on Contract Drawings. Provide in manufacturer's sealed containers, labeled with specific contents.

F. Field-Constructed Mock-ups:

1. Provide a paint and stain finish system sample panel for all respective materials receiving finishing which is to be used as the basis for judging quality of workmanship throughout the project.

2. Prepare surfaces and apply specified finish in accordance with specified requirements.

3. Apply colors selected by Landscape Architect for each designated surface.

4. Prepare required samples on exterior surfaces at locations selected by the Landscape Architect. Each sample panel shall be fifty square-feet (50 SF) minimum or as directed by the Owner.

5. Notify Landscape Architect when sample panels are ready for review.

6. Modify or correct Work as directed by Landscape Architect.

G. Qualification Data: Submit names for firms and persons specified in the “Quality Assurance and Control” Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience on similar Fabricated Metal installations.

H. Submittals under this Article will be rejected and returned without the benefit of review by the Landscape Architect if they are difficult to read due to insufficient scale, poor image quality, or 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 954 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PAINTING AND STAINING
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 3099113-3
poor drafting quality; or if all of the required information is missing or not presented in the format as requested.

I. No Work under this Section shall proceed until all information indicated herein this Article have been reviewed, accepted, and approved by the Landscape Architect, in writing.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE.AND CONTROL
A. Applicable Code: California Building Code, latest edition.

B. Installer Qualifications:

1. Requirement: Valid California C-33 (Painting and Decorating Contractor) License.

2. Engage an experienced Installer who has demonstrated completed exterior Painting and Staining Work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, with a record of successful performance, and with sufficient production capacity to complete Work without causing delay in the Work.

C. Environmental Regulations: Conform to all applicable environmental regulations of all governing jurisdictions.

D. Conform to requirements and specifications of WIC (WorkCover Industry Classification) Section 5 for staining and finishing ofwoodwork for Premium quality and to achieve uniformity of tone and color per Owner’s approval.

E. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain basecoat and finish materials from a single manufacturing source with resources to provide products and materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Provide new, unused materials indicated under this Section. Store and secure properly to prevent theft and damage.

B. Deliver manufactured materials in original, unopened packages or containers with manufacturer's labels intact and legible.

C. Store materials offground and under cover, away from damp surfaces and inclement weather.

1. Provide adequate ventilation for combustible materials.

2. Empty containers, and remove oily rags at end of each day's Work.

3. Exercise every precaution to prevent fire.

D. Deliver and install materials so as to not delay Work, and install only after preparation for installation have been completed.

1.6 COORDINATION, SCHEDULING, AND OBSERVATIONS
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 955 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PAINTING AND STAINING
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 3099113-4
A. Notify the Contractors performing Work related to installation of Work under this Section in ample time so as to allow sufficient time for them to perform their portion of Work and that progress of Work is not delayed. Verify conditions at the Project Site for Work that affects installation underthis Section. Coordinate items ofother trades to be furnished and set in place.

B. Perform finishing operations only when weather is suitable in accordance with locally accepted practices.

C. Construction Site Observations: Periodic site observations shall be made by the Landscape Architect during the installation of Work under this Section for compliance with requirements.

Landscape Architect retains right to observe Work for defects and to reject unsatisfactory or defective Work under this Section at any time during progress of Work. Contractor shall request, in writing, at least one (1) week in advance of the time when mandatory site observation(s) by the Landscape Architect are required.

1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Consideration: Materials to be considered equal to the Materials indicated herein this Section shall be reviewed by the Landscape Architect. Materials with equal performance characteristics produced by other Manufacturer’s and/or Distributors may be considered, providing deviations in dimensional size, color, composition, operation, and/or other characteristics do not change the design concept, aesthetic appearance, nor intended performance, as solely judged by the Landscape Architect. The burden ofproofon product equality is on the Contractor.

B. Specific reference to Manufacturer’s names and products specified herein are used as standards of quality. This implies no right to the Contractor to substitute other materials without prior written approval by the Landscape Architect for Work under this Section.

C. Materials substituted and installed by the Contractor, without prior written approval by the Landscape Architect, may be rejected. Contractor shall not be entitled to be compensated by the Owner where the Contractor has installed rejected substitutions without receiving prior written approval.

D. Contract Price: Substituted Materials underthis Section shall not increase the Contract price.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. Provide materials of types as specified on the Contract Drawings and as indicated herein this Section. Provide paint and stain materials as indicated under “Painting/Staining Schedule”.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 956 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PAINTING AND STAINING
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 3099113-5

3.1 CONDITIONS OF SURFACES
A. Examination of Surfaces: Examine surfaces to be finished under this Section and verify that Work ofother trades has been left or installed in satisfactory conditions to receive paint, stain or specified finishes. Before starting Work, notify Landscape Architect in writing of any surfaces unsatisfactory for proper finishing. Application of first coat of any finishing process constitutes acceptance ofsurface.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Properly prepare surfaces to receive finishes indicated, scheduled and specified.

B. Shop-Coated Metal: Thoroughly degrease and clean all foreign matter. Clean and spot paint field connections, welds, soldered joints, burned or abraded portions with same material used in shop coats.

C. Uncoated Ferrous Metal: Thoroughly degrease and clean dirt, rust, mill scale and foreign matter, using rotary brushes, solvent or sandblasting as necessary. Remove pits and welding slag, and clean to bright metal before priming. Apply primer within three (3) hours after preparation.

D. Galvanized Metal and Zinc Alloy: Thoroughly degrease and clean off foreign matter. Apply phosphoric metal etch or vinyl-type wash coat of type recommended by primer manufacturer, allow to dry and immediately apply primer paint.

E. Wood: Remove all marks or effects of exposure with a thorough final sanding of all exposed surfaces using 150 grit or finer sandpaper. Thoroughly dust and clean prior to applying finish.

Priorto installation, back-stain concealed surfaces.

F. Surfaces Not Mentioned: Prepare in accordance with paint manufacturer's recommendations and as approved.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Application: Unless otherwise specified, apply materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions by brush, rollers or spray. Apply each coat at proper consistency, free of brush or roller marks, sags, runs, or any other evidence of poor work quality. Avoid lapping paint on hardware, and other surfaces not to be painted; apply masking as required.

B. Protection: Protect pavements, fixtures, equipment, and like surfaces with impervious protective covers or drop cloths. Exercise care to prevent paint or stain from being splattered onto surfaces not to be painted or stained. Paint or repaint (or stain and re-stain) surfaces from which such paint or stain cannot be satisfactorily removed, as required to produce acceptable finish.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 957 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PAINTING AND STAINING
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 3099113-6
C. Contrasting Colors: Where painting is executed in contrasting colors, as applicable, cut to meet true lines. Holidays and re-strikes on painted surfaces are sufficient cause for necessitating recoating entire surface involved.

D. Workmanship: Workmanship shall be first class throughout, and free of hammer marks, dents or other disfiguration. Unless otherwise specified, lumber shall not show saw marks.

E. Barricades: Maintain barricades and wet paint signs for duration ofneed.

3.4 COATS AND COLORS
A. Numbers of coats specified to be applied are indicated as minimum applications. First coat may be omitted on surfaces already painted; spot or undercoat with specified first coat as necessary to achieve specified results. Insure acceptable paint finishes of even, uniform color, free from cloudy or mottled appearance in surfaces and evident thinness of coating.

3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect Work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting.

Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as approved by Landscape Architect.

B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. After completing painting operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their Work.

C. After Work of other trades is complete, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1.

3.6 CLEANING AND TOUCH-UP WORK
A. Make detailed inspection of stain / paint finishes after finishing Work is completed, carefully remove splattering of paint and stain materials from adjoining Work of others, particularly electrical fixtures, trim, tile, and finish metal surfaces, and make good any damage thereto.

Repair any abraded, stained or otherwise disfigured painting/staining Work and leave entire painting/staining Work in new conditions.

3.7 PAINTING/STAINING SCHEDULE
A. General: Paint or stain finish surfaces for materials or surfaces are indicated on the Contract Drawings and/or specified herein. To designate type and quality of paint, product numbers and designations used are products as indicated. Specialty products are also indicated by special product designations.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 958 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PAINTING AND STAINING
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 3099113-7
B. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over exterior ferrous metal. Primer is not required on shop-primed items.

1. Eggshell Acrylic Finish: Two (2) finish coats over a rust-inhibitive primer. a. Primer: Exterior ferrous-metal primer.
b. Finish Coat: Exterior Eggshell acrylic paint.

2. Semi-Gloss Acrylic-Enamel Finish: Two (2) finish coats over a rust-inhibitive primer. a. Primer: Exterior ferrous-metal primer.
b. Finish Coats: Exterior Semi-gloss acrylic enamel.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 959 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SITE & STREET FURNITURE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 129300-1
SECTION 129300 – SITE AND STREET FURNISHINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes materials, labor, apparatus, tools, equipment, temporary construction, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing the proper completion of Work for Site and Street Furnishings, as shown on the Contract Drawings, and as specified herein this Section.

B. Work under this Section consists of, but is not necessarily limited to, furnishing and installing the following:

1. Trash/Recycling Receptacle (Unit).

2. Bike Racks (Unit).

3. Pet Drinking Fountain (Unit).

4. Movable Table and Chairs (Unit)

5. Movable Umbrella

6. Dog Waste Station

7. Dog Agility Equipment

8. Concrete Benches
C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements of Work that relate to this Section:

1. Section 321313 – Concrete Paving.

2. Section 321323 – Site Concrete (for cast-in-place concrete footings or sub-grade foundations).

3. Section 329113 – Soil Preparation.

4. Section 328400 – Irrigation System.

5. Section 329300 – Exterior Plants

6. Section 329813 – Landscape Establishment Period.

1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. General:

1. Collect information into a single Submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment identified underthis Section forreview.

2. To expedite review, Submittal shall be organized and presented into specific sections or headings. Furnish neat, concise, legible, and clearly identifiable information, and sufficiently explicit detail, to enable proper evaluation for Contract compliance.

Highlight catalog, product data, or brochures containing various products, sizes, and materials to show particularitem submitted.

3. Submittal Format: As applicable, furnish Submittal as a single electronic digital PDF (Portable Document Format) file.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 960 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SITE & STREET FURNITURE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 129300-2
B. Digital Submittal Information:

1. Product/Material Data: Submit available product/material literature, test reports, color charts, supplied by manufacturer’s, indicating that their products comply with specified requirements. Provide manufacturing source (name, address, and telephone number), and distributor source (name, address, and telephone number) for each product/material type in this Section.

2. Shop Drawings to show component parts, fabrication, installation, and dimensions for items indicated herein this Section.

3. Certification: Provide certification from each manufacturer, as specified herein this Section, that their product(s) meet the specific criteria associated for sustainable products.

C. Material Samples:

1. Submit printed manufacturer’s product data, including color charts or color chips of actual fabricated products, for material sample review.

2. Samples of complete Units or parts of Units of the items indicated herein this Section shall be furnished, as requested by Landscape Architect, forreview and approval.

3. Submit manufacturer’s written certification that each product complies with specified requirements noted herein.

D. Submittals under this Article will be rejected and returned without the benefit of review by the Landscape Architect if they are difficult to read due to insufficient scale, poor image quality, or poor drafting quality; or if all of the required information is missing or not presented in the format as requested. Partial Submittals will not be accepted.

E. No Work under this Section shall proceed until all information indicated herein this Article have been reviewed, accepted, and approved by the Landscape Architect, in writing.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL
A. All materials and Work shall be in accordance with the State Codes and Specifications and other criteria herein specified.

B. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain furnishing Units from each respective single source with resources to provide products and materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work.

1.4 COORDINATION, SCHEDULING, AND OBSERVATIONS
A. Notify the Contractors performing Work related to installation of Work under this Section in ample time so as to allow sufficient time for them to perform their portion of Work and that progress of Work is not delayed. Verify conditions at the Project Site for Work that affects installation underthis Section. Coordinate items ofother trades to be furnished and set in place.

B. Field Measurements: Contractor shall take field measurements as required. Report major discrepancies between the Contract Drawings and field dimensions to the Landscape Architect prior to commencing Work. Check adjoining finished surfaces, finished grades, and other Work 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 961 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SITE & STREET FURNITURE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 129300-3
by accurate field measurements before erection. Maintain required levels and grade elevations.

Review installation procedures and coordinate Work herein this Section with other Work affected.

C. Perform installation operations only when weather is suitable in accordance with locally accepted practices:

D. Coordinating furnishing footings with utility locations. Note potential conflicts to the Landscape Architect.

E. Construction Site Observations: Periodic site observations shall be made by the Landscape Architect during the installation of Work under this Section for compliance with requirements for type, size, and quality. Landscape Architect retains right to observe Work for defects and to reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress ofWork. Contractor shall remove rejected materials immediately from Project site. Contractor shall request, in writing, at least one (1) week in advance of the time when mandatory site observation(s) by the Landscape Architect are required.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Furnishings shall be stored as necessary to prevent damage and shall be in new condition when ready for installation. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to install “factory condition” furnishings.

B. Store materials offground and under cover, away from damp surfaces and inclement weather.

C. Deliver manufactured materials in original, unopened packages or containers with manufacturer's labels intact and legible. Deliver and install materials so as to not delay Work, and install only after preparations forinstallation have been completed.

1.6 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Consideration: Materials to be considered equal to the Materials indicated herein this Section shall be reviewed by the Landscape Architect. Materials with equal performance characteristics produced by other Manufacturer’s and/or Distributors may be considered, providing deviations in dimensional size, color, composition, operation, and/or other characteristics do not change the design concept, aesthetic appearance, nor intended performance, as solely judged by the Landscape Architect. The burden ofproofon product equality is on the Contractor.

B. Specific reference to Manufacturer’s names and products specified herein are used as standards of quality. This implies no right to the Contractor to substitute other materials without prior written approval by the Landscape Architect for Work under this Section.

C. Materials substituted and installed by the Contractor, without prior written approval by the Landscape Architect, may be rejected. Contractor shall not be entitled to be compensated by the Owner where the Contractor has installed rejected substitutions without receiving prior written approval.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 962 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SITE & STREET FURNITURE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 129300-4
D. Contract Price: Substituted Materials underthis Section shall not increase the Contract price.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 TRASH RECEPTACLE (Unit)
A. Trash Receptacle Unit shall consist of the complete assembly, consisting of the reinforced precast sealed concrete shell, galvanized steel internal liner, aluminum ash ring, silica sand, and mounting hardware.

1. Manufacturer: Referto the Contract Drawings.

2. Model Number: Referto the Contract Drawings.

3. Color/Finish:
a. Pre-cast Unit: Referto the Contract Drawings.
b. Lid: Refer to the Contract Drawings.

B. Install in quantity as indicated on the Contract Drawings.

2.2 BIKE RACK (Unit)
A. Bike Rack Unit shall consist of a complete assembly, including Bike Rack and all applicable mounting hardware.

1. Manufacturer: Referto the Contract Drawings.

2. Model Number: Referto the Contract Drawings.

3. Color/Finishes: Refer to the Contract Drawings.

4. Mounting and Orientation: Refer to the Contract Drawings.

B. Install in quantity as indicated on the Contract Drawings.

2.3 PET DRINKING FOUNTAIN (Unit)
A. Pet Drinking Fountain Unit shall consist ofa single-fabricated Unit assembly, complete with the manufactured unit, concrete support foundation, applicable Manufacturer-supplied vandalresistant mounting hardware, piping connections for potable water supply and drain line (to sewer connection), valves, and sleeves, as required.

1. Manufacturer: Referto the Contract Drawings.

2. Model Number: Referto the Contract Drawings.

3. Color/Finishes: Referto the Contract Drawings.

4. Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

B. Install in quantity as indicated on the Contract Drawings.

2.4 MOVABLE TABLE AND CHAIRS (Unit)
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 963 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SITE & STREET FURNITURE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 129300-5
A. Movable Table and Chairs Unit shall consist of the complete assembly set, consisting of the manufactured items, accessories and, applicable Manufacturer-supplied vandal-resistant mounting hardware, as required.

1. Manufacturer: Referto the Contract Drawings.

2. Model Number: Referto the Contract Drawings.

3. Color/Finishes: Refer to the Contract Drawings.

4. Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

B. Install in quantity as indicated on the Contract Drawings.

2.5 MOVABLE UMBRELLAS (Unit)
A. Movable Umbrella Unit shall consist of the complete assembly set, consisting of the manufactured items, accessories and, applicable Manufacturer-supplied vandal-resistant mounting hardware, as required.

1. Manufacturer: Referto the Contract Drawings.

2. Model Number: Referto the Contract Drawings.

3. Color/Finishes: Refer to the Contract Drawings.

4. Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

B. Install in quantity as indicated on the Contract Drawings.

2.6 DOG WASTE STATION (Unit)
A. Dog Waste Station Unit shall consist of the complete assembly set, consisting of the manufactured items, accessories and, applicable Manufacturer-supplied vandal-resistant mounting hardware, as required.

1. Manufacturer: Referto the Contract Drawings.

2. Model Number: Referto the Contract Drawings.

3. Color/Finishes: Referto the Contract Drawings.

4. Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

B. Install in quantity as indicated on the Contract Drawings.

2.7 DOG AGILITY EQUIPMENT (Unit)
A. Dog Agility Equipment Unit shall consist of the complete assembly set, consisting of the manufactured items, accessories and, applicable Manufacturer-supplied vandal-resistant mounting hardware, as required.

1. Manufacturer: Referto the Contract Drawings.

2. Model Number: Referto the Contract Drawings.

3. Color/Finishes: Referto the Contract Drawings.

4. Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

B. Install in quantity as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 964 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SITE & STREET FURNITURE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 129300-6

2.8 CONCRETE BENCHES (Unit)
A. Concrete Benches Unit shall consist of the complete assembly set, consisting of the manufactured items, accessories and, applicable Manufacturer-supplied vandal-resistant mounting hardware, as required.

1. Manufacturer: Referto the Contract Drawings.

2. Model Number: Referto the Contract Drawings.

3. Color/Finishes: Refer to the Contract Drawings.

4. Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

B. Install in quantity as indicated on the Contract Drawings.

2.9 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Anchors, Fasteners, Fittings, and Hardware: Stainless steel, commercial quality, tamper-proof, vandal & theft resistant, concealed, recessed, and capped or plugged. Provide from manufacturer ofsite furnishing, as applicable.

B. Non-shrink, Non-metallic Setting Grout: Pre-mixed, factory-packaged, non-staining, noncorrosive, non-gaseous Setting Grout, suitable for exterior applications, complying with ASTM C1107.

1. Products & Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
a. Euco N-S Grout, Euclid Chemical Co.
b. Crystex, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.
c. Masterflow 713, BASF Building Systems, Inc.
d. Conspec Enduro 50, CONSPEC Marketing and Manufacturing Co. e. Rapidset Grout, Rapidset Products.
f. SikaGrout 212, Sika Corporation.
g. Quikcrete Commercial Grade Fast Set Non-Shrink Grout, Quikcrete Companies. h. 588 Grout, W.R. Meadows.
i. Certi-Grout #1000, Vexcon Chemicals.
j. Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

C. Erosion-resistant Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, non-shrink, non-staining, hydrauliccontrolled expansion cement formulation for mixing with potable water at Project site to create pour-able anchoring, patching, and grouting compound, resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating, recommended in writing by manufacturer ofsite furnishings, for exterior applications.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 965 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SITE & STREET FURNITURE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 129300-7
A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which site furnishing units are to be installed with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for correct and level finished grade, mounting surfaces, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance.

1. Remedy any conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion ofthe Work.

2. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect.

B. Verification:

1. Verify that substrates are stable and capable of supporting the weight of items covered under this Section.

2. Verify that substrates have been adequately prepared to securely anchor those items that will be surface mounted.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General:

1. Site Furnishing Assembly Unit shall be furnished and located as shown on the Contract Drawings, and as directed by the Contract Specificaitons.

2. Use actual Unit to establish all dimensions forinstallation.

3. Erect and install Unit in accordance with the Manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations. Install Unit plumb, accurately, and in the correct orientation and relationship with other site furnishings, elements and/or paving as shown on the Contract Drawings. Verify locations prior to installation with the Landscape Architect and City Representative.

4. Install all footings, anchorage, mounting hardware, as applicable, in strict accordance with the Manufacturer’s instructions, and as directed by the Contract Drawings.

3.3 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed furnishings against damage throughout the duration of the construction period, complying with Manufacturer's directions.

1. Remove and replace damaged furnishings as required to deliver factory-condition units at Final Acceptance ofWork.

3.4 CLEANING
A. After completing site furnishing installation, inspect components. Remove protective packaging and dispose properly. Remove spots, dirt, and debris. Repair damaged finishes to match original finish, orreplace component.

1. Touch-up Painting: Where directed by the Landscape Architect, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of the Work. Paint exposed areas with paint or other material as supplied by the Manufacturer of the damaged Unit. Apply by brush, to thickness recommended by paint manufacturer.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 966 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica AGGREGATE SURFACING
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 321500-1
SECTION 321500 – AGGREGATE SURFACING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes materials, labor, apparatus, tools, equipment, temporary construction, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing the proper completion ofWork, as required to make a complete exterior Aggregate Surfacing installation, as shown in the Contract Drawings, and as specified herein this Section.

B. Work under this Section consists of, but is not necessarily limited to, furnishing and installing the following:

1. Aggregate Surfacing Materials (Aggregates, Cobbles, Rubble, Boulders, etc.).

2. Weed Control Barrier/Geotextile Filter Fabric.

3. Miscellaneous Materials (Herbicides, etc.).

C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to Work in this Section:

1. Section 321313 – Concrete Paving.

2. Section 329113 – Soil Preparation.

3. Section 329300 – Exterior Plants.

4. Section 329813 – Landscape Establishment Period.

1.2 DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS
A. References:

1. ANSI – American National Standards Institute.

2. ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials.

3. CBC – California Building Code, latest edition.

B. Definitions:

1. psi – pounds per square inch (measurement).

2. cu/ft – cubic-feet/foot (measurement).

3. oc – on-center(measurement).

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General:

1. Collect information into a single Submittal for each element ofconstruction and type ofproduct or equipment identified underthis Section forreview.

2. To expedite review, Submittal shall be organized and presented into specific sections or headings.

Furnish neat, concise, legible, and clearly identifiable information, and sufficiently explicit detail, to enable proper evaluation for Contract compliance. Highlight catalog, product data, or brochures containing various products, sizes, and materials to show particular item submitted.

3. Submittal Format: As applicable, furnish Submittal as a single electronic digital PDF (Portable Document Format) file.

B. Digital Submittal Information:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 967 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica AGGREGATE SURFACING
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 321500-2

1. Product/Material Data: Submit available product/material literature supplied by manufacturer’s, indicating that their products comply with specified requirements. Provide manufacturing source (name, address, and telephone number), and distributor source (name, address, and telephone number) for each type ofproduct/material.
a. Aggregate Surfacing Material.
b. Weed Control Barrier/Geotextile Filter Fabric.
c. Herbicides.

2. Qualification Data: Submit names for firms and persons specified in the “Quality Assurance and Control” Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience on similarinstallations.

C. Material Samples: Submit four (4) sets of physical Material Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, size, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements, and for a comparison of these characteristics between Submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. Include the full range of exposed color and texture expected in the completed Work. Provide Material Samples bound and individually wrapped in re-sealable labeled 1-gallon plastic bags (as applicable):

1. 0.50 cu/ft of Aggregate Surfacing Material (i.e. Aggregates, Boulders, Cobbles, Rubble, etc.) for each color and texture ofmaterial required for Project.

2. One (1) two-foot (2’-0”) square sample ofWeed Control Barrier/Geotextile Filter Fabric.

D. Scaled Shop Drawings: Not Required.

E. Submittals under this Article will be rejected and returned without the benefit ofreview by the Landscape Architect ifthey are difficult to read due to insufficient scale, poorimage quality, or poor drafting quality; or if all of the required information is missing or not presented in the format as requested. Partial Submittals will not be accepted.

F. No Work shall proceed under this Section until Submittal requirements indicated herein have been reviewed accordingly by the Landscape Architect.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL
A. Installer Qualifications:

1. Requirement: Valid California C-27 (Landscaping Contractor) License.

2. Engage an experienced Installer who has completed Aggregate Surfacing work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, with a record of successful landscape performances for a minimum ofthree (3) consecutive years.

3. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time supervisor on the Project site during times that installations underthis Section are in progress.

B. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain each color, type, and variety of products/materials from a single source with resources to provide products/materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying Work.

C. Permits, Fees, Bonds, and Inspections: Contractor shall arrange and pay for permits, fees, bonds, testing services, and inspections necessary to perform and complete Work underthis Section.

D. Field-Constructed Mock-up:

1. Prior to the installation of Work under this Section, Contractor shall erect a Field-Constructed Mock-up for Aggregate Surfacing, to be approved by the Landscape Architect, to verify selections made under this Article and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials and execution.
a. Boulder / Cobble Type B1, B2, as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 968 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica AGGREGATE SURFACING
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 321500-3

2. Build Field-Constructed Mock-up using materials and same base construction including special features for surface finish and grouted joints as indicated forthe final unit ofWork:
a. Locate Field-Constructed Mock-up in a secure location as approved by the Landscape Architect. Mockups shall be separate and not included as a part ofthe completed Work. b. Notify the Landscape Architect when Field-Constructed Mock-up will be erected. c. Demonstrate quality and range of aesthetic effects and workmanship in the FieldConstructed Mock-up that will be produced in the final unit ofWork. d. Obtain the Landscape Architect’s approval of the Field-Constructed Mock-up, in writing, before the start ofWork. Approved Mock-up is a prerequisite to commencing Work under this Section.
e. Retain and maintain Field-Constructed Mock-up during construction in an undisturbed condition.
f. When directed by the Landscape Architect, demolish and remove Field-Constructed Mockup.

3. Size: Each Field-Constructed Mock-up for Aggregate Surfacing shall measure four-feet (4’) wide and six-feet (6’) long, to compare the aesthetics ofmaterial color, texture, and finish. a. When the Landscape Architect determines that the Field-Constructed Mock-up does not meet requirements, retain it for reference and provide another Field-Constructed Mock-up until the Field-Constructed Mock-up is approved by the Landscape Architect.

4. Approved Field-Constructed Mock-up will be the standard by which Work under this Section will be evaluated fortechnical and aesthetic merit.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Provide new, unused materials indicated under this Section. Store and secure properly to prevent theft or damage. Deliver and store perishable material in original, unopened packaging.

B. Damaged Materials: Be responsible for all damage or disfiguration of Work until Final Acceptance.

Remove offsite and replace at no additional cost to Owner all damaged or rejected materials.

C. Deliver materials so as to not delay Work, and install only after preparations for installation have been completed.

1.6 COORDINATION, SCHEDULING, AND OBSERVATIONS
A. Utilities: Determine location of above-grade and underground utilities and perform Work in a manner which will avoid damage to utilities. Hand excavate, as required. Maintain grade stakes until removal is mutually agreed upon by parties concerned.

B. Excavation: When conditions detrimental to installing Aggregate Surfacing are encountered, such as adverse drainage conditions or obstructions, cease installation operations and notify Landscape Architect for further direction.

C. Field Measurements: Contractor shall take field measurements as required. Report major discrepancies between the Contract Drawings and field dimensions to the Landscape Architect prior to commencing Work.

D. Installation: Perform installation of Aggregate Surfacing only when weather and soil conditions are suitable in accordance with locally accepted practices. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 969 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica AGGREGATE SURFACING
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 321500-4
E. Construction Site Observations: Periodic site observations shall be made by the Landscape Architect during the installation of Work under this Section for compliance with requirements for type, size, and quality. Landscape Architect retains right to observe Work for defects and to reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress of Work. Contractor shall remove rejected materials immediately from Project site. Contractor shall request, in writing, at least one (1) week in advance of the time when mandatory site observation(s) by the Landscape Architect are required.

1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Consideration: Materials to be considered equal to the Materials indicated herein this Section shall be reviewed by the Landscape Architect. Materials with equal performance characteristics produced by other Manufacturer’s and/or Distributors may be considered, providing deviations in dimensional size, color, composition, operation, and/or other characteristics do not change the design concept, aesthetic appearance, nor intended performance, as solely judged by the Landscape Architect. The burden ofproof on product equality is on the Contractor.

B. Specific reference to Manufacturer’s names and products specified herein are used as standards of quality. This implies no right to the Contractor to substitute other materials without prior written approval by the Landscape Architect for Work underthis Section.

C. Materials substituted and installed by the Contractor, without prior written approval by the Landscape Architect, may be rejected. Contractor shall not be entitled to be compensated by the Owner where the Contractor has installed rejected substitutions without receiving prior written approval.

D. Contract Price: Substituted Materials underthis Section shall not increase the Contract price.

1.8 LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD
A. Referto Section 329813 – Landscape Establishment Period, forrequirements underthis Article.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 AGGREGATE SURFACING MATERIALS
A. Cobbles:

1. General: Cobbles shall be clean and free from soil, debris, and markings. Cobbles that are broken, split, or with sharp edges, are not acceptable.

2. Quantity: Provide and install in quantity required to provide acceptable depth and coverage as indicated on the Contract Drawings.

3. Material: Match approved referee sample, as acquired by the Landscape Architect, to compare for material, color, texture, size, and other characteristics relating to aesthetic effects. a. Type: Type as indicated on Contract Drawings
b. Size: Size as indicated on Contract Drawings
c. Products & Manufacturer’s: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:
1) As indicated on Contract Drawings
2) Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

B. Boulders:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 970 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica AGGREGATE SURFACING
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 321500-5

1. General: Boulders shall be relatively smooth in texture, with a rounded appearance with some angular edges. Boulders shall be clean and free from soil, debris, markings, stress cracks, fractures, drill cores, and un-detonated explosive devices. Boulders with surfaces that are broken, sharply angular or with shaved edges are not acceptable. a. Boulders shall be graded in size, hand-selected, and approved by the Landscape Architect prior to delivery to site. Placement location, depth, and orientation of Boulders shall be field-directed by the Landscape Architect. Determination as to the size ofthe Boulders that are selected in the field (quarry or other sites) and/or delivered to the Project Site shall be at the sole discretion ofthe Landscape Architect.

2. Quantity and Sizes: Provide and install in quantity as indicated on the Contract Drawings.

Boulders shall meet within the percentage allocation and size range as follows:
a. As indicated on Contract Drawings.

3. Material:
a. Type: As indicated on Contract Drawings
b. Products & Manufacturer’s: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:
1) As indicated on Contract Drawings
2) Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

2.2 WEED CONTROL BARRIER/GEO-TEXTILE FILTER FABRIC
A. Type: Permeable, lightweight, continuous, non-woven, geo-textile polypropylene filament material, UVresistant, engineered to allow water permeability and deter soil permittivity, per ASTM D4491. GeoTextile Filter Fabric shall be inert to biological degradation and resistant to naturally encountered chemicals, alkalis and acids. Meet AASHTO M288-96, Class 1.

B. Products & Manufacturer’s: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) of the following:

1. Amoco 4553, Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company.

2. FX-80HS, Carthage Mills.

3. C-80NW, Contech.

4. 180 EX, Linq.

5. Geotex 801, Propex, Inc.

6. TerraTex N08, Webtec.

7. 180N, TC Mirafi.

8. 3301, Typar Landscape Products.

9. or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

C. Herbicide: EPA registered and approved, from the following:

1. Non-Selective Post-Emergent Herbicide: Spray-applied solution containing a minimum of41% of the active ingredient “glyphosate” (full strength), with a surfactant, mixed with water accordingly perthe Manufacturer’s directions.
a. Products & Manufacturer’s: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
1) Roundup® PRO, (41% glyphosate), Monsanto Company, St. Louis, MO. 2) Roundup® PRO Concentrate (50% glyphosate), Monsanto Company, St. Louis, MO.
3) Honcho® Plus, (41% glyphosate), Monsanto Company, St. Louis, MO. 4) High Yield® Kill-Zall Weed & Grass Killer, (41% glyphosate),Voluntary Purchasing Groups, Boneham, TX.
5) Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 971 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica AGGREGATE SURFACING
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 321500-6
b. Application Rate: Apply at prescribed rate and application per Manufacturer’s written recommendations, per one-hundred (100) gallons ofwater.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL
A. Installation practices of the Aggregate Surfacing shall be performed during those periods when weather and soil conditions are suitable and in accordance with locally accepted horticultural practice, as approved by the Landscape Architect. Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect, in writing, on the anticipated commencement date and length ofduration ofthe landscape installation.

B. Examination: Examine areas to receive landscaping for compliance with requirements and for conditions affecting performance of Work of this Section. No Work under this Section shall commence until all Submittals under this section have been reviewed and approved, in writing.

C. Prior to Work in this Section, Contractor shall examine previously installed Work related to other Sections and verify that such Work is complete and as required, to the point where the installation of the Aggregate Surfacing materials may commence properly.

3.2 PROTECTION OF SITE
A. Contractor shall protect existing and new improvements and systems installed prior to installation of Aggregate Surfacing. Maintain protection in place until completion of Work and Landscape Establishment Period.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Herbicides: Apply, as required and directed by the Landscape Architect, per Manufacturer’s latest printed instructions, priorto the installation ofthe Aggregate Surfacing material.

3.4 INSTALLATION OF AGGREGATE SURFACING MATERIALS
A. General: Backfill surfaces of pits, trenches, planted areas, and other areas indicated to appropriate finished grades.

B. Compact Sub-grade per recommendation of Geotechnical Engineer. Match compaction density for Concrete Paving-type applications.

C. Cobbles:

1. General: Verify locations to receive Cobbles.
a. Geotextile Filter Fabric: Install Fabric according to the Manufacturer's recommendations over compacted sub grade and prior to placement of Aggregate Surfacing. Completely cover mulched area, lapping Fabric edges a minimum of six-inches (6”). Tack/pin into place using steel staples, set at thirty-six-inches (36") O.C. maximum along perimeter.

2. Install Cobbles after sub-grade elevation has been established and compacted accordingly. Handplace Cobbles with an even, dense, but random distribution of Cobbles (size, color, etc.). Set Cobbles at the required depth to adequately mask the sub-grade, following lines and levels to 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 972 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica AGGREGATE SURFACING
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 321500-7
present a “natural” or “organic” composition. Set Cobbles accordingly to minimize large gaps or voids between the Cobbles.

3. After placement of the Cobbles, seed loose Decomposed Granite material and compact accordingly between the Cobbles to further mask the sub-grade and complete the composition.

4. After placement ofthe Cobbles, seed loose Aggregate Surfacing material and compact accordingly between the Cobbles to further mask the sub-grade and complete the composition.

D. Boulders:

1. General: Verify locations to receive Boulders.

2. Install Boulders after sub-grade elevation has been established and compacted accordingly, allowing for the Boulders to be installed at the depth indicated (as detailed on the Contract Drawings). Carefully hand-place or mechanically-set Boulders to hide any blemishes or undesired imperfections that may be evident in the Boulders. If mechanically-set, use slings or straps to prevent gouging or marring the Boulder surfaces. Set all Boulders to reflect a “natural” or “organic” composition. Where Boulders are set in groupings, place accordingly to minimize large gaps or voids between the Boulders.

3. After placement of the Boulders, seed Decomposed Granite material and compact accordingly between the Boulders to further mask the sub-grade and complete the composition.

4. After placement of the Boulders, seed Aggregate Surfacing material and compact accordingly between the Boulders to further mask the sub-grade and complete the composition.

3.5 CLEAN UP AND PROTECTION
A. For Work under this Section, keep Work area in a clean, orderly, and safe condition. Contractor shall remove trash caused from his Work on a weekly basis throughout the duration ofthe Work.

B. Protect landscaping from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other Contractors and trades, and trespassers. Maintain protection during installation and Landscape Establishment Period. Treat, repair, or replace damaged Aggregate Surfacing as directed.

C. Upon completion of his Work under this Section, the Contractor shall remove rubbish, waste, debris, excess construction materials, and other items resulting from construction operations offsite as described herein this Section and directed by the Landscape Architect.

3.6 FINAL REVIEW
A. Final Review under this Section shall be performed upon completion of the Landscape Establishment Period. (Referto Section 329813 – Landscape Establishment Period for requirements).

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 973 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECOMPOSED GRANITE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 321526-1
SECTION 321526 – DECOMPOSED GRANITE
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes materials, labor, apparatus, tools, equipment, temporary construction, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing the proper completion of Work, as required, to make a complete Decomposed Granite installation on prepared subgrades, as shown in the Contract Drawings, and as specified herein this Section.

B. Work under this Section consists of, but is not necessarily limited to, furnishing and installing the following:

1. Decomposed Granite Material.

2. Accessories (Soil Sterliant (Herbicide)).

C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to Work in this Section:

1. Section 321500 – Aggregate Surfacing.

2. Section 328400 – Irrigation Systems.

3. Section 329113 – Soil Preparation.

4. Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories (Geotextile Filter Fabric; Soil Sterliant (Herbicide), etc.

5. Section 329813 – Landscape Establishment Period.

1.2 DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS
A. References:

1. ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials.

2. AASHTO – American Association ofState Highway and Transportation Officials.

3. ADAAG – American with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines.

4. CBC – California Building Code, Title 24 Disabled Access Regulations.

B. Definitions:

1. Percent Compaction: Per ASTM D1557, percentage of the maximum in-place dry density ofthe same material, as determined by the Geotechnical Engineer.

2. Decomposed Granite: Shall consist solely of Decomposed Granite Material (fines), compacted in place.

C. Standards forInstallation:

1. Standard Specifications: Standard Specifications of the State ofCalifornia, Business and Transportation Agency, Department ofTransportation (CALTRANS).

1.3 SUBMITTALS
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 974 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECOMPOSED GRANITE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 321526-2
A. General:

1. Collect information into a single Submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment identified underthis Section forreview.

2. To expedite review, Submittal shall be organized and presented into specific sections or headings. Furnish neat, concise, legible, and clearly identifiable information, and sufficiently explicit detail, to enable proper evaluation for Contract compliance.

Highlight catalog, product data, or brochures containing various products, sizes, and materials to show particularitem submitted.

3. Submittal Format: As applicable, furnish Submittal as a single electronic digital PDF (Portable Document Format) file.

B. Digital Submittal Information:

1. Product/Material Data: Submit available product/material literature supplied by manufacturer’s, indicating that their products comply with specified requirements, technical data, and tested physical and performance properties. Provide manufacturing source (name, address, and telephone number), and distributor source (name, address, and telephone number) for each type ofproduct/material:
a. Decomposed Granite Material.
b. Soil Sterilant (Herbicide).

2. Supplemental Data:
a. Sieve Analysis: Provide Sieve Analysis of each type of Decomposed Granite material to ensure it meets proper grading requirements. b. Material Test Reports: Submit certified copies of the field tests performed (testing the compressive strengths) ofthe Decomposed Granite finished surface.

3. Qualification Data: Submit names for firms and persons specified in the “Quality Assurance and Control” Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience on similar Decomposed Granite installations.

C. Material Samples: Submit four (4) sets of physical Material Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, size, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements, and for a comparison of these characteristics between Submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. Include the full range of exposed color and texture expected in the completed Work.

Provide Material Samples bound and individually wrapped in re-sealable labeled 1-gallon plastic bags (as applicable):

1. Submit sample in sufficient quantity (one (1) pound minimum, per bag) of each Decomposed Granite material for review to ensure color will be compatible with the Project.

D. Submittals under this Article will be rejected and returned without the benefit of review by the Landscape Architect if they are difficult to read due to insufficient scale, poor image quality, or poor drafting quality; or if all of the required information is missing or not presented in the format as requested.

E. No Work shall proceed under this Section until Submittal requirements indicated herein have been reviewed accordingly by the Landscape Architect.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 975 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECOMPOSED GRANITE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 321526-3
A. Installer Qualifications:

1. Requirement: Valid California C-27 (Landscaping Contractor) License.

2. Engage an experienced Installer who has completed in the last two (2) years at least three (3) Decomposed Granite installations similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

3. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full-time supervisor on the Project site during times that installations under this Section are in progress.

B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of Decomposed Granite material from the same Manufacturer's plant.

C. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain each color, type, and/or variety of Decomposed Granite material from a single source with resources to provide products and materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work.

D. Manufacturer’s Directions: Follow Manufacturer’s directions and drawings in cases where the Manufacturers of articles used in this Section furnish directions covering points not shown in the Contract Drawings and Contract Specifications.

E. Field-Constructed Mock-ups: Prior to the installation of Work under this Section, Contractor shall erect Field-Constructed Mock-ups for each type of Decomposed Granite application to verify selections made under this Article and to demonstrate aesthetic effects as well as qualities of materials and execution. Build Field-Constructed Mock-ups to comply with the following requirements, using materials and same base construction including special features for surface finish, compaction within lifts, color(s), and contiguous work, as indicated for the final unit of Work.

1. Locate Field-Constructed Mock-ups in a location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by the Owner’s Representative.

2. Notify the Landscape Architect, in writing, at least one (1) week in advance of the dates and times when Field-Constructed Mock-ups will be erected.

3. Demonstrate quality and range of aesthetic effects and workmanship in the FieldConstructed Mock-ups that will be produced in the final unit ofWork.

4. Obtain the Landscape Architect’s acceptance of the Field-Constructed Mock-ups, in writing, before the start ofWork. Accepted Mock-ups are a prerequisite to commencing Work under this Section.

5. Retain and maintain Field-Constructed Mock-ups during construction in an undisturbed condition. Accepted Field-Constructed Mock-ups shall be the standard for judging the completed Work underthis Section.
a. When directed by the Landscape Architect, Contractor shall demolish and remove Field-Constructed Mock-up Samples from the Project Site.

6. Contractor shall provide a separate Field Constructed Mock-up for each type of Decomposed Granite application forreview by the Landscape Architect. a. Each Field-Constructed Mock-up shall measure four-feet (4’) wide and six-feet (6’) long, and at the specified respective depths of Decomposed Granite indicated in the Contract Drawings, to compare the aesthetics of material colors, textures, and finishes. Include the specified edging material around the perimeter of the Mock-up.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 976 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECOMPOSED GRANITE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 321526-4
1) When the Landscape Architect determines that a Field-Constructed Mockup does not meet requirements, retain it for reference and create another Field-Constructed Mock-up until the Field-Constructed Mock-up is accepted by the Landscape Architect.

7. Accepted Field-Constructed Mock-up(s) will be the standard by which remaining Work will be evaluated for technical and aesthetic merit, and re a prerequisite to commencing any Work under this Section.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Provide new, unused Decomposed Granite materials indicated under this Section. Store and secure properly to prevent damage.

B. Protect Decomposed Granite material from contamination with foreign materials. Isolate stockpiles to prevent mixing of different aggregate grades prevent contamination with organic materials.

C. Deliver perishable material in original, unopened packaging. Protect from dampness.

D. Deliver and install Decomposed Granite materials so as to not delay Work, and install only after preparations for installation have been completed.

1.6 COORDINATION, SCHEDULING, AND OBSERVATIONS
A. Notify the Contractors performing Work related to installation of Work under this Section in ample time so as to allow sufficient time for them to perform their portion of Work and that progress of Work is not delayed. Verify conditions at the Project Site for Work that affects installation underthis Section. Coordinate items ofothertrades to be furnished and set in place.

B. Utilities: Determine location of above grade and underground utilities and perform Work in a manner which will avoid damage to utilities. Hand excavate, as required. Maintain grade stakes until removal is mutually agreed upon by parties concerned.

C. Excavation: When conditions detrimental to installing Decomposed Granite is encountered, such as rubble fill, adverse drainage conditions, or obstructions, cease installation operations and notify Landscape Architect for further direction.

D. Traffic Control: Maintain access for vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic as required for other construction activities during installation of Decomposed Granite. Access shall also be unobstructed and maintained at all times to allow for entry and exit ofemergency vehicles.

E. Grades and Levels: Establish and maintain required levels and grade elevations. Review installation procedures and coordinate Work herein this Section with other Work affected.

F. Installation: Perform installation of Decomposed Granite only when weather and soil conditions during rain or while sub base is wet from rain. Do not apply Soil Sterilant when winds exceed 10 mph or during orimmediately afterrain.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 977 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECOMPOSED GRANITE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 321526-5
G. Sequence and Scheduling: Do not install Work under this Section prior to acceptance of subgrade preparation Work under another Section. Install edging materials prior to placement of Decomposed Granite, where applicable. Coordinate with other trades to insure proper placement of irrigation sleeves (per Section 328400) prior to installation of Decomposed Granite.

H. Construction Site Observations: Periodic site observations shall be made by the Landscape Architect during the installation of Work under this Section for compliance with requirements.

Landscape Architect retains right to observe Work for defects and to reject unsatisfactory or defective Work under this Section at any time during progress of Work. The Contractor shall request, in writing, at least one (1) week in advance of the time when mandatory site observation(s) by the Landscape Architect are required.

1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Consideration: Decomposed Granite materials to be considered equal to the Decomposed Granite materials indicated herein this Section shall be reviewed by the Landscape Architect.

Materials with equal performance characteristics produced by other Manufacturer’s and/or Distributors may be considered, providing deviations in dimensional size, color, composition, operation, and/or other characteristics do not change the design concept, aesthetic appearance, nor intended performance, as solely judged by the Landscape Architect. The burden ofproofon product equality is on the Contractor.

B. Specific reference to Manufacturer’s names and products specified herein are used as standards of quality. This implies no right to the Contractor to substitute other materials without prior written approval by the Landscape Architect for Work under this Section.

C. Decomposed Granite material(s) substituted and installed by the Contractor, without prior written approval by the Landscape Architect, may be rejected. Contractor shall not be entitled to be compensated by the Owner where the Contractor has installed rejected substitutions without receiving prior written approval.

D. Contract Price: Substituted Decomposed Granite material(s) shall not increase the Contract price.

1.8 LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD
A. Refer to Section 329813 – Landscape Establishment Period, for requirements underthis Article.

1. During the duration of the Landscape Establishment Period, continuously maintain Decomposed Granite finishes until Final Acceptance of Work is granted. Immediately repair damage to the Work as the result of weather or traffic conditions. Report damage resulting from Work of other trades after installation of Decomposed Granite Work.

Repair to match adjacent undisturbed Work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 978 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECOMPOSED GRANITE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 321526-6

2.1 DECOMPOSED GRANITE MATERIAL
A. Clean, hard, durable particles or fragmented fines ofselect crushed granite, river rock, or basalt.

Material fines shall be evenly mixed throughout the aggregate. When produced from gravel, fifty percent (50%) by weight of the material retained on a No. 4 sieve shall have one (1) fractured face.

B. The portion retained on the No. 4 sieve shall have a maximum percentage of wear of 50 at 500 revolutions as determined by AASHTO T96-77.

C. Portion passing a No. 4 sieve shall have a maximum liquid limit of25 and a maximum plasticity index of7, as determined by AASHTO T89-81 and AASHTO 90-81 respectively.

D. Composition: Decomposed Granite material shall be free from clay lumps, vegetable matter, or deleterious material.

E. Grading Requirements:

Percentage ofWeight Passing a Square Mesh Sieve
(AASHTO T11-82 and T27-82)
Sieve Size Percent Passing
3/8” 100%
No. 4 95 – 100%
No. 8 75 – 80%
No.16 55 – 65%
No. 30 40 – 50%
No. 50 25 – 35%
No. 100 20 – 25%
No. 200 5 – 15%
F. Products & Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:

1. Decomposed Granite:
a. Type: Refer to the Contract Drawings.
b. Supplier: Refer to the Contract Drawings.
c. Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

2.2 EQUIPMENT
A. Mixing Equipment: Batch-type, using revolving blades orrotary drum.

B. Compaction Equipment: Powerroller, weighing not less than five (5) tons.

2.3 ACCESSORIES
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 979 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECOMPOSED GRANITE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 321526-7
A. Soil Sterilant: Spray-applied, Non-Selective Post-Emergent Herbicide, for control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds. Refer to Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories.

Apply in locations designated to receive Decomposed Granite only.

B. Aggregate Sub-Base: Class II, per “Standard Specifications”, as required.

C. Water: Per ASTM C 94, from potable domestic source, and free from deleterious materials such as oils, acids, and organic matter. Transport as required.

D. Geotextile Filter Fabric: Referto Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces indicated to receive Decomposed Granite, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance ofsurfacing.

B. Sub-grades shall have been rough graded to within 0.10 ft. offinish grades less depth in location to receive Decomposed Granite.

C. Insure edging materials and irrigation sleeving have been installed and are in place and secured.

Do not proceed with installation Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Application ofSoil Sterilant:

1. Mixing: Mix Soil Sterilant product in sprayer tank with clean water, according to Manufacturer’s current printed instructions. Use sprayer, which will apply the solution uniformly, without disturbing the soil.

2. Spray Solution: Shake or stir prior to each application. Apply to dry soil surface only.

3. Application: Provide Soil Sterilant only in locations designated to receive Decomposed Granite, as indicated on the Contract Drawings.

4. Over-spraying: Avoid spraying on walls, adjoining pavements, and all areas to receive landscape planting.

5. Depth: Immediately after application of spray solution, thoroughly incorporate the solution into the soil to a depth oftwo-inches (2”) to four-inches (4”), per Manufacturer’s current printed instructions.

B. Compaction: After completion of soil sterilization operations, compact sub-base to minimum 90% compaction, or as recommended by the Geotechnical Engineer.

3.3 INSTALLATION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 980 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECOMPOSED GRANITE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 321526-8
A. Installing Geo-textile Filter Fabric: Geo-textile Filter Fabric shall be installed only in locations designated to receive Decomposed Granite. Install Fabric accordingly as indicated in the Contract Drawings to prevent weeds from growing up through the Decomposed Granite. Place the Geotextile Filter Fabric across the entire width of the surface; overlap ends ofFabric rolls at a minimum ofsix inches (6").

B. Installing Aggregate Sub-Base (as applicable):

1. Verification: Do not place Aggregate Sub-Base prior to acceptance of sub grade preparation.

2. Placement: Spread Aggregate Sub-Base to thicknesses shown on the Contract Drawings and compact to a minimum of ninety-percent (90%) compaction, or as recommended by the Geotechnical Engineer.

C. Installing Decomposed Granite:

1. Verification: Verify locations to receive Decomposed Granite.

2. Lines and Levels:
a. Install Decomposed Granite true to grade, properly coinciding with adjacent Work and elevations.
b. Provide a finished Decomposed Granite surface uniform in texture and appearance.

Do not permit finished Work to vary more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet from true profile and cross section. Finished Work shall be installed to fully comply as a universally-accessible pavement surface, per applicable Code requirements.

3. Mixing:
a. Decomposed Granite shall be thoroughly pre-blended before placement.

4. Placement:
a. General: After pre-blending, place the Decomposed Granite material onto the compacted sub-surface material. Carefully place to avoid segregation in two (2) equal two-inch (2”) lifts.
b. Grade, screed, and smooth the Decomposed Granite to desired finish grades.

Allow for compaction ofthe material.

5. Watering: Apply water until moisture penetrates to the full depth of the Decomposed Granite.
a. Apply water from a hand held hose with a spray nozzle set to coarse spray. Water pressure should not disturb the leveled surface. Do not use a water truck for water distribution or a high-pressure sprayer.
1) Test for water penetration through random core inspections. After inspection of cores, fill cored holes with paving removed; smooth and hand tamp to match adjoining surface grades.
2) A one (1)-hour application at a rate of +/-20 GPM per 1,000 sq. ft. of surface seems to achieve the desired full depth moisture penetration. 3) Let watered Decomposed Granite stand between six (6) to twenty-four (24) hours until all surface water has dissipated; the surface should be moist, but not wet.

6. Compacting: While the Decomposed Granite material is still thoroughly moist, compact to a minimum 90% relative compaction, or as recommended by the Geotechnical Engineer. Compact each area with at least four (4) passes of the compacting equipment.

After compacting, screed smooth.
a. Compaction should be done with a heavy lawn roller (minimum 225 pounds and maximum 30-inch width) to achieve finish grade and initial compaction. Hand22BLD-1006 09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 981 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECOMPOSED GRANITE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 321526-9
tamp edges around benches, signposts, trash receptacles, etc. Use a heavy (1-ton minimum) small rider, after having used the lawn roller, to obtain the desired final dense, smooth uniform texture. Do not use whackers, vibratory rollers or a vibrating plate tamper; the Decomposed Granite will not harden for weeks after vibration.
1) If the Decomposed Granite surface is flaky or sticks to the roller drum, the paving hydration level is deficient; cautiously add more water as required to achieve the paving’s proper hydration level.
2) If the roller creates a wash board effect or rills, additional time is required to allow the paving to achieve the proper hydration level.

7. Contaminated Areas: Do not permit Decomposed Granite to contaminate adjoining planting areas or finishes. Clean up and remove all material spilled into adjacent planting areas.

8. Grading: When surface areas have been rolled and it becomes necessary to add a thin layer ofDecomposed Granite material to bring the surface to grade, the previously rolled or compacted area shall be thoroughly scarified to a depth of two-inches (2”) to provide a bond with the added Material.

9. Curing: Allow finished Decomposed Granite surface to dry completely. Set-up time varies, depending on weather conditions.
a. A hot, dry climate will set up soonerthan a cool, moist climate.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Tests: For each lift of Decomposed Granite, provide written verification as to the degree of compaction by a certified testing laboratory. Re-compact failed areas until specified compaction is achieved.

B. Testing shall be the sole financial responsibility ofthe Contractor.

3.5 INSPECTION
A. Finished Decomposed Granite surfaces shall be smooth, uniform and solid, with no evidence of shipping or cracking. Dried, compacted material shall be firm through the entire depth, with no spongy areas.

B. Loose Decomposed Granite material on the surface or unconsolidated crushed aggregate screenings below the surface of Decomposed Granite finishes is evidence of improper bonding due to poor mixing or insufficient watering.

C. Unconsolidated paving areas shall be excavated and replaced accordingly with new Decomposed Granite material with a high proportion of fines meeting the grading requirements above. Patched areas shall be wetted thoroughly and rolled smooth. Patching shall be completed prior to any surface smoothing.

D. Smoothing of Decomposed Granite: Significant irregularities shall be smoothed out prior to final acceptance of Work. Smoothing shall be accomplished by rewetting/saturating rough 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 982 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECOMPOSED GRANITE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 321526-10
areas thoroughly, and then rolling the material again with a heavy roller (1,000–1,500 lb. powered walk-behind roller, or small rider). Whackers are not recommended.

E. Tolerances ofDecomposed Granite:

1. Depth: Final thickness of completed Decomposed Granite shall not vary more than 1/4- inch from dimension indicated in the Contract Drawings. Measurements may be taken by means of test holes taken at random, finished surfaces. Correct any variations in the thickness beyond the allowable ½ inch by repeating the procedures listed above.

F. Width: Final width of completed Decomposed Granite shall not vary more than ½ inch from typical dimension width as indicated. Measurements may be taken at random cross sections along the finished surface.

G. Where installed, no edges ofthe Geotextile Filter Fabric shall be exposed.

3.6 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Damage or Defective Installation: Remove and replace Decomposed Granite that is damaged or defective, or does not meet the requirements indicated herein this Section.

B. Replacement of Decomposed Granite: If compression tests of cored samples fail to meet the specified compressive strengths as recommended by the Manufacturer, immediately remove and replace the Decomposed Granite with material conforming to the Contract Specifications.

C. Protection: Protect Decomposed Granite finishes against traffic, injury, defacement or damage (by rain or other outside force during curing period) and subsequent construction operations until Substantial Completion. Exclude traffic from Decomposed Granite for a minimum of fourteen (14) days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, it is the Contractor’s responsibility to maintain Decomposed Granite as clean and level as possible by removing surface stains, spillage of materials as they occur, and traffic markings/grooves, etc., and to repair any damaged caused by said construction traffic.

D. Maintain Decomposed Granite finishes free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material until Final Acceptance ofWork.

3.7 CLEAN UP AND PROTECTION
A. For Work under this Section, keep Work area in a clean, orderly, and safe condition. Contractor shall remove trash caused from his Work on a weekly basis throughout the duration of the Work.

B. Protect Stabilized Decomposed Granite from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other Contractors and trades, and trespassers. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods.

C. Upon completion of his Work under this Section, the Contractor shall remove rubbish, waste, debris, excess construction materials, and other items resulting from construction operations 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 983 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECOMPOSED GRANITE
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 321526-11
offsite as described herein this Section and directed by the Landscape Architect. Clean all adjoining pavements, edgings free from excess Decomposed Granite material.

3.8 FINAL REVIEW
A. Final Review under this Section shall be performed upon completion of the Landscape Establishment Period. Refer to Section 329813 – Landscape Establishment Period, for requirements.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 984 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECORATIVE METAL FENCES & GATES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 322119-1
SECTION 323119 – DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes materials, labor, apparatus, tools, equipment, temporary construction, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing the proper completion of Work as required to make a complete Decorative Metal Fences & Gates installation, made from ferrous/non-ferrous metals from plates, bars, strips, tubes, pipes and castings not a part of structural steel or specified in other Sections, as shown on the Contract Drawings, and as specified herein this Section.

B. Work under this Section consists of, but is not necessarily limited to, products installed but not furnished underthis Section, as follows:

1. Decorative Metal Fences.

2. Decorative Metal Gates: Sliding and Swinging.

3. Forged Metal materials.

4. Punched Metal/Laser-Cut Metal materials.

5. Fasteners, Hardware, etc.

6. Miscellaneous angles, plates, bars, rods and other items not specified in other Sections but shown orrequired to complete the Work.

C. Related Sections. The following Sections contain requirements that relate to Work in this Section:

1. Section 055000 – Metal Fabrications

2. Section 099113 – Exterior Painting and Staining.

3. Section 333000 – Structural Cast-in-Place Concrete.

1.2 DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS
A. References:

1. AA – The Aluminum Association.

2. ANSI – American National Standards Institute.

3. ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials.

4. AWS – American Welding Society.

5. CBC – California Building Code.

6. IBC – International Building Code.

7. NAAMM – National Association ofArchitectural Metal Manufacturers.

8. SSPC – The Society for Protective Coatings.

B. Applicable Code: California Building Code, latest edition.

C. Applicable Standards:

1. Unless noted otherwise latest edition, issue orrevision applies. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 985 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECORATIVE METAL FENCES & GATES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 322119-2

2. PS (Product Standards) as referred herein by specification number.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General:

1. Collect information into a single Submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment identified underthis Section forreview.

2. To expedite review, Submittal shall be organized and presented into specific sections or headings. Furnish neat, concise, legible, and clearly identifiable information, and sufficiently explicit detail, to enable proper evaluation for Contract compliance.

Highlight catalog, product data, or brochures containing various products, sizes, and materials to show particularitem submitted.

3. Submittal Format: As applicable, furnish Submittal as a single electronic digital PDF (Portable Document Format) file.

B. Digital Submittal Information:

1. Product/Material Data: Submit available product/material literature supplied by manufacturer’s, indicating that their products comply with specified requirements.

Provide manufacturing source (name, address, and telephone number), and distributor source (name, address, and telephone number) for each type ofproduct/material. a. Decorative Metal Fences.
b. Decorative Metal Gates: Sliding and Swinging.
c. Punched Metal/Laser-Cut Metal materials.
d. Fasteners, Hardware, etc.
e. Miscellaneous angles, plates, bars, rods and other items not specified in other Sections but shown or required to complete the Work.

2. Qualification Data: Submit names for firms and persons specified in the “Quality Assurance and Control” Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience on similar Fabricated Metal installations.
a. Fabricator and Installer qualifications.
b. Welder qualifications.

3. Scaled Shop Drawings: Provide enlarged scaled plans, elevations, sections, details, as required, for review by the Landscape Architect and Structural Engineer, indicating dimensioned fabrication and erection of each type of fabricated metal components and their connections. Show construction including anchorage and accessory items. Furnish templates for anchors and bolts installed under other Sections.

C. Material Samples: To be reviewed as part ofthe Field-Constructed Mock-Ups.

D. Submittals under this Article will be rejected and returned without the benefit of review by the Landscape Architect if they are difficult to read due to insufficient scale, poor image quality, or poor drafting quality; or if all of the required information is missing or not presented in the format as requested. Partial Submittals will not be accepted.

E. No Work under this Section shall proceed until all information indicated herein this Article have been reviewed, accepted, and approved by the Landscape Architect, in writing. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 986 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECORATIVE METAL FENCES & GATES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 322119-3

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL
A. Fabricator Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer with experience in successfully demonstrating the fabrication, installation, and completion ofDecorative Metal Fences & Gates Work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, with a record of successful performance, and with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in the Work.

B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS D1.1, D1.2, and D1.3, as applicable. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved.

C. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain each color, type, and variety of products/materials from a single source with resources to provide products/materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying Work.

D. Permits, Fees, Bonds, and Inspections: Contractor shall arrange and pay for permits, fees, bonds, and inspections necessary to perform and complete Work underthis Section.

E. Field-Constructed Mock-ups:

1. Provide a complete fabricated sample panel (4’-0” long, each type) for all respective materials receiving finishing which is to be used as the basis for judging quality of workmanship throughout the project, as follows:
a. Decorative Metal Fence , complete with forged steel volute, forged steel pickets and spears, fasteners, hardware, complete, as finished. b. Decorative Metal Gates: Sliding and Swinging complete with forged steel volute, forged steel pickets and spears, fasteners, hinges, hardware, complete, as finished. c. Forged Metal materials.
d. Punched Metal/Laser-Cut Metal materials.

2. Prepare surfaces and apply specified finishes in accordance with specified requirements.

3. Apply colors selected by Landscape Architect for each designated surface.

4. Prepare required samples on exterior surfaces at locations selected by the Landscape Architect, or as directed by the Owner.

5. Notify Landscape Architect when sample panels are ready for review.

6. Modify or correct Work as directed by Landscape Architect.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Provide new, unused materials indicated under this Section. Store and secure properly to prevent theft and damage.

B. Deliver manufactured materials in original, unopened packages or containers with manufacturer's labels intact and legible.

C. Store materials offground and under cover, away from damp surfaces and inclement weather.

D. Deliver and install materials so as to not delay Work, and install only after preparations for installation have been completed.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 987 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECORATIVE METAL FENCES & GATES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 322119-4

1.6 COORDINATION, SCHEDULING, AND OBSERVATIONS
A. Notify the Contractors performing Work related to installation of Work under this Section in ample time so as to allow sufficient time for them to perform their portion of Work and that progress of Work is not delayed. Verify conditions at the Project Site for Work that affects installation underthis Section. Coordinate items ofother trades to be furnished and set in place, B. Field Measurements: Contractor shall take field measurements as required. Report major discrepancies between the Contract Drawings and field dimensions to the Landscape Architect prior to commencing Work. Check actual locations ofwalls, pavement finished surface grades, finished grades, pilasters, and other construction to which Decorative Metal Fences & Gates must fit, by accurate field measurements before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on Shop Drawings.

C. Painting: Items specified herein this Section as having a shop applied prime coat will be job painted as specified in Section 099113 – Exterior Painting and Staining, unless otherwise noted.

D. Perform installation operations only when weather is suitable in accordance with locally accepted practices.

E. Grades and Levels: Maintain required levels and grade elevations. Review installation procedures and coordinate Work herein this Section with other Work affected.

F. Construction Site Observations: Periodic site observations shall be made by the Landscape Architect during the installation of Work under this Section for compliance with requirements for type, size, and quality. Landscape Architect retains right to observe Work for defects and to reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress ofWork. Contractor shall remove rejected materials immediately from Project site. The Contractor shall request, in writing, at least one (1) week in advance of the time when mandatory site observation(s) by the Landscape Architect are required.

1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Consideration: Materials to be considered equal to the Materials indicated herein this Section shall be reviewed by the Landscape Architect. Materials with equal performance characteristics produced by other Manufacturer’s and/or Distributors may be considered, providing deviations in dimensional size, color, composition, operation, and/or other characteristics do not change the design concept, aesthetic appearance, nor intended performance, as solely judged by the Landscape Architect. The burden ofproofon product equality is on the Contractor.

B. Specific reference to Manufacturer’s names and products specified herein are used as standards of quality. This implies no right to the Contractor to substitute other materials without prior written approval by the Landscape Architect for Work under this Section.

C. Materials substituted and installed by the Contractor, without prior written approval by the Landscape Architect, may be rejected. Contractor shall not be entitled to be compensated by the Owner where the Contractor has installed rejected substitutions without receiving prior written approval.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 988 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECORATIVE METAL FENCES & GATES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 322119-5
D. Contract Price: Substituted Materials underthis Section shall not increase the Contract price.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 FERROUS METALS
A. General: For fabrication of metal work which will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and roughness.

B. Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: Meet ASTM A36.

C. Steel Tubing: Cold-formed, meet ASTM A500; or hot-rolled, meet ASTM A501.

D. Structural Steel Sheet: Hot-rolled, meet ASTM A570; or cold-rolled meet ASTM A611, Class

1. E. Galvanized Structural Steel Sheet: Meet ASTM A446, galvanized in accordance with ASTM A525, G90 coating designation.

F. Steel Pipe: Meet ASTM A53; type and grade selected by fabricator; hot-dip galvanized finish; standard weight, schedule 40, unless otherwise indicated.

G. Gray Iron Castings: Meet ASTM A48, Class 30.

H. Malleable Iron Castings: Meet ASTM A47, grade selected by fabricator.

2.2 FASTENERS
A. General: Exposed fasteners shall be stainless steel.

B. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, meet ASTM A307, Grade A, with hex nuts, meet ASTM A563, and flat washers.

C. Machine Screws: Meet ANSI B18.6.3.

D. Lag Bolts: Meet ANSI B18.2.1.

E. Wood Screws: Flat head, carbon steel, meet ANSI B18.6.1.

F. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, meet ANSI B18.22.1.

G. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, carbon steel, meet ANSI B18.21.1.

H. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six (6) times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 989 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECORATIVE METAL FENCES & GATES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 322119-6
to four (4) times the load imposed when installed in concrete, determined in accordance with ASTM E448.

2.3 SETTING GROUT
A. Non-shrink, Non-metallic Setting Grout: Pre-mixed, factory-packaged, non-staining, noncorrosive, non-gaseous Setting Grout, suitable for exterior applications, complying with ASTM C1107.

1. Products & Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
a. Euco N-S Grout, Euclid Chemical Co.
b. Crystex, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.
c. Masterflow 713, BASF Building Systems, Inc.
d. Conspec Enduro 50, CONSPEC Marketing and Manufacturing Co. e. Rapidset Grout, Rapidset Products.
f. SikaGrout 212, Sika Corporation.
g. Quikcrete Commercial Grade Fast Set Non-Shrink Grout, Quikcrete Companies. h. 588 Grout, W.R. Meadows.
i. Certi-Grout #1000, Vexcon Chemicals.
j. Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

2.4 PAINT
A. Metal Primer: Meet SSPC 20, Type 2.

1. Exterior Exposure: VOC-compliant zinc-rich epoxy primer.

2. Interior Exposure: VOC-compliant rust-inhibitive alkyd primer.

3. Exposed to view items to be field painted shall be primed with a primer compatible with final finish coats specified in Section 099113 – Exterior Painting and Staining.

2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Workmanship:

1. Use materials of size and thickness indicated or required to produce strength and durability in finished product for use intended.

2. Work to dimensions indicated.

3. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight, sharp edges.

4. Ease exposed edges to a radius ofapproximately 1/32-inch, unless otherwise indicated.

5. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing Work.

6. Weld corners and seams continuously, complying with AWS recommendations. At exposed connections, grind exposed welds smooth and flush to match and blend with adjoining surfaces. Welds shall be imperceptible in the finished Work.

7. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. Use Phillips flat-head countersunk screws or bolts for exposed fasteners, unless tamperproofsecurity screws are indicated. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 990 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECORATIVE METAL FENCES & GATES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 322119-7

8. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous Decorative Metal Fences and Gates Work as indicated to receive finish hardware and similaritems.

B. Fabricate joints exposed to the weather to exclude water or provide weep holes.

C. Shop Painting:

1. Shop paint miscellaneous metal work, except members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete or masonry, surfaces and edges to be field welded, and galvanized surfaces.

2. Remove scale, rust and other deleterious materials before applying shop coat. Clean off heavy rust and loose mill scale in accordance with SSPC SP-2, SP-3, or SP-7.

3. Remove oil, grease and similar contaminants in accordance with SSPC SP-1.

4. Brush or spray on primer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, at a rate of 2.0- mils thickness for each coat.

5. Apply one (1) shop coat to fabricated metal items, except apply two (2) coats to inaccessible surfaces after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish from the first.

6. Primer on exposed to view items to be field painted shall be smooth and suitable for application of final finish coats specified in Section 099113 – Exterior Painting and Staining.

7. Apply a heavy coat of bituminous paint, compounded for application in 30-mil coat, to metal surfaces in contact with concrete, masonry and dissimilar metals. Do not apply on exposed surfaces.

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS
A. Loose Bearing and Leveling Plates: Provide for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction, made flat, free from warps or twists, and of required thickness and bearing area.

Drill to receive anchor bolts and for grouting as required. Galvanize after fabrication.

B. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports:

1. Provide miscellaneous framing and supports not a part of structural steel framework, as required to complete Work.

2. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, profiles, and configurations shown orrequired.

3. Fabricate from structural steel shapes and plates and steel bars of welded construction using mitered joints for field connection.

4. Cut, drill and tap units to receive hardware and similaritems.

5. Furnish integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or building into masonry.

6. Finish: Finish per Section 099113 – Exterior Painting and Staining.

C. Metal Fencing:

1. Fabricate from metal in sections to sizes, shapes, profiles, and configurations indicated, ofwelded construction using mitered joints for field connection.

2. Exposed welds shall be ground smooth, flush and imperceptible. Provide NAAMM Class 1 level offinish.

3. Cut, drill and tap units to receive hardware and similaritems.

4. Furnish integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or building into masonry. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 991 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECORATIVE METAL FENCES & GATES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 322119-8

5. Finish: Final finish will be field-applied as specified in Section 099113 – Exterior Painting and Staining.

D. Metal Gates:

1. Fabricate from metal in sections to sizes, shapes, profiles, and configurations indicated, ofwelded construction using mitered joints for field connection.

2. Exposed welds shall be ground smooth, flush and imperceptible. Provide NAAMM Class 1 level offinish.

3. Provide heavy duty gate pivots/hinges and other hardware required for smooth and easy operation. Reinforce, drill, punch and tap members as required to receive hardware.

4. Finish: Final finish will be field-applied as specified in Section 099113 – Exterior Painting and Staining.

5. Provide and install locking devices as called for under another Section.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate and furnish anchors, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchors, such as concrete inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors.

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General:

1. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through-bolts, lag bolts, wood screws and other connectors, as required.

2. Cutting, Fitting and Placement:
a. Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation ofmiscellaneous metal fabrications.
b. Set Work accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb, level, true and free ofrack, measured from established lines and levels. c. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items to be built into concrete, masonry or similar construction.

3. Fit exposed connections together forming tight hairline joints. a. Weld connections not shop welded.
b. Grind exposed joints smooth and imperceptible, and touch-up shop paint coat. c. Do not weld, cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units which have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, and intended for bolted or screwed field connections.

4. Field Welding: Comply with AWS for procedures ofmanual shielded metal-arc welding, appearance and quality ofwelds, and methods used in correcting welding work.

B. Setting Loose Plates:

1. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve surface bond. Clean bottom surface ofbearing plates. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 992 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica DECORATIVE METAL FENCES & GATES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 322119-9

2. Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wedges, or other adjustable devices.

3. Tighten anchor bolts afterthe bearing members have been positioned and plumbed.

4. Cut-offprotruding ends ofwedges flush with the edge ofthe bearing plate before packing with grout.

5. Use metallic non-shrink grout in concealed locations where not exposed to moisture; use non-metallic non-shrink grout in exposed locations.

6. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure no voids remain.

3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN
A. Touch-Up Painting: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas ofshop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material used for shop painting. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of2.0-mils.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 993 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 328400-1
SECTION 328400 - IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
a. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Divisions 01 Specifications Section, apply to this Section.

1.02 SUMMARY
a. It is the intent of the specifications and drawings that the finished system is complete in every respect and shall be ready for operation satisfactory to the City. b. The work shall include all materials, labor, services, transportation, and equipment necessary to perform the work as indicated on the drawings, in these specifications, and as necessary to complete the contract.
c. Section Includes:

1. Piping

2. Automatic control valves

3. Miscellaneous piping specialties

4. Boxes for valves

1.03 DEFINITIONS
a. Circuit Piping: Downstream from control valves to sprinklers, specialties, and drain valves.

Piping is under pressure during flow.
b. Main Piping: Downstream from point of connection to water distribution piping to, and including, control valves. Piping is under water-distribution-system pressure. c. Low Voltage: As defined in NFPA 70 for circuits and equipment operating at less than 50 V or for remote-control, signaling power-limited circuits.

1.04 CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS
a. Due to the scale of the drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, sleeves, etc. which may be required. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the structural and finished conditions affecting all of his work and plan their work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, etc. as may be required to meet such conditions. Drawings are generally diagrammatic and indicative of the work to be installed. The work shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid conflicts between irrigation systems, planting, and architectural features. b. All work called for on the drawings by notes or details shall be furnished and installed whether or not specifically mentioned in the specifications. When an item is shown on the plans but not 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 994 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 328400-2
shown on the specifications or vice versa, it shall be deemed to be as shown on both. The Landscape Architect shall have final authority for clarification. c. The Contractor shall not willfully install the irrigation system as shown on the drawings when it is obvious in the field that obstructions, grade differences or discrepancies in area dimensions exist that might not have been considered in engineering. Such obstructions or differences should be brought to the attention of the Landscape Architect as soon as detected. In the event this notification is not performed, the Irrigation Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any revision necessary.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. Provide at least one English speaking person who shall be present at all times during execution ofthis portion ofthe work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type ofmaterials being installed and the manufacturer's recommended methods of installation and who shall direct all work performed under this section.
b. Manufacturer's directions and detailed drawings shall be followed in all cases where the manufacturer of articles used in this contract furnish directions covering points not shown in the drawings and specifications.
c. All local, municipal, and state laws, rules and regulations governing or relating to any portion of this work are hereby incorporated into and made a part of these specifications, and their provisions shall be carried out by the Contractor. Anything contained in these specifications shall not be construed to conflict with any of the above rules and regulations of the same.

However, when these specifications and drawings call for or describe materials, workmanship, or construction of a better quality, higher standard, or larger size than is required by the above rules and regulations, the provisions ofthese specifications and drawings shall take precedence. d. All materials supplied for this project shall be new and free from any defects. All defective materials shall be replaced immediately at no additional cost to City. e. The Contractor shall secure the required licenses and permits including payments of charges and fees, give required notices to public authorities, verify permits secured or arrangements made by others affecting the work ofthis section.

1.06 SUBMITTALS
a. Materials List:

1. After award of contract and before any irrigation system materials are ordered from suppliers or delivered to the job site, submit to the City a complete list of all irrigation system materials, or processes proposed to be furnished and installed as part of this contract.

2. The submittals shall include the following information:
a. A title sheet with the job name, the contractor’s name, contractor’s address and telephone number, submittal date and submittal number.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 995 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 328400-3
b. An index sheet showing the item number (i.e. 1,2,3, etc.); an item description (i.e. sprinkler head); the manufacturer’s name (i.e. Hunter Industries); the item model number (i.e. I-40-ADV/36V); and the page(s) in the submittal set that contain the catalog cuts.
c. The catalog cuts shall be one or two pages from the most recent manufacturer’s catalog that indicate the product submitted. Do not submit parts lists, exploded diagrams, price lists or other extra information.
d. The catalog cuts shall clearly indicate the manufacturer’s name and the item model number. The item model number, all specified options and specified sizes shall be circled on the catalog cuts.
e. Submittals for equipment indicated on the legend without manufacturer names, or “as approved”, shall contain the manufacturer, Class or Schedule, ASTM numbers and/or other certifications as indicated in these specifications. f. Submittal format requirements:
g. Submittals shall be provided as one complete package for the project. Multiple partial submittals will not be reviewed.
h. Submittal package shall be stapled or bound in such a way as to allow for disassembly for review processing.
i. Submittal package shall have all pages numbered in the lower right hand corner.

Page numbers shall correspond with submittal index.

3. The Landscape Architect will allow no substitutions without prior written acceptance.

4. Manufacturer's warranties shall not relieve the Contractor of his liability under the guarantee. Such warranties shall only supplement the guarantee.

5. The Landscape Architect will not review the submittal package unless provided in the format described above.
b. Substitutions: If the Contractor wishes to substitute any equipment or materials for those equipment or materials listed on the irrigation drawings and specifications, they may do so by providing the following information to the Landscape Architect for approval.

1. Provide a written statement indicating the reason for making the substitution.

2. Provide catalog cut sheets, technical data, and performance information for each substitute item.

3. Provide in writing the difference in installed price ifthe item is accepted.

1.07 EXISTING CONDITIONS
a. The Contractor shall verify and be familiar with the locations, size, and detail of points of connection provided as the source ofwater.

1. Irrigation design is based on the available static water pressure shown on the drawings.

Contractor shall verify static water on the project prior to the start of construction.

Should a discrepancy exist, notify the Landscape Architect and City prior to beginning construction.

2. Prior to cutting into the soil, the Contractor shall locate all cables, conduits, sewer septic tanks, and other utilities as are commonly encountered underground, and they shall take proper precautions not to damage or disturb such improvements. If a conflict exists between such obstacles and the proposed work, the Contractor shall promptly notify the City who will arrange for relocations.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 996 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 328400-4

3. The Contractor shall protect all existing utilities and features to remain on and adjacent to the project site during construction. Contractor shall repair, at his own cost; all damage resulting from his operations or negligence.

4. The Contractor shall verify and be familiar with the existing irrigation systems in areas adjacent to and within the Project area ofwork.

5. The Contractor shall protect all existing irrigation systems, in areas adjacent to and within the project area ofwork, from damage due to their operations.

6. Contractor shall notify City if any existing system is temporarily shut off, capped, or modified. Provide 48-hour notice, prior to turning offor modifying any existing irrigation system.

7. The Contractor shall repair or replace all existing irrigation systems, in areas adjacent to and within the project area ofwork, damaged by the construction ofthis project. Adjacent irrigation systems shall be made completely operational and provide complete coverage of the existing landscaped areas. All repairs shall be complete to the satisfaction of the City.

1.08 INSPECTIONS
a. The Contractor shall permit the Landscape Architect and City to visit and inspect at all times any part ofthe work and shall provide safe access for such visits. b. Where the specifications require work to be tested by the Contractor, it shall not be covered over until accepted by the Landscape Architect and City. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for notifying the Landscape Architect and City a minimum of 48 hours in advance, where and when the work is ready for testing. Should any work be covered without testing or acceptance, it shall be, ifso ordered, uncovered at the Contractor's expense. c. Inspections will be required for the following at a minimum:

1. Coverage test ofirrigation system. Test shall be performed prior to any planting.

2. Final inspection prior to the start ofmaintenance period

3. Final acceptance
d. Site observations and testing will not commence without the field record drawings as prepared by the Contractor. Record drawings must complete and up to date for each site visit. e. Work that fails testing and is not accepted will be retested. Hourly rates and expenses of the Landscape Architect for re-inspection or retesting will be paid by the Contractor at no additional expense to City.

1.09 STORAGE AND HANDLING
a. Use all means necessary to protect irrigation system materials before, during, and after installation and to protect the installation work and materials of all other trades. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the acceptance of the Landscape Architect and City and at no additional cost to the City. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 997 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 328400-5
b. Exercise care in handling, loading, unloading, and storing plastic pipe and fittings under cover until ready to install. Transport plastic pipe only on a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow the pipe to lay flat to avoid undue bending and concentrated external load.

1.10 CLEANUP AND DISPOSAL
a. Dispose of waste, trash, and debris in accordance with applicable laws and ordinances and as prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction. Bury no such waste material and debris on the site. Burning of trash and debris will not be permitted. The Contractor shall remove and dispose of rubbish and debris generated by his work and workmen at frequent intervals or when ordered to do so by the City.
b. At the time of completion, the entire site will be cleared of tools, equipment, rubbish and debris which shall be disposed ofoff-site in a legal disposal area.

1.11 TURNOVER ITEMS
a. Record Drawings:

1. Record accurately on one set of drawings all changes in the work constituting departures from the original contract drawings and the actual final installed locations of all required components as shown below.

2. The record drawings shall be prepared to the satisfaction of the City. Prior to final inspection ofwork, submit record drawings to the Landscape Architect or City.

3. All record drawings shall be prepared using AutoCAD 2014 drafting software and the original irrigation drawings as a base. No manual drafted record drawings shall be acceptable. The Contractor may obtain digital base files from the Landscape Architect.

4. Prior to final inspection of work, submit record drawings plotted onto vellum sheets for review by the Landscape Architect or City. After acceptance by the Landscape Architect re-plot the record drawings onto reproducible Mylar sheets. The Contractor shall also provide record drawing information on a digital AutoCAD Release 2014 drawing file.

All digital files shall be provided on a memory stick clearly marked with the project name, file descriptions and date.
a. Record drawing information and dimensions shall be collected on a day-to-day basis during the installation of the pressure mainline to fully indicate all routing locations and pipe depths. Locations for all other irrigation equipment shall be collected prior to the final inspection ofthe work.
b. Two dimensions from two permanent points of reference such as buildings, sidewalks, curbs, streetlights, hydrants, etc. shall be shown for each piece of irrigation equipment shown below. Where multiple components are installed with no reasonable reference point between the components, dimensioning may be made to the irrigation equipment. All irrigation symbols shall be clearly shown matching the irrigation legend for the drawings. All lettering on the record drawings shall be minimum 1/8 inch in size.
c. Show locations and depths ofthe following items:
1) Points ofconnection
2) Routing of sprinkler pressure main lines (dimensions shown at a maximum of100 feet along routing)
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 998 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 328400-6
3) Automatic remote control valves (indicate station number and size) 4) Quick coupling valves
5) Drip flush valves
6) Routing ofcontrol wires where separate from irrigation mainline 7) Related equipment (as may be directed)

5. Prior to final inspection of work, submit a controller chart for review by the Landscape Architect or City's authorized representative.
a. Provide one controller chart for each automatic controller. Chart shall show the area covered by the particular controller. The areas covered by the individual control valves shall be indicated using colored highlighter pens. A minimum of six individual colors shall be used for the controller chart unless less than six control valves are indicated.
b. Landscape Architect must approve record drawings before controller charts are prepared.
c. The chart is to be a reduced copy of the actual "record" drawing. In the event the controller sequence is not legible when the drawing is reduced, it shall be enlarged to a readable size.
d. When completed and approved, the chart shall be hermetically sealed between two pieces ofplastic, each piece being a minimum 20 mils in thickness. b. Operation and Maintenance Manuals:

1. Two individually bound copies of operation and maintenance manuals shall be delivered to the Landscape Architect at least 10 calendar days prior to final inspection. The manuals shall describe the material installed and the proper operation ofthe system.

2. Each complete, bound manual shall include the following information:

3. Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number, duration of guarantee period, list of equipment including names and addresses of local manufacturer representatives.
a. Operating and maintenance instructions for all equipment. b. Spare parts lists and related manufacturer information for all equipment.

1.12 COMPLETION
a. At the time ofthe pre-maintenance period inspection, the Landscape Architect, City's authorized representative, and governing agencies will inspect the work, and if not accepted, will prepare a list of items to be completed by the Contractor. Punch list to be checked off by contractor and submitted to Landscape Architect or City’s authorized representative prior to any follow-up meeting. This checked off list to indicate that all punch list items have been completed. At the time of the post-maintenance period or final inspection the work will be re-inspected, and final acceptance will be in writing by the Landscape Architect. b. The City shall have final authority on all portions ofthe work. c. After the system has been completed, the Contractor shall instruct City staffin the operation and maintenance of the irrigation system and shall furnish a complete set of operating and maintenance instructions.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 999 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 328400-7
d. Any settling oftrenches which may occur during the one-year period following acceptance shall be repaired to the City's satisfaction by the Contractor without any additional expense to the City. Repairs shall include the complete restoration of all damage to planting, paving or other improvements ofany kind as a result ofthe work.

1.13 GUARANTEE
a. The entire sprinkler system, including all work done under this contract, shall be unconditionally guaranteed against all defects and fault ofmaterial and workmanship, including settling of backfilled areas below grade, for a period of one (1) year following the filing of the Notice ofCompletion.
b. Should any problem with the irrigation system be discovered within the guarantee period, it shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional expense to City within ten (10) calendar days of receipt ofwritten notice from City. When the nature of the repairs as determined by the City constitute an emergency (i.e. broken pressure line) the City may proceed to make repairs at the Contractor's expense. Any and all damages to existing improvement resulting either from faulty materials or workmanship, or from the necessary repairs to correct same, shall be repaired to the satisfaction ofthe City by the Contractor, all at no additional cost to the City. c. Guarantee shall be submitted on Contractors own letterhead as follows:

GUARANTEE FOR SPRINKLER IRRIGATION SYSTEM
We hereby guarantee that the sprinkler irrigation system we have furnished and installed is free from defects in materials and workmanship, and the work has been completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse, or neglect excepted. We agree to repair or replace any defective material during the period ofone year from date offiling ofthe Notice ofCompletion and also to repair or replace any damage resulting from the repairing or replacing ofsuch defects at no additional cost to the City. We shall make such repairs or replacements within 10 calendar days following written notification by the City. In the event ofour failure to make such repairs or replacements within the time specified after receipt ofwritten notice from City, we authorize the City to proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand.

PROJECT NAME:

PROJECT LOCATION:

CONTRACTOR NAME:

ADDRESS:

TELEPHONE:

SIGNED:

DATE:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1000 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 328400-8
Part 2. MATERIALS

2.01 SUMMARY
a. Use only new materials of the manufacturer, size and type shown on the drawings and specifications. Materials or equipment installed or furnished that do not meet Landscape Architect's, City's, or governing agencies standards will be rejected and shall be removed from the site at no expense to the City.

2.02 PIPE
a. Pressure lines 1 1/4 inch in diameter shall be SCH 40 solvent weld PVC conforming to ASTM D1785.
b. Non-pressure lines 3/4 inch in diameter and larger downstream of the remote control valve shall be SCH 40 solvent weld PVC conforming to ASTM D1785.

2.03 PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS
a. Pipe shall be marked continuously with manufacturer's name, nominal pipe size, schedule or class, PVC type and grade, National Sanitation Foundation approval, Commercial Standards designation, and date ofextrusion.
b. All plastic pipe shall be extruded of an improved PVC virgin pipe compound in accordance with ASTM D2672, ASTM D2241 or ASTM D1785.
c. All solvent weld PVC fittings shall be standard weight Schedule 40 (non-pressure lateral lines) and Schedule 80 (pressure mainline and where specified on the irrigation detail sheet) and shall be injection molded of an improved virgin PVC fitting compound. Slip PVC fittings shall be the "deep socket" bracketed type. Threaded plastic fittings shall be injection molded. All tees and ells shall be side gated. All fittings shall conform to ASTM D2464 and ASTM D2466. d. All threaded nipples shall be standard weight Schedule 80 with molded threads and shall conform to ASTM D1785.
e. All solvent cementing of plastic pipe and fittings shall be a two-step process, using primer and solvent cement applied per the manufacturer's recommendations. Cement shall be of a fluid consistency, not gel-like or ropy. Solvent cementing shall be in conformance with ASTM D2564 and ASTM D2855.
f. When connection is plastic to metal, female adapters shall be hand tightened, plus one turn with a strap wrench. Joint compound shall be non-lead base Teflon paste, tape, or equal. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1001 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 328400-9

2.04 VALVES
a. Automatic Control Valves:

1. Automatic control valves shall be of the manufacturer, size, and type indicated on the drawings.

2. Automatic control valves shall be plastic bodied.

3. Automatic control valves shall be electrically operated.

2.05 VALVE BOXES
a. Valve boxes shall be fabricated from a durable, weather-resistant plastic material resistant to sunlight and chemical action ofsoils.
b. The valve box cover shall be black in color and secured with a hidden latch mechanism or bolts. c. The cover and box shall be capable ofsustaining a load of1,500 pounds. d. Valve box extensions shall be by the same manufacturer as the valve box. e. The plastic irrigation valve box cover shall be an overlapping type. f. Automatic control valve boxes shall be standard sized rectangular type. Valve box covers shall be marked "RCV" with the valve identification number "heat branded" onto the cover in 1 inch high letters / numbers.
g. Ball valve and low voltage wire pull boxes shall be 10" circular size. Valve box covers shall be marked with "BV” or “PB” "heat branded" onto the cover in 1 inch high letters. h. Drip system flush valve boxes shall be 7" circular size. Valve box covers shall be marked with "FV” "heat branded" onto the cover in 1 inch high letters.

2.06 LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WIRING
a. Remote control wire shall be a dedicated two-wire path cable with two parallel conductors, #14 AWG-UF type, inside a poly jacket.
b. Water proof wire connections shall of the manufacturer, size, and type indicated on the drawings.

2.07 BUBBLERS
a. Bubbler assemblies shall be of the manufacturer, size, type, operating pressure, and discharge rate indicated on the drawings.
b. Bubbler heads shall be installed on a 6 inch pop-up sprinkler body as indicated on the drawings. c. Bubbler heads shall be pressure compensating stream type nozzles as indicated on the drawings. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1002 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 328400-10

2.08 DRIP TUBING AND DRIP EQUIPMET
a. Drip tubing shall be of the manufacturer, size, type, operating pressure, and discharge rate indicated on the drawings.
b. Drip tubing fittings shall be ofthe manufacturer, size and type indicated on the drawings. c. Drip tubing flush valves shall be ofthe manufacturer, size and type indicated on the drawings. d. Drip system basket strainers shall be plastic bodies, 200 mesh basket type with a built-in pressure regulator and a visible “clean / dirty” sight gauge on the top of the strainer. Basket strainer shall be ofthe manufacturer, size and type indicated on the drawings. e. Drip emitters, tubing, and stakes shall be of the manufacturer, size and type indicated on the drawings.

2.09 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
a. Landscape Fabric:

1. Landscape fabric for valve box assemblies shall be 5.0- oz. weight woven polypropylene weed barrier. Landscape fabric shall have a burst strength of 225 PSI, a puncture strength of60 lbs. and capable ofwater flow of12 gallons per minute per square foot.

2. Type: DeWitt Pro 5 Weed Barrier or approved equal.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 SITE CONDITIONS
a. Inspections:

1. Prior to all work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades, and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.

2. Verify that irrigation system may be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, the referenced standards, and the manufacturer's recommendations.
b. Discrepancies:

1. In the event ofdiscrepancy, immediately notify the Landscape Architect or City.

2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all discrepancies have been resolved.
c. Grades:

1. Before starting work, carefully check all grades to determine that work may safely proceed, keeping within the specified material depths with respect to finish grade.

2. Final grades shall be accepted by the Engineer before work on this section will be allowed to begin.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1003 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 328400-11
d. Field Measurements:

1. Make all necessary measurements in the field to ensure precise fit of items in accordance with the original design. Contractor shall coordinate the installation of all irrigation materials with all other work.

2. All scaled dimensions are approximate. The Contractor shall check and verify all size dimensions prior to proceeding with work under this section.

3. Exercise extreme care in excavating and working near existing utilities. Contractor shall be responsible for damages to utilities, which are caused by his operations or neglect. e. Diagrammatic Intent:

1. The drawings are essentially diagrammatic. The size and location of equipment and fixtures are drawn to scale where possible. Provide offsets in piping and changes in equipment locations as necessary to conform to structures and to avoid obstructions or conflicts with other work at no additional expense to City. f. Layout:

1. Prior to installation, the Contractor shall stake out all pressure supply lines, routing and location ofheads, and valves.

2. Layout irrigation system and make minor adjustments required due to differences between site and drawings. Where piping is shown on drawings under paved areas, but running parallel and adjacent to planted areas, install the piping in the planted areas. g. Water Supply:

1. Connections to, or the installation of, the water supply shall be at the locations shown on the drawings. Minor changes caused by actual site conditions shall be made at no additional expense to City.

3.02 TRENCHING
a. Excavations shall be straight with vertical sides, even grade, and support pipe continuously on bottom of trench. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on drawings to the depths below finished grade and as noted. Where lines occur under paved area, these dimensions shall be considered below subgrade.

1. Provide minimum cover of18 inches for control wires.

2. Provide minimum cover of12 inches for non-pressure lines.

3. Pipes installed in a common trench shall have a 4-inch minimum space between pipes.

3.03 BACKFILLING
a. Backfill material on all lines shall be the same as adjacent soil free of debris, litter, and rocks over 1/2 inch in diameter.

1. Backfill shall be tamped in 4-inch layers under the pipe and uniformly on both sides for the full width of the trench and the full length of the pipe. Backfill materials shall be sufficiently damp to permit thorough compaction, free of voids. Backfill shall be compacted to dry density equal to adjacent undisturbed soil and shall conform to adjacent grades.

2. Flooding in lieu oftamping is not allowed.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1004 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 328400-12

3. Under no circumstances shall truck wheels be used to compact backfill.

4. Provide sand backfill a minimum of4 inches over and under all piping under paved areas.

3.04 PIPING
a. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking, boring, or hydraulic driving. No hydraulic driving is permitted under asphalt pavement.

1. Cutting or breaking of existing pavement is not permitted unless specifically approved by the City.

2. Carefully inspect all pipe and fittings before installation, removing dirt, scale, burrs, and reaming. Install pipe with all markings up for visual inspection and verification.

3. Remove all dented and damaged pipe sections.

4. All lines shall have a minimum clearance of 4 inches from each other and 12 inches from lines ofother trades.

5. Parallel lines shall not be installed directly over each other.

6. In solvent welding, use only the specified primer and solvent cement and make all joints in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommended methods including wiping all excess solvent from each weld. Allow solvent welds at least 15 minutes setup time before moving or handling and 24 hours curing time before filling.

7. PVC pipe shall be installed in a manner, which will provide for expansion and contraction as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.

8. Center load all plastic pipe prior to pressure testing.

9. All threaded plastic-to-plastic connections shall be assembled using Teflon tape or Teflon paste.

10. For plastic-to-metal connections, work the metal connections first. Use a non-hardening pipe dope an all threaded plastic-to-metal connections, except where noted otherwise.

All plastic-to-metal connections shall be made with plastic female adapters.

3.05 VALVES
a. Automatic control valves shall be installed in the approximate locations indicated on the drawings.

1. Install all valves as indicated in the detail drawings.

2. Valves to be installed in valve boxes shall be installed one valve per box.

3.06 VALVE BOXES
a. Valve boxes shall be installed in shrub areas.

1. Each valve box shall be installed on a foundation loose bricks with a 4 inch deep layer of 3/4-inch gravel backfill inside the box. Valve boxes shall be installed with their tops 1/2 inch above the surface of surrounding finish grade in lawn areas and 2 inches above finish grade in ground cover areas.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1005 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 328400-13

3.07 BUBBLERS
a. Bubbler assemblies shall be installed as indicated on the drawings. b. Set top of the pp-up bubbler body 1/2 inch above finished soil grade. Install pop-up bubbler head plumb to grade.
c. Adjust the bubbler streams to prevent wetting ofthe trunk ofthe tree during operation.

3.08 DRIP TUBING AND DRIP EQUIPMENT
a. Drip tubing and assemblies shall be installed as indicated on the drawings. b. Drip tubing shall be installed 2 inches below finished soil grade. Drip tubing shall be installed in parallel rows not to exceed the spacing indicated on the drawings. c. Perimeter row ofdrip tubing shall be installed 4 inches from the adjacent pavement. d. Drip tubing shall be staked down to prevent surfacing as indicated on the drawings. e. Vine drip emitters and associated components shall be installed as indicated on the drawings.

3.09 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
a. Install all assemblies specified herein according to the respective detail drawings or specifications, using best standard practices.

3.10 FLUSHING THE SYSTEM
a. Prior to installation of bubbler head nozzles, the control valves shall be opened and a full head ofwater used to flush out the lines and risers.
b. Bubbler head nozzles shall be installed after flushing the system has been completed. c. Immediately upon installation of the drip tubing, open the drip system flush valve and the control valves shall be opened and a full head ofwater used to flush out the lines and tubing.

3.11 ADJUSTING THE SYSTEM
a. Contractor shall adjust valves and check the coverage ofeach system prior to coverage test. b. If it is determined by the Landscape Architect or City that additional adjustments or nozzle changes will be required to provide proper coverage, all necessary changes or adjustments shall be made prior to any planting.
c. The entire system shall be operating properly before any planting operations commence. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1006 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 328400-14
d. Automatic control valves are to be adjusted so that the irrigation heads operate at the pressure recommended by the manufacturer.

3.12 TESTING AND OBSERVATION
a. Do not allow or cause any of the work of this section to be covered up or enclosed until it has been observed, tested, and accepted by the Landscape Architect and City. b. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for notifying the Landscape Architect and City a minimum of48 hours in advance, where and when the work is ready for testing. c. When the irrigation system is completed, the Contractor shall perform a coverage test of each system in its entirety to determine if the water coverage for the planted areas is complete and adequate in the presence ofthe Landscape Architect.
d. The Contractor shall furnish all materials and perform all work required to correct any inadequacies of coverage due to deviations from the plans, or where the system has been willfully installed as indicated on the drawings when it is obviously inadequate, without bringing this to the attention of the Landscape Architect. This test shall be accepted by the Landscape Architect and accomplished before starting any planting. e. Areas to be maintained for the formal maintenance period shall start maintenance at the same time, as directed by the Landscape Architect or City. Partial areas will not be released into maintenance prior to completion of items listed in the pre-maintenance review. The maintenance period may not be phased.
f. If, after the maintenance review, the irrigation systems are not accepted by the Landscape Architect, the contractor shall reimburse the Architect for additional site visits, or additional time required to review work. All additional time will be billed at the Architect’s hourly rate and will be paid for by the contractor at no additional cost to the City. g. Final inspection will not commence without record drawings as prepared by the Irrigation Contractor.

3.13 MAINTENANCE
a. During the maintenance period the Contractor shall adjust and maintain the irrigation system in a fully operational condition providing complete irrigation coverage to all intended plantings.

3.14 COMPLETION CLEANING
a. Clean up shall be made as each portion of the work progresses. Refuse and excess dirt shall be removed from the site, all walks and paving shall be broomed, and any damage sustained on the work ofothers shall be repaired to original conditions. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1007 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 328400-15
END OF SECTION 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1008 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SOIL PREPARATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329113-1
SECTION 329113 – SOIL PREPARATION
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes materials, labor, apparatus, tools, equipment, temporary construction, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing the proper completion of Work, as required to make a complete and thorough preparation of the planting soil, including soil amendment products, imported topsoil, as required, to make up deficiencies in quantity of soil available on site, as shown in the Contract Drawings, and as specified herein this Section.

B. Work under this Section consists of, but is not necessarily limited to, furnishing and installing the following:

1. Agronomic Soil Fertility Testing and Soil Percolation Testing.

2. Topsoil.

3. Pre-Plant Weed Control.

4. Soil Conditioners, Amendments and Fertilizers (Organic & Chemical).

5. Special Amended Planting Backfill Mixture for Palm Trees:

C. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to Work in this Section:

1. Section 328400 – Irrigation Systems.

2. Section 329300 – Exterior Plants.

3. Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories.

4. Section 329813 – Landscape Establishment Period.

1.2 DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS
A. References:

1. USDA – United States Department ofAgriculture.

2. ASTM – American Society for Testing & Materials.

B. Definitions:

1. Topsoil - Shall be friable soil, providing sufficient structure in order to give good tilth and aeration to the soil. Topsoil shall be free of roots, clods, stones larger than one-inch (1”) in the greatest dimension, pockets of coarse sand, noxious weeds, sticks, lumber, brush and other litter. It shall not be infested with nematodes or other undesirable disease-causing organisms such as insects and plant pathogens.

2. Gradation Limits - Soil shall be a sandy loam, loam, clay loam or clay. The definition of soil texture shall be per the USDA classification scheme. Gravel over ¼-inch in diameter shall be less than 20% by weight.

3. Permeability Rate - Hydraulic conductivity rate shall be not less than one-inch (1”) per hour, nor more than twenty-inches (20”) per hour, hen tested in accordance with the USDA Handbook Number 60, Method 34b, or other approved Methods.

4. Fertility - The range ofthe essential elemental concentration in soil shall be as follows:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1009 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SOIL PREPARATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329113-2
Ammonium Bicarbonate/
DTPA Extraction (PPM)
Element Concentration of
elements for
Soil Selection,
measured as
mg/kilogram dry
weight basis
Concentration of
Elements for
Final
Acceptance
(amended and
conditioned soil)
measured as
mg/kilogram dry
weight basis
Phosphorous 2 - 40 10 - 40
Potassium 40 - 220 100 - 220
Iron 2 - 35 24 - 35
Manganese 0.3 - 6 0.6 - 6
Zinc 0.6 - 8 1 - 8
Copper 0.1 - 5 0.3 – 5
Boron 0.2 - 1 0.2 – 1
Magnesium 50 - 150 50 – 150
Sodium 0 - 100 0 – 100
Sulfur 25 - 500 25 – 500
Molybdenum 0.1 – 2 0.1 - 2

5. Acidity - The soil pH range measured in the saturation extract (Method 21a, USDA Handbook Number 60) shall be 6.0 – 7.9.

6. Salinity - The salinity range measured in the saturation extract (Method 3a, USDA Hand Number 60) shall be 0.5 – 2.0 dS/m. If calcium and if sulfate ions both exceed 20 milliequivalents perliterin the saturation extract, the maximum salinity shall be 4.0 dS/m.

7. Chloride - The maximum concentration of soluble chloride in the saturation extract (Medoth3a, USDA Handbook Number 60) shall be 150 mg/1 (parts per million).

8. Boron - The maximum concentration of soluble boron in the saturation extract (Method 3a, USDA Handbook Number 60) shall be 1 mg/1 (parts per million).

9. Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR) - The maximum SAR shall be 3 measured per Method 20b, USDA Handbook Number 60.

10. Aluminum – Available aluminum measured with the Ammonium Bicarbonate/DTPA Extraction shall be less than 3.0 parts per million.

11. Soil Organic Matter Content - Sufficient soil organic matter shall be present to impart good physical soil properties but not be excessive to cause toxicity or cause excessive reduction in the volume of soil due to decomposition of organic matter. The desirable range is 3% to 5%. The carbon:nitrogen ratio should be about 10. A high carbon:nitrogen ratio can indicate the presence of hydrocarbons or non-humified organic matter.

12. Calcium Carbonate Content - Free calcium carbonate (limestone) shall not be present in acid-loving plants.

13. Heavy Metals - The maximum permissible elemental concentration in the soil shall not exceed the following concentrations:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1010 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SOIL PREPARATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329113-3
Ammonium Bicarbonate/DTPA
Extraction (PPM)
Element (mg/kilogram)
dry weight basis
Arsenic 1
Cadmium 1
Chromium 10
Cobalt 2
Lead 30
Mercury 1
Nickel 6
Selenium 3
Silver .5
Vanadium 3
a. If the soil pH is between 6 and 7, the maximum permissible elemental concentration shall be reduced 50% to the above values. If the soil pH is less than

6.0, the maximum permissible elemental concentration shall be reduced 75% ofthe above values. No more than three (3) metals shall be present at 50% or more of the above values.

14. Phytotoxic constituent, herbicides, hydrocarbons, etc. – Germination and growth of plants shall not be restricted more than 10% compared to the reference soil. Total petroleum hydrocarbons shall not exceed 50 mg/kg dry soil measured per the modified EPA Method No. 8015. Total aromatic volatile organic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene and ethylbenzene) shall not exceed 0.5 mg/kg dry soil measured per EPA Method No. 8020.

15. Sub Grade - Soil level resulting from the rough grading work under another Section.

Cultivation ofsub grade areas priorto placement ofTopsoil is included in this Section.

16. Stockpiled Topsoil - Soil stockpiled for spreading over prepared sub-grade.

17. Stockpiled Native Topsoil - Topsoil stripped from the site prior to rough grading Work (under another Section), to be spread and amended as Work under this Section.

18. Imported Topsoil - Off-site Topsoil, imported and stockpiled under this Section, to be spread and amended as Work underthis Section.

19. Structural Soil – An air-entrained, load-bearing mixture of quality aggregate, heavy clay loam, and a non-toxic, non-phytotoxic tactifier, specifically-formulated to support various pavement types while allowing voids for air exchange, water movement, organic matter, and root growth, identified under U.S. Patent #5,849,069.

C. Measurements:

1. PPM: Measurement, in parts per million.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. General:

1. Collect information into a single Submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment identified underthis Section forreview.

2. To expedite review, Submittal shall be organized and presented into specific sections or headings. Furnish neat, concise, legible, and clearly identifiable information, and 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1011 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SOIL PREPARATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329113-4
sufficiently explicit detail, to enable proper evaluation for Contract compliance.

Highlight catalog, product data, or brochures containing various products, sizes, and materials to show particularitem submitted.

3. Submittal Format: As applicable, furnish Submittal as a single electronic digital PDF (Portable Document Format) file.

B. Digital Submittal Information:

1. Product/Material Data. Submit available product/material literature supplied by manufacturer’s, indicating that their products comply with specified requirements.

Provide manufacturing source (name, address, and telephone number), and distributor source (name, address, and telephone number) for each type ofproduct/material. a. Planting Soil (Imported/Amended Topsoil).
b. Soil Amendments (for each type used, for Sand, Perlite, Peat Humus, Gypsum, Soil Sulfur, Iron, etc).
c. Bulk Composted Organic Soil Amendment Material.
d. Granular Soil Conditioning Material.
e. Mycorrhizal Inoculum.
f. Fertilizers (for each type used).
g. Structural Soil.

2. Agronomic Soil Fertility Analysis and Recommendations: Submit a minimum of fourteen (14) days prior to amending of the soil and ordering soil amendments. The locations of where each of the soil test samples were derived from the Project Site shall be keyed to the site plan and shall be included with the results.

3. Qualification Data: Submit names for firms and persons specified in the “Quality Assurance and Control” Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience on similarinstallations.

C. Material Samples: Submit four (4) sets of physical Material Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, size, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements, and for a comparison of these characteristics between Submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. Include the full range of exposed color and texture expected in the completed Work.

Provide Material Samples bound and individually wrapped in re-sealable labeled 1-gallon plastic bags (as applicable):

1. Provide Material Sample sets for each item submitted under Product/Material Data.

D. Submittals under this Article will be rejected without the benefit of review by the Landscape Architect if they are difficult to read due to insufficient scale, poor image quality, or poor drafting quality; or if the required information is missing or not presented in the format as requested.

E. No Work shall proceed under this Section until Submittal requirements indicated herein have been reviewed accordingly by the Landscape Architect.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL
A. Installer Qualifications forrequirements indicated herein this Section:

1. Licensed Landscape Contractor, C-27, in the State ofCalifornia. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1012 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SOIL PREPARATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329113-5
a. Engage an experienced, licensed Contractor who has completed landscaping work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record ofsuccessful landscape establishment.
b. Installer's Field Supervision: Contractor shall maintain an experienced, full-time landscape supervisor/superintendent at the Project Site during times that landscaping operations identified herein the Contract are in progress.

B. Manufacturer’s Directions: Follow Manufacturer’s directions and drawings in cases where the Manufacturers of articles used in this Section furnish directions covering points not shown in the Contract Drawings or Contract Specifications.

C. Permits, Fees, Bonds, Testing, and Inspections: Contractor shall arrange and pay for permits, fees, bonds, testing, and inspections necessary to perform and complete his portion ofthe Work.

D. Approved Testing Laboratory and Procedures for Agronomic Soil Fertility Analyses:

1. Agronomic Soil Fertility Analyses shall be conducted by a reputable, certified, agronomic soils laboratory. Laboratory shall be a member ofthe Council on Soil Testing and Plant Analysis. The same laboratory shall be used throughout the duration of the Contract:
a. Wallace Laboratories, El Segundo, CA. 310-615-0116.
b. Soil and Plant Laboratory, Orange, CA. 714-282-8777. c. Fruit Growers Laboratory, Santa Paula, CA. 805-659-0910.

2. Contractor shall verify and confirm the selected Testing Laboratory and specific location(s) of soil sample(s) with the Landscape Architect prior to commencing soil sampling operations.

3. For each Soil type, submit the physical Soil Samples directly to the selected Laboratory for analysis, perthe procedures outlined per Part III herein this Section. a. In addition to the physical Soil Samples, Contractor shall also provide the Laboratory with a copy of the Soil Amendment and Fertilizer products indicated herein this Section.

4. Along with the testing data results, the Agronomic Soil Fertility Analysis shall also include written recommendations authored by the Laboratory conducting the Analyses for amending, treating, and/or correcting the sampled soils. Laboratory shall utilize the organic-based Soil Amendments and Fertilizers described herein this Section to the greatest extent possible to produce satisfactory planting soil(s) suitable for sustaining healthy viable plant growth.
a. The Analyses shall also include Maintenance and Post-Maintenance fertilization programs for planted areas within the Contract.

5. Agronomic Soil Fertility Analyses shall be performed on each Soil Type samples, and include testing results forthe following:
pH;
Electro-conductivity (salinity) measurement – saturated extract.

Measurement ofsodicity (Sodium Absorption Ratio);
Estimate ofsoil texture and soil organic matter;
Presence oflime;
Nutrients/Toxic Elements measurement ofDPTA extract
Saturation extracts for nitrate, sulfate, sodium, calcium, magnesium, potassium, soluble phosphate, and boron; 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1013 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SOIL PREPARATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329113-6
Parasitic nematodes;
Herbicide contamination;
(For Lightweight Soil Mixes): Test for physical and chemical composition, and saturated weight per cu.ft.

6. Planting operations shall not commence until the results of the Agronomic Soil Fertility Analysis and Recommendations are reviewed accordingly by the Landscape Architect.

7. The quantity or type of amendments may be modified by the Landscape Architect within fourteen (14) days of receipt of the results. The Agronomic Soil Fertility Analysis and Recommendations shall take precedence over the amendment and fertilizer application rates specified herein or on the Contract Documents.

8. The Agronomic Soil Fertility Report/Recommendation shall take precedence over the amendment and fertilizer application rates specified herein or on the Contract Documents.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. General: Deliver and install materials so as to not delay Work, and install only after preparations for installation have been completed.

1. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened packages or containers, with manufacturer's labels intact and legible, showing weight, analysis, and name ofmanufacturer. Store and secure properly to prevent theft or damage. a. Store packaged materials off ground and under cover, away from damp surfaces and inclement weather.
b. Protect during storage and construction against soilage or contamination from earth and other materials.

2. Bulk Materials:
a. Deliver and store bulk materials so as not to impede Work ofothers. b. Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and pavements, or on existing turfareas, or plants.
c. Protect during storage and construction against soilage or contamination from earth and other materials. Provide adequate separation between bulk materials so as not to cross-contaminate bulk materials.
d. Store under cover, away from inclement weather.
e. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk materials, discharge of soil-bearing water run-off, and airborne dust reaching adjacent properties, water conveyance systems, structures, or walkways. f. Accompany each delivery of bulk materials (fertilizers, amendments, topsoil, etc.) with appropriate certificates. Furnish original certificates to Landscape Architect upon request.

1.6 COORDINATION, SCHEDULING, AND OBSERVATIONS
A. Notify the Contractors performing Work related to installation of Work under this Section in ample time so as to allow sufficient time for them to perform their portion of Work and that progress of Work is not delayed. Verify conditions at the Project Site for Work that affects installation underthis Section. Coordinate items ofothertrades to be furnished and set in place. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1014 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SOIL PREPARATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329113-7
B. Utilities: Determine location of above grade and underground utilities and perform Work in a manner which will avoid damage to utilities. Hand excavate, as required. Maintain grade stakes until removal is mutually agreed upon by parties concerned.

C. Excavation: When conditions detrimental to adequate Soil Preparation operations are encountered, such as rubble fill, adverse drainage conditions, or obstructions, cease operations and notify Landscape Architect for further direction.

D. Installation: Perform Soil Preparation operations only when weather and soil conditions are suitable in accordance with locally accepted practices.

E. Construction Site Observations: Periodic site observations shall be made by the Landscape Architect during the installation of Work under this Section for compliance with requirements for type, size, and quality. Landscape Architect retains right to observe Work for defects and to reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress ofWork. Contractor shall remove rejected materials immediately from Project site. The Contractor shall request, in writing, at least one (1) week in advance of the time when mandatory site observation(s) by the Landscape Architect are required.

1.7 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Project Site shall be free ofweeds, native grasses, evasive grasses, (Bermuda Grass, Nut Grass, Kikiyu Grass, etc.) priorto Topsoil distribution or soil amendment placement.

B. Excessive rock, dead or declining vegetation, trash, debris, or other items that has accumulated throughout the duration of the Project shall be removed from the Project Site by the Contractor, and as directed by the Landscape Architect.

C. Grading and soil preparation Work shall be performed only during the period when beneficial and optimum horticultural results may be obtained. If the moisture content of the soil should reach such a level that working it would destroy soil structure or cause compaction, spreading and grading operations shall be suspended until, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, the moisture content is increased or reduced to acceptable levels and the desired results are likely to be obtained.

1. Soil moisture level prior to planting shall be no less than 75% of field capacity. The determination of adequate soil moisture for planting shall be in the sole judgment of the Landscape Architect.

2. If the soil moisture level is found to be insufficient for planting, planting pits shall be filled with water and allowed to drain before commencing planting operations.

D. Planting areas which become compacted in excess of 85% relative compaction due to construction activities shall be tilled and thoroughly cross-ripped to a minimum depth of twelve-inches (12”) to alleviate the condition, taking care to avoid all existing subsurface utilities, drainage, etc.

1.8 SUBSTITUTIONS
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1015 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SOIL PREPARATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329113-8
A. Consideration: Materials to be considered equal to the Materials indicated herein this Section shall be reviewed by the Landscape Architect. Materials with equal performance characteristics produced by other Manufacturer’s and/or Distributors may be considered, providing deviations in dimensional size, color, composition, operation, and/or other characteristics do not change the design concept, aesthetic appearance, nor intended performance, as solely judged by the Landscape Architect. The burden ofproofon product equality is on the Contractor.

B. Specific reference to Manufacturer’s names and products specified herein are used as standards of quality. This implies no right to the Contractor to substitute other materials without prior written approval by the Landscape Architect for Work under this Section.

C. Materials substituted and installed by the Contractor, without prior written approval by the Landscape Architect, may be rejected. Contractor shall not be entitled to be compensated by the Owner where the Contractor has installed rejected substitutions without receiving prior written approval.

D. Contract Price: Substituted Materials underthis Section shall not increase the Contract price.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PLANTING SOIL (TOPSOIL)
A. Topsoil: Meet ASTM D5268, pH range of5.5 to 7, 4 percent organic material minimum.

1. Topsoil Source: Provide Imported Topsoil obtained from off-site sources, from naturally well-drained sites; do not obtain from bogs or marshes. a. Quantity: Provide Imported Topsoil as soon as an insufficient quantity of native stockpiled surface soil is verified. Quantity of Imported Topsoil to complete the Work shall be calculated by Contractor.
b. Stockpiling: Stockpile on site as directed by Owner. c. Composition: To match in quality, accepted native stockpiled Topsoil. d. Analysis: Obtain an Agronomic Soil Fertility Report/Recommendation of the Imported Topsoil from the approved Testing Laboratory indicated herein this Section.
e. Review: Landscape Architect reserves the right to take samples of the Imported Topsoil delivered to the site for conformance to the Contract Specifications. f. Rejected Imported Topsoil: Immediately remove rejected Imported Topsoil off site, at Contractor's expense.

2.2 SOIL MIXES/BLENDS
A. Soil Conditioner Blend, for amending on-site native soils or imported topsoil: Furnish a thoroughly blended composition of Bulk Composted Organic Soil Amendment Material and Granular Soil Conditioning Material & Fertilizer. Any substitution for the “Soil Conditioner Blend” listed herein must be requested by the Contractor and approved, in writing, by the Landscape Architect at least thirty (30) days priorto installation.

1. Bulk Composted Organic Soil Amendment Material:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1016 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SOIL PREPARATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329113-9
a. Material Composition: Bulk Composted Organic Soil Amendment Material shall be produced from a composted, nitrolized blend ofwood shavings, forest products, and/or rice hulls,. Upon completion of the composting process, the Material shall be thoroughly cured for a minimum of 100 days, and shall be free from any trash (glass, metal, plastic, etc.) deleterious materials, bio-solids, and/or toxic chemicals.

The Material shall be non-hazardous, and conform to US Environmental Protection Agency 40 CFR503 criteria for “Class A” products. It shall also exceed standards and specifications for unrestricted application as a landscaping and agricultural soil amendment.
1) Gradation/Screen Analysis: A minimum of 90% of the material by weight shall pass a ½” screen. Material passing the screen shall meet the following criteria:

Percent Passing Sieve Designation
85 - 100% 9.51 mm (3/8”)
50 – 80% 2.38 mm (No. 8)
0 – 40% 500 micron (No.
35)
2) Maturity: Physical characteristics suggestive of maturity include shall include:
a) Color: Dark brown to black.
b) Odor: Aerobic, without malodorous presence of decomposition products.
c) Particle characterization: Identifiable wood pieces are acceptable but the balance ofMaterial should be soil-like without recognizable grass or leaves.
b. Analytical Properties: Contractor shall submit proof of the Bulk Composted Organic Soil Amendment Material by providing a sample as identified herein this Section, and a lab analysis that has been performed within 30 days of the installation of the planting. Soil mix shall have (at a minimum) the following properties:

Material Minimum TargetedProperty/Range
Total Nitrogen (N%) .50-1.0%
Phosphorus (as P2O5) 2.0%
Potassium (as K2O) 0.2%
pH (units) 6.0 to 7.5, as determined in saturated
paste.

Organic Content Minimum 50% based on dry weight and
determined by ash method. Minimum
205 lbs. organic matter per cubic yard of
compost.

ECe (millimho/cm) <5.0; based on pre-leaching with equal volume ofwater.

Carbon-to-Nitrogen Ratio <20-to-1, nitrogen stabilized.

Bulk Density 1,000 to 1,100 pounds/cubic yard.

Sodium Absorption Ratio Under 20.0
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1017 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SOIL PREPARATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329113-10
(SAR)
Total Iron 1.5%3.

Moisture Content 35%-60%
Acid-soluable Ash
content
No less than 6% and no greaterthan 20%.

Salt Content <10millimho/cm @ 25d C. on a saturated
paste extract.

Boron Content <1.0 parts per million on a saturated paste extract.

Silicon-Content (acidinsoluable ash)<50%
Calcium Carbonate No presence on alkaline soils.

Maximum Total
Permissible Pollutant
Concentrations (in PPM
on a dry-weight basis)
 Arsenic: 20
 Cadmium: 15
 Chromium: 300
 Cobalt: 50
 Copper: 150
 Lead: 200
 Mercury: 10
 Molybdenum: 20
 Nickel: 100
 Selenium: 50
 Silver: 10
 Vanadium: 500
 Zinc: 300
c. Application Rate: As indicated herein this Section under “Planting Soil Amendments Schedule”.
d. Commercial-Grade Products & Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
1) Soil Conditioner, Synagro Professional Organic Soil Products. 2) Agromend, Agromin Horticultural Products.
3) Humic Compost ½”, Greenway Compost.
4) Superior Blend Compost, Artesia Sawdust Products, Inc. 5) Compost, EarthWorks Soil Amendments, Inc.
6) Contractor’s Blend, Recycled Wood Products (RWP).
7) #SSA-CSTSupreme Organic Soil Amendment, Plants Choice, Inc. 8) Humic Compost 3/8”, Agri Service, Inc.
9) Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

2. Granular Soil Conditioning Material & Fertilizer:
a. Material Composition and Analytical Properties: Granular Soil Conditioning Material & Fertilizer shall be a singular manufacturer-blended combination of soil conditioning material and fertilizer. It shall be granular in form, long-lasting, free flowing, and suitable for application with approved equipment. It shall not contain any sewage sludge or manure-based products, and shall contain the following guaranteed minimum available analysis range:

Element/Material Targeted Property Range
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1018 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SOIL PREPARATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329113-11
Nitrogen (N) 5.0% to 6.0%
Phosphoric Acid (as P2O5) 2.0% to 3.0%
Potash (as K2O) 1.0% to 4.0%
Humic Acids 15.0 % to 20.0%
Calcium 7.0%
Sulfur 0.0% to 5.0%
b. Commercial-Grade Products, Manufacturers and Associated Rates of Application:

Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) of the following:
1) Tri-C 6-2-4, Tri-C Enterprises LLC, Chino, CA. 800-927-3311. a) Application Rate at 70 lbs. per 1,000 square feet ofplanting area. 2) Gro-Power Plus 5-3-1, Gro-Power, Chino, CA. 909-393-3744. a) Application Rate at 200 lbs. per 1,000 square feet ofplanting area. 3) or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

2.3 ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENT COMPONENTS
A. Washed Plaster Sand: Clean, washed, natural or manufactured sand, sharp, fine-textured, free of toxic materials. Sieve tested in accordance with ASTM C136, with 100% passing through a #4 screen, 0% passing through a #200 screen.

1. Chemical Properties: (by DPTA Saturation Extract Method):
a. Soluble Salts/Salinity: Maximum conductivity of 3.0 millimhos/cm at 25 degrees C.
b. Boron: Maximum concentration of1.0 PPM.
c. Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR): Maximum 6.0.
d. pH: 7.0.

B. Perlite: Horticultural Perlite, soil amendment grade, 6.5 to 7.5 pH.

1. Unacceptable Materials: Polystyrene beads shall not be used as a substitution for horticultural Perlite.

C. Vermiculite: Horticultural Vermiculite, gold-brown in color.

1. Size: 2-4mm, 5 mesh to 10 mesh sieve size.

2. Density: 4.5 to 5.5 lb./cuft.

3. Grade: #2, Medium Grade.

D. Peat Humus:

1. Type: Canadian Sphagnum Peat, as derived from the genus Sphagnum, medium-divided, coarse fibrous texture, brown in color.

2. Measurement: Measure peat in air dry condition, containing not more than 35% moisture by weight on an "as-received" basis.

3. Physical Properties:

Percent Passing Sieve Size
95 - 100% 9.51 mm (3/8 in.)
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1019 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SOIL PREPARATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329113-12
0 - 40% 500 micron (#35, 32
mesh)

4. Organic Content (dry weight basis): Minimum 95%.

5. Fiber Content: Greaterthan 66%.

6. Water Holding Capacity: 20x to 30x its dry weight in water.

7. Range in Ash Content (%): 1.0 to 5.0.

8. Chemical Properties:
a. Nitrogen (dry weight basis): 0.6-3.0%.
b. Salinity/Soluble Salts: Saturation extract conductivity 0.0-3.0 millimhos/cm @ 25 degrees C.
c. pH range: 3.0 to 4.0.

9. Unacceptable Materials:
a. Coir Dust.
b. Sedge Peat.
c. Reed Peat.
d. Hypnum Peat.

E. Mycorrhizal Inoculum:

1. Mycorrhizal Inoculum for Plant Material (not Palm Trees): Dual soil-conditioning biological inoculum system of endo-and ecto- Mycorrhizal, used to further aid the plants ability to efficiently uptake available soil nutrients and increase resistance to drought. a. Products & Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
1) 7-gram Myco-Pak, Tri-C Enterprises LLC, Chino, CA, 800-927-3311. 2) 4 oz. Packet - Roots 1 Step, Roots, Inc., Independence, MO, 800-342-6173. 3) Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.
b. Provide at the prescribed application rate, per the Manufacturer’s written recommendations.

2.4 CHEMICAL SOIL AMENDMENT COMPONENTS
A. General: Chemical Soil Amendment Components listed herein may or may not be used, depending on the results ofthe Agronomic Soil Fertility Report. Provide as required:

B. Gypsum: Commercially-processed and packaged agricultural-grade hydrated calcium sulfate product (CaSO4), 92.0% minimum, pH at 7.1.

1. Commercial-Grade Products & Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
a. Ben Franklin® No. 1 Agricultural Gypsum, U.S. Gypsum Company. b. 100% Good Stuf Gypsum™, Art Wilson Company.
c. CAL-SUL® Pelletized Agricultural Gypsum, North Pacific Group. d. Bumper Harvest Agricultural Gypsum, Domtar Gypsum.
e. Premium 97Solution-Grade Gypsum, Diamond K, Inc.
f. Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

C. Soil Sulfur: Elemental Sulfur (90% min.) commercially manufactured, water degradable, palletized.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1020 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SOIL PREPARATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329113-13

1. Commercial-Grade Products & Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
a. Disper-Sul, Martin Resources, Inc.
b. Soil Sulfur, Red Top.
c. Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

D. Iron: Non-staining, 40% Fe minimum, complete with micro-nutrients and 2% humic acids, as derived from iron oxide, manganese oxide, or zinc oxide.

1. Commercial-Grade Products & Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
a. Gro-Power Iron, Gro-Power, Chino, CA.
b. Iron 45 w/Micronutrients, Tri-C Enterprises LLC, Chino, CA. c. Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

E. Dolomite Lime: Agricultural-grade mineral soil conditioner containing 35% minimum magnesium carbonate, and 49% minimum calcium carbonate, 100% passing #65 sieve.

F. Potassium Sulfate (Sulfate of Potash K2O), (0-0-50 guaranteed analysis N-P2O5-K2O):

Agricultural-grade, containing minimum 50% ofwater-soluble potash and 18% Sulfur (S).

G. Single Superphosphate P2O5 (0-15-0 guaranteed analysis N-P2O5-K2O): Commercial product, containing 15% available phosphoric acid and 14% Sulfur.

H. Triple Superphosphate P2O5, (0-45-0 guaranteed analysis N-P2O5-K2O): Commercial product, containing 45% available phosphate and 15% Calcium (Ca).

I. Ammonium Sulfate (NH4)2SO4, (21-0-0 guaranteed analysis N-P2O5-K2O): Commercial product containing approximately 21% ammonia.

J. Ammonium Nitrate NH4NO3, (34-0-0 guaranteed analysis N-P2O5-K2O): Commercial product containing approximately 34% ammonia.

K. Calcium Nitrate CaNO3, (15.5-0-0 guaranteed analysis N-P2O5-K2O): Agricultural grade containing 15-1/2% nitrogen.

L. Potassium Nitrate KNO3, (13-0-45 guaranteed analysis N-P2O5-K2O): Commercial product containing approximately 13% nitrogen and 45% potassium.

M. Ureaformaldehyde (38-0-0 guaranteed analysis N-P2O5-K2O): Granular commercial product containing approximately 38% nitrogen.

N. Urea CO(NH2)2, (46-0-0 guaranteed analysis N-P2O5-K2O): Granular commercial product containing 46% nitrogen.

O. I.B.D.U. (Iso Butyldiene Diurea): Commercial product containing 31% nitrogen.

2.5 FERTILIZERS
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1021 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SOIL PREPARATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329113-14
A. Composition: Nitrogen (N), phosphorous (P2O5), and potassium (K2O) content, plus other elements, as indicated.

B. Fertilizer Tablet:

1. General: Fertilizer Tablet shall be a 7-gram tablet, organic-based, tightly compressed chip-type commercial grade, 12-month slow-release planting tablets, and shall be composed ofthe following available percentages by weight ofplant food:

Element/Material Targeted Property
Range
Nitrogen (N) 12.0% minimum
Phosphoric acid (as
P2O5)

8.0% minimum
Potash (as K2O) 8.0% minimum
Humus 20.0% minimum
Humic Acids w/
micronutrients and soil
enhancers

4.0% minimum

2. Commercial-Grade Products & Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
a. Gro-Power 12-8-8 Planting Tablets, Gro-Power, Chino, CA 909-393-3744. 1) Application Rate: As indicated herein Part III this Section. b. Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

2.6 ACCESSORIES
A. Drain Rock/Aggregate: Crushed Stone, conforming to ASTM C33, graded to ¾”-size, clean, hard, durable, free of materials toxic to plant growth, set in bottom of Planters, at depth indicated in Contract Drawings. Provide Geotextile Filter Fabric between Drain Rock/Aggregate and amended planting backfill soil.

B. Wetting Agent/Water Storing Polymer: Non-biodegradable, granular, polyacrylamide polymer soil amendment.

1. Commercial-Grade Products & Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
a. BroadleafP4, BroadleafIndustries, Inc. Chula Vista, CA 619-424-7880. b. Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

C. Perforated Drain Pipe & Drain Sock (Tree Chimney): Refer to Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories.

D. Landscape Mulch Material:

1. Organic Wood Mulch: Refer to Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1022 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SOIL PREPARATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329113-15

3.1 AGRONOMIC SOIL FERTILITY REPORT/RECOMMENDATION
A. Once rough grading has been accomplished, and prior to commencing Soil Preparation operations, (amendments, fertilizers, etc.), soil samples shall be taken from representative areas and below grade depths of the Project Site. Locations and depths to gather the representative soil samples shall be accomplished by the Contractor under the direction of the Landscape Architect.

1. Provide Soil Samples for each planting area / condition, not less than four(4).

B. Guidelines for Selecting the Soil Samples:

1. Select representative areas to sample. The area needs to be uniform in color, texture, depth, and drainage with the same fertilizing program and type of use. Planting areas to receive lawns, flowerbeds, trees, cut areas, fill areas, etc. should be tested separately. An area containing multiple trees and shrubs can be grouped into one area if the planting is the same.

2. Depths and process ofsoil sampling:
a. Sample as deep as the soil will be amended, generally six-inches (6”) deep for groundcover/lawns, eighteen-inches (18”) deep for shrub areas, twenty-four-inches (24”) deep for small boxed trees, and three-feet (3’) to four-feet (4’) for large boxed trees.
b. Use a soil probe or soil auger to remove a core sample; otherwise, use a shovel to dig a hole to the desired depth. Sample the soil from the side of the excavated hole, scraping the side with a trowel. The tools used for digging shall be clean and not rusty. Avoid sampling when the soil is too wet.

3. In desired areas where multiple sub-samplings are taken from any one (1) area to create a combined sample, mix the sub-samples homogenously together in a clean plastic bucket prior to placing in the plastic bag.

4. Each Sample shall be sent directly to the laboratory in a separate, re-sealable, one (1)- gallon plastic bag. Provide a minimum of four (4) cups of soil within each respective sample to allow for adequate testing.

3.2 SOIL PERCOLATION TESTING
A. Type/Quantity: During operations of Agronomic Soil Fertility Testing and prior to installing Plant Material, Contractor shall perform Soil Percolation Tests, through the direction of the Landscape Architect, in selected representative areas of the Project Site, to verify acceptable natural drainage, soil structure, and soil composition. Contractor shall verify the locations of the Soil Percolation Tests with the Landscape Architect.

1. Required Number ofSoil Percolation Tests: not less than four (4) B. Procedure: Each Soil Percolation Test shall be performed as follows:

1. Dig a hole: 2’-0” wide x 2’-0” long x 2’-0” deep.

2. Fill the hole with water to top and cover with plywood and barricade. Allow hole to drain and fill again to top.

3. Make daily observations, noting the depth ofwater each day.

4. Report findings, in writing, to the Landscape Architect. Include the length of time the water takes to drain completely from each hole, date of test, location, and other information, which may be useful in providing furtherrecommendations. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1023 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SOIL PREPARATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329113-16
C. Results: Based on the combined results of the Agronomic Soil Fertility Testing and the Soil Percolation Tests, Contractor may be required to install additional tree drainage sumps or other drainage methods at each planting pit for trees larger than 15-gallon container stock. This does not relieve the Contractor’s obligation within the Base Bid to provide the required Tree Root Aeration Units indicated in Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories. Contractor shall include, as a line-item price within the Base Bid, the price per each additional tree drainage sump, should they be required (based on the testing). Should additional tree drainage sumps or other methods is required, compensation shall be awarded to the Contractor at the line-item price (each) as provided by the Contractor.

3.3 SOIL MOISTURE CONTENT
A. General: Do not work soil when moisture content is so great that excessive compaction occurs, or when it is so dry that dust will form in air, or that clods will not break readily. Apply water, if necessary, to bring soil to an optimum moisture content for tilling and planting. Soil moisture level prior to planting shall be no less than 75% of field capacity. The determination of adequate soil moisture for planting shall be the judgment of the Landscape Architect. Range:

Maintain within two-percent (2%) above or below optimum moisture content at times during Work.

3.4 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Contractor shall protect existing and new improvements and systems installed prior to planting installation. Maintain protection in place until completion of Work and contracted Landscape Establishment Period.

B. Protect concrete paving, headers, and drainage from staining due to contact with wet nitrogen stabilized mulch/sawdust, or contact with chelated iron. Correct any stained concrete.

3.5 CLEARING & CULTIVATION
A. Clearing: Clear planting areas free of stones two-inches (2”) in diameter and larger, weeds, debris, and other extraneous materials priorto soil preparation Work.

B. Pre-Plant Weed Control:

1. Clear and remove existing weeds by spraying and grubbing to at least one-inch (1”) below the soil surface.

2. Dead weeds shall be cleared and removed priorto planting.

3. Maintain a weed-free Project Site until final acceptance by the Owner, utilizing mechanical, chemical, or manual treatment.

C. Cultivation of Native Site Soil and/or Spreading Imported Topsoil, with Amendments/Fertilizers:

1. Verification: In planting areas where Imported Topsoil will be applied, verify that subgrades prior to installation of Imported Topsoil have been established under rough grading. Do not spread Imported Topsoil priorto acceptance ofsub-grade Work. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1024 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SOIL PREPARATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329113-17

2. Cultivation: Following Pre-Plant Weed Control operations, rip or cultivate verified planting areas of Native Site Soil at the indicated depth, prior to applying Imported Topsoil (ifrequired) and Soil Amendments/Fertilizers.
a. Depth ofCultivation: minimum Ten-inches (10”).

3. Following initial cultivation of existing Native Site Soil, evenly spread Imported Topsoil (if required) throughout all planting areas at the minimum indicated depth to meet finished landscape grades.
a. Depth ofImported Topsoil: Minimum six-inches (6”).

4. Once Imported Topsoil has been spread, uniformly broadcast all required Soil Amendments and Fertilizers indicated in Planting Soil Amendments Schedule (below) as amended through the results ofthe Agronomic Soil Fertility Report.

5. Thoroughly cultivate/blend all materials to provide a homogenous planting soil mixture at the indicated depth:
a. Depth ofCultivation: Minimum Ten-inches (10”).

6. Tamp/compact prepared Planting Soil as required to eliminate settlement, and complete finish grading operations per Section 312219 – Landscape Grading.

7. Planting Soil Amendment Schedule:

Soil Amendment/Fertilizer Ratio
First Component ofSoil
Conditioner Blend:

Bulk Composted Organic Soil
Amendment
Four(4) cu. yds. / 1,000 square feet of
planting area.

Second Component ofSoil
Conditioner Blend:

Granular Soil Conditioning
Material & Fertilizer
At indicated ratio, per selected
Manufacturer.

Gypsum 200 pounds / 1,000 square feet.

Commercial Fertilizer At indicated ratio, per selected
Manufacturer.

Soil Sulfur 8 pounds / 1,000 square feet ofplanting
area.

Iron (non-staining) 10 pounds / 1,000 square feet ofplanting area.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1025 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SOIL PREPARATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329113-18
a. Modifications: The Planting Soil Amendment Schedule may be modified, based on the combined results of the Agronomic Soil Fertility Tests and Percolation Tests.
1) Contractor shall be provided with fair and adequate compensation by the Owner should additions or increases to the specified ratios are required to the Planting Soil Amendment Schedule due to the Agronomic Soil Fertility Test results and/or recommendations by the Landscape Architect. 2) Contractor shall provide the Owner fair and adequate credit should subtractions or decreases to the specified ratios are required to the Planting Soil Amendment Schedule due to the Agronomic Soil Fertility Test results and/or recommendations by the Landscape Architect.

8. Complete finish grading operations per Section 312219 – Landscape Grading.

3.6 APPLICATION RATES
A. Fertilizer Tablets shall be spread equidistantly around the perimeter within the Amended Planting Backfill Mixture, up to within three-inches (3”) of the finished grade of the Mixture, and at the following rates:

Size ofPlant Material Total Quantity of7-gram
Fertilizer Tablets
Liner, Plug, Flat-Size Plant, or 4” Pot. One (1) Tablet One (1)-gallon Container stock. Three (3) Tablets
Five (5)-gallon Container stock. Nine (9) Tablets
Fifteen (15)-gallon container stock Fifteen (15) Tablets 24” Box Container Stock Sixteen (16) Tablets
30” Box Container Stock Eighteen (18) Tablets
36” Box Container Stock Twenty (20) Tablets
42” Box Container Stock Twenty-two (22) Tablets
48” Box Container Stock Twenty-four(24) Tablets
60” Box Container Stock Thirty-six (36) Tablets
For Container Stock largerthan 60”
Box.

Six (6) Tablets for each ½” of
tree caliper size.

For each 1’-0” ofPalm Tree (apical
meristem) height. (Example: a 25’
Palm tree requires 50 tablets)
Two (2) Tablets.

1. Contractor shall not provide Fertilizer Tablets for designated native plant species, as indicated in the Contract Drawings or as directed by the Landscape Architect.

Contractor shall verify with the Landscape Architect, in writing, as to which plants are subject to not receive the Fertilizer Tablets.

B. Mycorrhizal Inoculum Application Rate:

1. During application of Fertilizer/Planting Tablets, Mycorrhizal Inoculum shall be spread equidistantly around the perimeter within the Amended Planting Backfill Mixture, up to 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1026 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SOIL PREPARATION
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329113-19
within three (3”) inches ofthe finished grade ofthe Mixture, at the prescribed application rate perthe Manufacturer’s written recommendations.

3.7 DRAINAGE OF PLANTING AREAS
A. Surface Drainage:

1. Discrepancies: Provide proper surface drainage of planted areas. Submit in writing all discrepancies in the Contract Drawings or Specifications, or prior Work done by others, which Contractor feels precludes establishing proper drainage.

2. Correction: Include description of work required for correction or relief of said condition.

B. Detrimental Drainage, Soils and Obstructions:

1. Notification: Submit in writing all soils or drainage conditions considered detrimental to growth of plant materials. State condition and submit proposal and cost estimate for correcting condition.

2. Correction: Submit for acceptance a written proposal and cost estimate for the correction before proceeding with Work.

3. Obstructions: If rock, underground construction Work, tree roots, or other obstructions are encountered in the performance of Work under this Section, submit cost required to remove the obstructions to a depth ofnot less than six-inches (6”) below the required soil depth.

3.8 CLEAN UP AND PROTECTION
A. For Work under this Section, keep Work area in a clean, orderly, and safe condition. Contractor shall remove trash caused from his Work on a weekly basis throughout the duration of the Work.

B. Protect site from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other Contractors and trades, and trespassers. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair, orreplace damaged Soil Preparation areas as directed.

C. Upon completion of his Work under this Section, the Contractor shall remove rubbish, waste, debris, excess construction materials, and other items resulting from construction operations offsite as described herein this Section, as directed by the Landscape Architect.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1027 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PLANTS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329300-1
SECTION 329300 - EXTERIOR PLANTS
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
a. This Section includes materials, labor, apparatus, tools, equipment, temporary construction, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing the proper completion of Work, as required to make a complete Exterior Landscape Planting installation, as shown in the Contract Drawings, and as specified herein this Section. b. Work under this Section consists of, but is not necessarily limited to, furnishing and installing the following:

1. Trees.

2. Shrubs.
c. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to Work in this Section:

1. Section 328400 – Irrigation Systems.

2. Section 329113 – Soil Preparation.

3. Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories.

4. Section 329813 – Landscape Establishment Period.

1.02 DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS
a. References:

1. ASTM – American Society for Testing Materials.

2. USDA – United States Department ofAgriculture.

3. ANSI – American National Standards Institute.
b. Reference Standards:

1. An Annotated Checklist of Woody Ornamental Plants of California, Oregon, and Washington, (Number 4091), McClintock and Leiser, Division of Agricultural Sciences, University ofCalifornia, 1979.

2. American National Standard for Nursery Stock (ANSI Z60.1). American National Standards Institute, and American Association ofNurserymen, Latest edition,

3. American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature, 1942 Edition of Standardized Plant Names.

4. Hortus III, 1976 Edition, Liberty Hyde Bailey Hortorium, Cornell University.

5. The Hillier Gardener’s Guide to Trees and Shrubs, 4th Edition, 1978.

6. Manual ofCultivated Conifers, Den Ouden & Boon, 1978.

7. Datascape Guide to Commercial Nomenclature, American Nurserymen Publishing Co., Chicago, IL, 1994.

8. American National Standard for Tree Care Operation, Tree, Shrub, and Other Woody Plant Maintenance (ANSIA300), American National Standards Institute, Latest Edition. c. Definitions:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1028 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PLANTS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329300-2

1. Plant Material(s) – Refers to living plant species, inclusive of trees, shrubs, groundcovers, vines, ornamental grasses, cacti/succulents, espaliers, annuals, perennials, etc., as indicated in the Contract Drawings.

2. Planting Area (PA) – As denoted on the Contract Drawings, shall refer to areas to be installed with Plant Material(s), or areas where existing vegetation shall be protected.

3. Plant Height – Measurement ofmain body height, not measurement to branch tip.

4. Plant Spread – Measurement ofmain body diameter, not measurement from branch tip to branch tip.

5. Amended Planting Backfill Mixture – Refer to Section 329113 – Soil Preparation.

6. Balled and Burlapped Stock – Healthy, vigorous exterior plants with firm, natural balls of earth in which they are grown, with ball size not less than diameter and depth recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for type and size of tree or shrub required; wrapped, tied, rigidly supported, and drum laced as recommended by ANSI Z60.1.

7. Balled and Potted Stock – Healthy, vigorous exterior plants dug with firm, natural balls of earth in which they are grown and placed, unbroken, in a container. Ball size is not less than diameter and depth recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for type and size of exterior plant required.

8. Bare-Root Stock – Healthy, vigorous exterior plants grown with a well-branched, fibrousroot system developed by transplanting or root pruning, with soil or growing medium removed, and with not less than minimum root spread according to ANSI Z60.1 for type and size ofexterior plant required.

9. Clump – Where three or more young trees were planted in a group and have grown together as a single tree having three or more main stems ortrunks.

10. Container-Grown Stock – Healthy, vigorous, well-rooted exterior plants grown in a container with well-established root system reaching sides of container and maintaining a firm ball when removed from container. Container shall be rigid enough to hold ball shape and protect root mass during shipping and be sized according to ANSI Z60.1 for type and size ofexterior plant required.

11. Fabric Bag-Grown Stock – Healthy, vigorous, well-rooted exterior plants established and grown in-ground in a porous fabric bag with well-established root system reaching sides of fabric bag. Fabric bag size is not less than diameter, depth, and volume required by ANSI Z60.1 for type and size ofexterior plant.

12. Finish Grade – Elevation offinished surface ofplanting soil.

13. Manufactured Topsoil – Soil produced off-site by homogeneously blending mineral soils or sand with stabilized organic soil amendments to produce topsoil or planting soil.

14. Multi-Stem – Where three (3) or more main stems arise from the ground from a single root crown or at a point right above the root crown.

15. Sub-grade – Surface or elevation ofsubsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top surface ofa fill or backfill, before placing planting soil.

16. Subsoil – All soil beneath the topsoil layer of the soil profile, and typified by the lack of organic matter and soil organisms.
d. Measurements:

1. sq/ft or SF: Measurement, in square-foot.

2. O.C.: Measurement used for On-Center spacing.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1029 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PLANTS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329300-3
a. General:

1. Collect information into a single Submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment identified underthis Section forreview.

2. To expedite review, Submittal shall be organized and presented into specific sections or headings. Furnish neat, concise, legible, and clearly identifiable information, and sufficiently explicit detail, to enable proper evaluation for Contract compliance.

Highlight catalog, product data, or brochures containing various products, sizes, and materials to show particularitem submitted.

3. Submittal Format: As applicable, furnish Submittal as a single electronic digital PDF (Portable Document Format) file.
b. Digital Submittal Information:

1. Alphabetized List ofPlant Material.

2. Planting Installation Schedule:
i. Provide anticipated site area(s) and dates ofinstallation for each type ofplanting.

3. Qualification Data, for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance and Control" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and address of architects and owners, and otherinformation specified.

4. Meeting Notes from Pre-installation Conference.

5. Description of Plant Material, for each species indicated in the Contract Drawings, submitted in the following format:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1030 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PLANTS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329300-4
(Provide Color Photograph ofPlant Material here)
(Note: Photograph shall include a person, tape measurer, or other scaled reference).

Project Name:

Botanical Name:

Common Name:

Form (Multi, Standard,
etc. ):

Container Size (as applicable:)
Overall Height (provide Apical Meristem Height for
Palms):

Spread:

Caliper (as applicable):

Quantity Required (per Contract Drawings):

Quantity Available (at supplying Nursery):

Supplying Nursery Name:

Contact Name at Nursery:

Nursery Address:

Nursery Phone Number:

Date ofNursery Photo:

Comments/Remarks:

6. The Alphabetized List of Plant Material and Description of Plant Material shall not be construed as to acceptance of the Plant Material. All Plant Material shall be subject to review and approval by the Construction Manager upon delivery to the Project Site. c. Submittals under this Article will be rejected without the benefit of review by the Construction Manager Architect if they are difficult to read due to insufficient scale, poor image quality, or 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1031 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PLANTS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329300-5
poor drafting quality; or if the required information is missing or not presented in the format as requested.
d. No Work shall proceed under this Section until Submittal requirements indicated herein have been reviewed accordingly by the Construction Manager.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL
a. Installer Qualifications:

1. Requirement: Valid California C-27 (Landscaping Contractor) License.

2. Engage an experienced Installer who has demonstrated completed landscaping work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record ofsuccessful landscape establishment.

3. Installer's Field Supervision: Installer shall maintain an experienced full-time supervisor on the Project site during times that landscaping installations under this Section are in progress.
b. Plant Material: Provide quality, size, genus, species, and variety of Plant Material indicated, complying with applicable requirements of ANSI Z60.1 "American Standard for Nursery Stock."

1. Selection ofPlant Material purchased under allowances will be made by the Construction Manager, who has the option to tag Plant Material stock at their place of growth before they are prepared fortransplanting.

2. At least one (1) plant of each Plant Material species delivered to the Project Site shall have an identification tag from supplying nursery showing botanical and common name of the plant as identified in the Contract Drawings. Construction Manager shall be provided the opportunity for an on-site debriefing by the Contractor that identifies the size and specific type ofPlant Material upon delivery.

3. Incorrect Planting Materials:
i. Replace, at no cost to Owner, Plant Material that is revealed during the course of the Contract as to being untrue to the species indicated in the Contract Drawings and reviewed accordingly underthis Section.
ii. Provide replacements equal to the size and quality to match the planted materials at the time the untrue species is discovered.

4. Replacement of Plant Material: Refer to the Guarantee Article indicated herein this Section.
c. Observation: Construction Manager may observe Plant Materials at their place of growth (nursery), at the site before or after planting, or both, for compliance with requirements for genus, species, variety, size and quality. Construction Manager also retains right to observe Plant Material further for size and condition of root balls, trunks, branches, and crowns; insects; pests; disease; weeds; injuries, and latent defects. Construction Manager reserves the right to reject unsatisfactory and/or defective Plant Material at any time during progress of Work.

Contractor shall remove rejected Plant Material immediately from Project site. d. Regulatory Requirements:

1. Contractor shall meet the requirements of applicable laws, codes, and regulations as required by the authorities having jurisdiction overthe Work. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1032 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PLANTS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329300-6

2. Provide for inspections and permits by Federal, State, and Local authorities in furnishing, transporting, and installing materials.
e. Permits, Fees, Bonds, and Inspections: Contractor shall arrange and pay for permits, fees, bonds, and inspections necessary to perform and complete Work underthis Section. f. Plant Material Review and Selection (Tagging):

1. At the discretion of the Construction Manager, Plant Material will be subject to review, photographed, and selected/tagged by the Construction Manager at the nursery, or other place of growth, prior to delivery to the Project Site. Contractor shall verify with the Construction Manageriftagging operations are required.

2. Selecting/Tagging ofPlant Materials at the nursery or place ofgrowth does not cancel the right of the Construction Manager to reject Plant Materials at the Project Site, ifdamaged or unacceptable conditions are found that were not detected at the nursery, place of growth, or in the submitted photographs.
g. Plant Material Delivery: Plant Material shall be delivered with original Plant Material tagging materials set in place, as selected and marked by the Construction Manager at the nursery or place of growth. Contractor shall notify Construction Manager upon delivery of Plant Material for review of stock and tagging materials. Plant Materials delivered without original tagging materials, or with broken, damaged, or altered tagging materials, shall be subject to rejection by the Construction Manager. Rejected Plant Material shall be removed immediately. h. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project Site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings".

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
a. General: Do not prune Plant Material before delivery, except as approved by the Construction Manager. Protect bark, branches, and root systems from sun scald, drying, sweating, whipping, and other handling and tying damage. Do not bend or bind-tie Plant Material in such a manner as to destroy natural shape.

1. Immediately after digging field-grown Plant Materials, pack root systems in wet straw, hay, burlap, or other suitable material to keep root system moist until final planting installation.

2. Deliver freshly dug field-grown Plant Materials with firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient depth to include fibrous and feeding roots, meeting or exceeding requirements ofANSI Z60.1 forroot ball diameter.
b. Handling Plant Materials:

1. Handle balled and burlap Plant Material stock by the root ball.

2. Handle container-grown Plant Materials only by their containers.

3. DO NOT handle Plant Materials by theirtrunks or stems.

4. DO NOT drop any Plant Materials.

5. DO NOT bind or handle Plant Materials with wire orrope.

6. Pad trunk and branches of Plant Materials whenever using hoisting cables, chains, or straps.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1033 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PLANTS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329300-7

7. Should the Contractor engage in handling any Plant Material(s) by any unacceptable method(s), the Construction Manager shall reserve the right to reject any of the mishandled Plant Material(s). The Contractor shall replace rejected Plant Material(s) with approved Plant Material(s), at no additional cost to the Owner. c. Delivery: Provide protective covering during delivery. Deliver Plant Material only after preparations for planting have been completed and install immediately. If planting is delayed more than six (6) hours after delivery, set Plant Materials in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist. Anchor plants to prevent damage from winds.

1. Heel-in bare-root Plant Material stock. Soak roots in water for two (2) hours prior to planting.

2. Set balled Plant Material stock on ground and cover ball with soil, peat moss, sawdust, or other acceptable material.

3. DO NOT remove container-grown Plant Material stock from containers before time of planting.

4. Water root systems ofPlant Material stored on site with a fine-mist spray. Water as often as necessary to maintain root systems in a moist condition.

1.06 COORDINATION, SCHEDULING, AND OBSERVATIONS
a. Acceptance: Do not install Plant Materials prior to acceptance of finish grades and installation ofirrigation system.
b. Utilities: Determine location of above grade and underground utilities and perform Work in a manner which will avoid damage to utilities. Hand excavate, as required. Maintain grade stakes until removal is mutually agreed upon by parties concerned. c. Excavation: When conditions detrimental to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, adverse drainage conditions, or obstructions, cease planting operations and notify Construction Manager for further direction.
d. Construction Site Observations: Construction Manager may observe installation Work herein this Section at Project Site for compliance with requirements for type, size, and quality.

Construction Manager retains right to observe installation of products and materials for defects and to reject unsatisfactory or defective product, material, or installation at any time during progress of Work. Contractor shall remove rejected Work immediately from Project site.

Contractor shall request, in writing, at least one (1) week in advance of the time when mandatory site observation(s) by the Construction Manager are required.

1.07 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS
a. General: Installation of Plant Materials shall be performed only during the time of day and during seasons when satisfactory results can be expected, unless authorized by the Construction Manager.
b. Climate Restrictions: Do not install Plant Materials during rainy orinclement weather. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1034 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PLANTS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329300-8

1.08 SUBSTITUTIONS
a. Consideration: Plant Materials to be considered equal to the Plant Materials indicated herein this Section shall be reviewed by the Construction Manager. Plant Materials with equal performance characteristics may be considered, providing deviations in dimensional size, color, composition, operation, and/or other characteristics do not change the design concept, aesthetic appearance, or intended performance, as solely judged by the Construction Manager. The burden ofproofon product equality is on the Contractor.

1. Substituted Plant Materials shall be true to species and variety and shall conform to measurements specified, except that plants larger than specified may be used if accepted.

If larger Plant Materials are accepted, increase the ball of earth in proportion to the size of the plant, as required. Plant Materials overgrown for their container size will be rejected.
b. Specific reference to Manufacturer’s names and products specified herein are used as standards of quality. This implies no right to the Contractor to substitute other materials without prior written approval by the Construction Manager for Work underthis Section. c. Plant Materials substituted and installed by the Contractor, without prior written approval by the Construction Manager, may be rejected. Contractor shall not be entitled to be compensated by the Owner where the Contractor has installed rejected substitutions without receiving prior written approval.
d. Contract Price: Substituted Plant Materials under this Section shall not increase the Contract price.

1.09 WARRANTY
a. General: The Warranty indicated herein in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract, and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other guarantees or warranties made by the Contractor under requirements ofthe Contract Documents.
b. Warranty: Contractor shall warrant living Plant Materials under this Section for a period of one (1) year after date of Substantial Completion. Warrant against defects including death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from lack of adequate maintenance, neglect, or abuse by the Owner; abnormal weather conditions unusual for the Warranty Period; or incidents which are beyond the Contractor's control.
c. Replacement ofPlant Material:

1. Replace Plant Materials exhibiting conditions which are determined to be unacceptable due to workmanship by the Contractor, at no cost to the Owner, per the direction of the Construction Manager.

2. Remove and replace dead or dying Plant Material immediately unless required to plant in the succeeding planting season.

3. Contractor shall be held responsible for a maximum of two (2) replacement of each failed Plant Material after Final Acceptance during the Warranty Period. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1035 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PLANTS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329300-9
i. Closely match replacements to adjacent specimens of the same species. Apply requirements ofthis Specification to replacements.

1.10 FINAL ACCEPTANCE AND LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD a. Refer to Section 329813 – Landscape Establishment Period.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANT MATERIAL
a. Immediately upon award of Contract for Work in this Section, Contractor shall locate and purchase or hold for purchase plant material as required.

1. Contractor shall verify with Construction Manager of Plant Material that has been nursery “contract grown” by the Owner for use ofWork underthis Contract.

2. Contractor shall review the condition of the Plant Material with Construction Manager at the nursery maintaining the Plant Material prior to delivery, and when delivered to the Project Site.
b. Quality: Plant Materials shall have a growth habit typical for each variety and species indicated in the Plant List (as detailed on the Contract Drawings).

1. All Plant Materials specified shall be superior/premium-grade nursery stock, full, densely foliated, symmetrical, with tightly knit branching, so trained or favored in development and appearance in form, number of branches, compactness and symmetry, healthy, and vigorous in growth, as reviewed and determined by the Construction Manager.

2. Plant Materials shall be free from insect pests, eggs and larvae, plant diseases, sun scalds, fresh bark abrasions, excessive abrasions, windburn, salt burn, weeds, or other disfigurements or conditions, as reviewed and determined by the Construction Manager.

3. Plant Material shall be subject per the California State Department of Agriculture’s Regulations for Nursery Inspections ofRules and Grading.

4. Growing Conditions: Plant Materials shall be nursery-grown in accordance with good horticultural practices under climatic conditions similar to those of project unless otherwise specifically authorized.
c. Container Stock (excluding annuals) shall be grown in boxes or containers in which delivered for at least one (1) growing season, but not over two (2) years. Plant Material grown in boxes or containers shall be cultivated during this time to permit full rooting within the specified box or container to bind the planting soil, but not so long as to create a “root-bound” condition.

1. Plant Material shall be completely free of circling, kinked or girdling trunk surface and centerroots, and show no evidence ofa pot-bound condition.

2. No boxed nor container Plant Material shall be planted which have cracked or broken balls ofearth when separated from their boxes or containers.

3. No Plant Material shall be planted with damaged roots, broken root balls, or which are found to be “root-bound” when separated from their containers. d. Pruning:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1036 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PLANTS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329300-10

1. Do not prune Plant Materials unless directed by the Construction Manager.

2. Pruning ofPlant Material as grown at the nursery shall conform to ANSI A300 standards.

3. Consult with Construction Manager for pruning Plant Materials after delivery and installation.
e. Measurements: Measure Plant Material according to ANSI Z60.1 with branches and trunks or canes in their normal position. Do not prune to obtain required sizes.

1. Take caliper measurement at a point on the trunk six-inches (6”) above natural ground line for trees up to four-inches (4”) in caliper (at a point twelve-inches (12”) above the natural ground line fortrees over four-inches (4”) in caliper). i. Measure foliage across mean foliage dimension when branches are in their normal upright position.
ii. For trees to be supplied in “raised up” condition, foliage origin along main trunk shall be measured from soil line after installation.
iii. Height and spread dimensions specified refer to main body of plant and not branch tip to tip. Properly trimmed plants shall measure the same in any direction. If a plant is unevenly grown, it shall be classified in the size category of the smallest dimension.

2. Size Range: If a range of size is given, do not use Plant Materials less than the minimum size. The measurements specified are the minimum size acceptable and are the measurements after pruning, where pruning is required. Plant Materials that meet the measurements specified, but do not possess a normal balance between height and spread shall be rejected.
f. Field Dug Stock: Prior to digging of field-grown Plant Materials, insure that excess loose fill resulting from cultivation around trunks/stems and over roots be removed down to natural finish grade at crown of Plant Materials. During digging, verify that size of tree spade or other equipment is adequate to encompass the actively growing root zone ofall Plant Materials. Plant Materials which, after digging, show mostly large fleshy roots and few fibrous roots, will be rejected.
g. Condition of Root Systems: Plant Materials must prove to be completely free of circling, kinked or girdling trunk surface and center roots and show no evidence of a root-bound condition. Upon inspection by Construction Manager at the job site, if five-percent (5%) or more of the plants of each species are found to contain kinked, circling or girdling roots, all plants ofthat species shall be rejected.
h. Unacceptable Trees: Trees that have damaged, broken, pruned, or crooked leaders will be rejected. Trees having a main leader shall not have been headed back. Trees with abrasions of the bark, sunscalds, disfiguring knots, or fresh cuts of limbs over 3/4 in. which have not completely callused will be rejected.

2.02 SHRUBS
a. Form and Size: Shrubs with not less than the minimum number of canes required by and measured according to ANSI Z60.1 for type, shape, and height of Shrub, subject to review and acceptance by the Construction Manager. Container-grown Shrubs will be acceptable in lieu of balled and burlapped.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1037 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PLANTS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329300-11

1. Container-grown Shrubs shall be subject to meeting ANSI Z60.1 limitations for container stock, and otherrequirements as indicated on the Contract Drawings.

2. Container-grown stock shall be subject to meeting ANSI Z60.1 limitations for container stock.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
a. NO WORK UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL COMMENCE UNTIL SUBMITTALS UNDER

THIS SECTION HAVE BEEN REVIEWED ACCORDINGLY BY THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.
b. Prior to commencing Work under this Section, Contractor shall examine previously installed Work from other trades and verify that such Work is complete and to the point where Work herein may commence properly. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
c. Installation practices of the Plant Materials shall be performed during those periods when weather and soil conditions are suitable and in accordance with locally accepted horticultural practices, as judged by the Construction Manager.

1. Soil moisture levels prior to planting shall be no less than seventy-five-percent (75%) of field capacity. The determination of adequate soil moisture for planting shall be in the sole judgment ofthe Construction Manager, and their decision shall be final. i. If the soil moisture level is found to be insufficient for planting installation, planting pits shall be filled with water and allowed to drain before commencing planting operations.
ii. Any planting area that may become compacted in excess of eighty-five-percent (85%) relative compaction (due to construction operations or other activities during the Contract) shall be tilled and thoroughly cross-ripped to a minimum depth ofnine-inches (9”) to alleviate the condition, taking care to avoid all existing subsurface utilities, drainage, etc.
iii. Do not commence planting installation prior to acceptance of Section 329113 – Soil Preparation.
d. Contractor shall notify the Construction Manager, in writing, on the anticipated commencement date and length ofduration ofthe landscape installation. e. Preparation of Planting Installation: Lay out individual Plant Material locations and areas for multiple plantings. Stake locations, outline areas, and gain the Construction Manager acceptance priorto commencing physical planting installation. f. At the discretion of the Construction Manager, Contractor shall make field adjustments to the planting layout, as required, per the direction of the Construction Manager. Layout changes made accordingly shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1038 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PLANTS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329300-12
g. No more Plant Materials shall be distributed in the planting area on any day than can be installed and watered on that day. Plant Materials shall be planted and watered immediately afterthe removal oftheir containers, as applicable.
h. Contractor shall protect existing and new improvements and systems installed prior to planting installation. Maintain protection in place until completion of Work and Landscape Establishment Period.
i. Finish Grades for planting areas shall have been established (per Section 312219 – Landscape Grading) prior to Work under this Section. Verify that grades are within one-inch plus or minus (1”+/-) of the required finish grade, and that all proper soil amendments and fertilizers have been furnished and installed accordingly as specified (per Section 329113 – Soil Preparation).

1. Maintain positive surface drainage of all planted areas throughout the duration of the Contract.
j. Pre-Planting: Where Plant Materials are to be pre-planted to permit site improvements to be installed around them, Contractor shall be responsible for the accurate layout and placement of those Plant Materials, as measured to their centerlines. Confirm designated pre-planting operations with Construction Manager prior to commencing Work. Contractor shall also be responsible for the protection of pre-planted Plant Materials while other Work is taking place around them. Provide regular irrigation, as necessary, prior to installation and functioning of irrigation systems (per Section 328400 – Irrigation Systems).

3.02 EXCAVATION FOR PLANT MATERIAL
a. General: Upon completion of applicable pre-planting soil preparation requirements indicated in Section 329113 – Soil Preparation, excavate planting hole(s) for Plant Material with scarified vertical sides, with the bottom of the excavated hole slightly raised and compacted at the center to assist drainage and to minimize settlement ofthe Plant Material. Excavate holes according to the spacing alignment (i.e. hedge spacing, grid spacing, triangular spacing, etc.) and the oncenter (O.C.) spacing intervals (i.e. 24” O.C. etc.) indicated on the Contract Drawings. Loosen any hard subsoil in the bottom of the excavation where evident, and remove all rocks greater than one-half-inch (1/2”) in diameter, trash, debris, etc. Retain the excavated soil for use as part ofthe Amended Planting Backfill Mixture (as indicated in Section 329113 – Soil Preparation).

1. Bare-Root Plant Material:
i. Excavate at least twenty-four-inches (24”) widerthan the perimeter ofthe bare root spread, and deep enough to allow setting of the roots on a compacted layer of native planting soil, where the top of the plant’s root collar is one-inch (1”) higher than finished grade or as further directed by the Construction Manager:
ii. Compacted Setting Layer: Provide a crown of a minimum six-inch (6”) depth of native planting soil.
iii. Where Tree Root Aeration Units are indicated (per Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories), provide further excavation in the planting hole by auger to the required minimum depth allowing for installation of the Tree Root Aeration Unit assembly.

2. Balled and Burlap Plant Material:
i. Excavate the planting hole to the width and depth indicated in the Contract Drawings. Depth of the planting hole includes the depth indicated for the 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1039 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PLANTS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329300-13
compacted setting layer at the bottom of the excavation, where the top of the plant’s root collar is one-inch (1”) higher than finished grade or as further directed by the Construction Manager:
ii. Compacted Setting Layer: Provide a crown of a minimum six-inch (6”) depth of native planting soil.
iii. Where Tree Root Aeration Unit(s) are indicated (per Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories provide further excavation in the planting hole by auger to the required minimum depth allowing for installation of the Tree Root Aeration Unit assembly.

3. Container-Grown Plant Material:
i. Excavate the planting hole to the width and depth indicated on the Contract Drawings. Depth of the planting hole includes the depth indicated for the compacted setting layer at the bottom of the excavation, where the top of the plant’s root collar is one-inch (1”) higher than finished grade or as further directed by the Construction Manager:
ii. Compacted Setting Layer: Provide a crown of a minimum six-inch (6”) depth of native planting soil.
iii. Where Tree Root Aeration Unit(s) are indicated, (per Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories), provide further excavation in the planting hole by auger to the required minimum depth for installation of the Tree Root Aeration Unit assembly.

4. Field Grown/Specimen Trees:
i. Excavate the planting hole to the width and depth indicated on the Contract Drawings. Depth of the planting hole includes the depth indicated for the compacted setting layer at the bottom of the excavation, where the top of the plant’s root collar is one-inch (1”) higher than finished grade or as further directed by the Construction Manager:
ii. Compacted Setting Layer: Provide a crown of a minimum six-inch (6”) depth of native planting soil.
iii. Where Tree Root Aeration Unit(s) are indicated (per Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories), provide further excavation in the planting hole by auger to the required minimum depth for installation of the Tree Root Aeration Unit assembly.
iv. In areas where special subsurface drainage for planting is indicated, tie drainage pipes, as required, into the drain system.
v. Excavate planting hole at 3x the diameter ofthe rootball. b. Obstructions: Notify the Construction Manager immediately if unexpected rock, debris, contaminants, obstructions, or other items that are detrimental to the healthy sustained growth ofPlant Material is encountered in the excavation process.

1. Hardpan Layer: Ifencountered, drill six-inch (6”) diameter holes into free-draining strata or to a depth often-feet (10’), whicheveris less, and backfill with free-draining material. c. Drainage: Notify the Construction Manager if subsoil conditions show evidence of unexpected water seepage orretention in planting holes.

3.03 PLANTING PLANT MATERIAL
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1040 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PLANTS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329300-14
a. Container-Grown Plant Material: Set Container-Grown Plant Material plumb and in the center of the excavated planting hole, with top of the root ball raised above adjacent finish grade as indicated. Set Container-Grown Plant Material in the proper spacing and/or alignment(s) as indicated on the Contract Documents, or as further directed at the Project Site by the Construction Manager.

1. For plastic container stock (4” pot, 1-gallon, 5-gallon, 15-gallon, etc.), carefully remove the plant container prior to setting the plant in the excavated hole so as not to damage root ball. Tip container to horizontal position and shake carefully to remove Plant Material. Support root ball during installation to prevent cracking or shedding ofsoil.

2. Set the Plant Material stock on the specified setting layer of compacted native soil, with the top of root ball set one-inch (1”) above the finished grade to allow for settlement of the Plant Material within the excavated planting hole. Provide the orientation ofthe Plant Material that is confirmed and accepted by the Construction Manager. During the process of determining an acceptable orientation of the plant material, carefully handle the Plant Material by its container; avoid handling the Plant Material by its trunk. i. Plant Material with a damaged root ball upon removal of the container, or if the root ball fails to thoroughly hold the soil as it is removed from the container, or if the plant is mishandled or damaged during planting operations, shall be rejected.

3. For wooden boxed container stock, carefully set whole boxed container of the Plant Material stock on the specified setting layer ofcompacted native soil, with the top of root ball set one-inch (1”) above the finished grade to allow for settlement of the Plant Material within the excavated planting hole. Provide the orientation of the Plant Material that is confirmed and accepted by the Construction Manager. During the process of determining an acceptable orientation, carefully handle the Plant Material by its container; avoid handling the Plant Material by its trunk or branches. Once orientation is accepted, remove the steel strapping and the sides of the wooden container so as not to damage the root ball or any part of the plant. Do not remove the bottom of the wooden container. Discard sides.
i. Plant Material with a damaged root ball upon removal of the container, or if the root ball fails to thoroughly hold the soil as it is removed from the container, or if the plant is mishandled or damaged during planting operations, shall be rejected.

4. Scarification: After removing container from plant, scarify the sides of the root ball to a depth ofone-inch (1”) at four (4) to six (6) equally-spaced locations around the perimeter of the root ball or at twelve-inch (12”) intervals on sides of wooden boxed container stock. Cut and remove circling roots over 3/8 in. diameter.

5. Prepare the Amended Planting Backfill Mixture: Amend each cubic yard (cu/yd) of native soil excavated from the planting hole by incorporating and thoroughly mixing/blending the following:
i. ¼ yard of Bulk Composted Organic Soil Amendment Material (per Section 329113 – Soil Preparation).
ii. ½ pound of Granular Soil Conditioning Material & Fertilizer (per Section 329113 – Soil Preparation).
iii. Add Mycorrhizal Inoculum to the excavated native soil, (per Section 329113 – Soil Preparation), perthe Manufacturer’s latest printed instructions. 1) Pending the results of the Agronomic Soil Fertility Report, the Amended Planting Backfill Mixture may be modified accordingly to include additional soil amendments or fertilizers (gypsum, iron, potash, etc.) or the ratios as indicated in the Mixture indicated above may be modified. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1041 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PLANTS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329300-15
a) The cost of providing modifications to the Amended Planting Soil Backfill Mixture (as recommended through the Agronomic Soil Fertility Report and as directed by the Construction Manager) shall be borne by the Contractor.

6. Install the Tree Root Aeration Unit(s) prior to backfilling operations, as required (per Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories).

7. In areas where indicated on the Contract Drawings, install the Deep Watering Bubblers as part ofthe irrigation system.

8. Backfilling the excavated planting hole:
i. Place the Amended Planting Backfill Mixture around the root ball in the excavated planting hole. Place the Mixture in six-inch (6”) lifts, tamping each lift accordingly to settle the Mixture and eliminate voids and air pockets. Foot tamp the backfill, as required.
ii. Maintain the plant plumb while working the Mixture around the root ball. When the planting hole is approximately half-backfilled, water thoroughly before placing the remainder ofthe Mixture.
iii. Add the Fertilizer Tablets and other amendments (per Section 329113 – Soil Preparation) as required, at the prescribed application rates indicated herein this Article orifnot indicated, perthe Manufacturer’s instructions. iv. Place the final layers of the Mixture, tamping accordingly, to the top of the root ball. Do not place the Mixture on top ofthe root ball.
v. Dish and tamp top of the Mixture to form a three-inch (3”) deep watering basin centered on the Plant Material’s trunk to the rim width ofthe planting hole. Do not coverthe top ofthe root ball with the backfill mixture. vi. Thoroughly mix together water and Plant Vitamin/Hormone Stimulant in application ratio as recommended by Stimulant Manufacture (per Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories). Apply liquid matrix in sufficient quantity to thoroughly saturate the basin to settle the Mixture, and to eliminate voids and air pockets. Should any portions of the root mass be exposed, add additional Mixture as needed to thoroughly coverthe root mass.
b. Field-Dug Specimen Plant Material: Set Field-Dug Specimen Plant Material plumb and in the center of the excavated planting hole, with top of the root ball raised above adjacent finish grades as indicated. Set Field-Dug Specimen Plant Material in the proper spacing and/or alignment(s) as indicated on the Contract Documents, or as further directed at the Project Site by the Construction Manager.

1. After excavation of the planting hole, provide subsurface piping drainage and/or Tree Root Aeration Units as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Tie subsurface drainage into storm drainage system, where required. Install the Tree Root Aeration Units, where required.

2. Carefully set the Field-Dug Specimen Plant Material stock on the specified setting layer of compacted native soil, with the top of root ball set one-inch (1”) above the finished grade to allow for settlement of the Plant Material within the excavated planting hole.

Provide the orientation of the Plant Material that is confirmed and accepted by the Construction Manager. During the process of determining an acceptable orientation of the Plant Material, carefully handle the Plant Material by a cradle around its root ball mass or by its planting container; avoid handling the Plant Material by its trunk. i. For Field-Dug Specimen Plant Material delivered in a wooden boxed container, do not remove sides or bottom of the container until the Specimen’s orientation is 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1042 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PLANTS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329300-16
accepted by the Construction Manager. Once orientation is accepted, remove steel strapping and the sides ofthe wooden container so as not to damage the root ball or any part of the Specimen. Do not remove the bottom of the wooden container.

Discard sides.
1) Any Specimen with a damaged root ball upon removal of the container, or if the root ball fails to thoroughly hold the soil as it is removed from the container, or if the plant is mishandled or damaged during planting operations, shall be rejected.

3. Scarification: After removing container from plant, scarify the sides of the root ball to a depth ofone-inch (1”) at four (4) to six (6) equally-spaced locations around the perimeter of the root ball or at twelve-inch (12”) intervals on sides of wooden boxed container stock. Cut and remove circling roots over 3/8 in. diameter.

4. Prepare the Amended Planting Backfill Mixture: Amend each cubic yard (cu/yd) of native soil excavated from the planting hole by incorporating and thoroughly mixing and blending in the following:
i. ¼ yard of Bulk Composted Organic Soil Amendment Material (per Section 329113 – Soil Preparation).
ii. ½ pound of Granular Soil Conditioning Material & Fertilizer (per Section 329113 – Soil Preparation).
iii. Add Mycorrhizal Inoculum to the excavated native soil, (per Section 329113 – Soil Preparation), perthe Manufacturer’s latest printed instructions. 1) Pending the results of the Agronomic Soil Fertility Report, the Amended Planting Backfill Mixture may be modified accordingly to include additional soil amendments or fertilizers (gypsum, iron, potash, etc.) or the ratios as indicated in the Mixture indicated above may be modified. a) The cost of providing modifications to the Amended Planting Soil Backfill Mixture (as recommended through the Agronomic Soil Fertility Report and as directed by the Construction Manager) shall be borne by the Contractor.

5. In areas indicated on the Contract Drawings, install the Deep Watering Bubblers as part ofthe irrigation system (per Section 328400 – Irrigation Systems).

6. Install the Tree Root Aeration Unit(s) prior to backfilling operations, as required (per Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories).

7. Backfilling the excavated planting hole:
i. Place the Amended Planting Backfill Mixture around the root ball in the excavated planting hole. Place the Mixture in six-inch (6”) lifts, tamping each lift accordingly to settle the Mixture and eliminate voids and air pockets. ii. Maintain the plant plumb while working the Mixture around the root ball. When the planting hole is approximately half-backfilled, water thoroughly before placing the remainder ofthe Mixture.
iii. Add the Fertilizer Tablets and other amendments, as required, at the prescribed application rates indicated herein this Article or if not indicated, per the Manufacturer’s instructions.
iv. Place the final layers of the Mixture, tamping accordingly, to the top of the root ball. Do not place the Mixture on top ofthe root ball.
v. Dish and tamp top of the Mixture to form a three-inch (3”) deep watering basin centered on the Plant Material’s trunk to the rim width of the planting hole.. Do not cover the top ofthe root ball with the backfill mixture. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1043 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PLANTS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329300-17
vi. Thoroughly mix together water and Plant Vitamin/Hormone Stimulant in application ratio as recommended by Stimulant Manufacture (per Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories). Apply liquid matrix in sufficient quantity to thoroughly saturate the basin to settle the Mixture, and to eliminate voids and air pockets. Should any portions of the root mass be exposed, add additional Mixture as needed to thoroughly coverthe root mass.

8. Mulching: Apply mulch in watering basins as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Refer to Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories for type and requirements. c. Plant Settling and Orientation: Plant Material that has settled deeper than the surrounding grade shall be excavated and raised to the correct level, to the satisfaction of the Construction Manager. Plant Material installed without direction and/or approval as to its proper orientation shall be subject to excavation and acceptable orientation, to the satisfaction of the Construction Manager.
d. Fertilizer Tablet(s) Application Rate: Refer to Section 329113 – Soil Preparation.

3.04 PRUNING PLANT MATERIAL
a. At no time shall Plant Material be pruned, trimmed, thinned, shaped, or topped prior to delivery.

Pruning, trimming, thinning, shaping, or topping of Plant Material shall be only conducted on the Project Site, and under the presence and direction of the Construction Manager or approved Certified Arborist. Plant Material that has been pruned and delivered to the Project Site without prior approval by the Construction Manager or an approved Certified Arborist will be rejected. b. When directed by the Construction Manager or an approved Certified Arborist, Contractor shall prune, thin, and shape plant material, according to standard horticultural practice, to preserve the natural character ofthe Plant Material.

1. Pruning and remedial work shall be done per ANSI A300.

2. Prune trees to retain required height and spread. Do not cut tree leaders; remove only injured or dead branches from trees.

3. Prune shrubs accordingly to retain natural character.

4. Provide pruning, cabling and bracing, irrigation, pest and disease control and other remedial treatments as recommended to assure the long-term health of the trees and existing vegetation, and the safety ofpersons and property.

5. Newly planted trees shall be pruned near the termination of the Landscape Establishment Period, perthe direction ofthe Construction Manager, as required.

3.05 CLEAN UP AND PROTECTION
a. During installation operations, keep Work area in an orderly and safe condition. Contractor shall remove trash caused from his Work on a weekly basis throughout the duration of the Work.
b. Protect landscaping from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other Contractors and trades, and trespassers. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods.

Treat, repair, orreplace damaged landscape work as directed. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1044 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EXTERIOR PLANTS
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329300-18
c. Upon completion of his Work under this Section, the Contractor shall remove rubbish, waste, debris, excess construction materials, surplus soil and other items resulting from construction operations and legally dispose ofit offthe Owner’s property. d. Scars, ruts, or other marks in the ground caused by the Contractor’s Work shall be repaired. e. Remove equipment and implements of service, and leave the entire Project Site area in a neat, clean, and Construction Manager approved condition.
f. Labels: Remove all nursery-type labels, flags, and or identification markings from Plant Materials.

3.06 FINAL REVIEW
a. Final Review under this Section shall be performed upon completion of the Landscape Establishment Period. Refer to Section 32 98 13 – Landscape Establishment Period, for requirements.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1045 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE PLANTING ACCESSORIES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329400-1
SECTION 329000 - LANDSCAPE PLANTING ACCESSORIES
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
a. This Section includes materials, labor, apparatus, tools, equipment, temporary construction, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing the proper completion of Work, as required to make a complete exterior Landscape Planting Accessories installation, as shown in the Contract Drawings, and as specified herein this Section. b. Work under this Section consists of, but is not necessarily limited to, furnishing and installing the following:

1. Mulches (wood products).

2. Tree Root Aeration Units (a.k.a. Tree Chimney’s).

3. Root Control Barriers.

4. Stakes.

5. Vine Support System.

6. Weed Control Barrier / Geotextile Filter Fabric.

7. Miscellaneous Materials (Herbicides, Vitamin Stimulant/Root Hormone, etc.). c. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to Work in this Section:

1. Section 321500 – Aggregate Surfacing.

2. Section 321526 – Decomposed Granite.

3. Section 321313 – Concrete Paving.

4. Section 328400 – Irrigation Systems.

5. Section 329113 – Soil Preparation.

6. Section 329300 – Exterior Plants.

7. Section 329813 – Landscape Establishment Period.

1.02 DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS
a. References:

1. ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials.

2. ANSI – American National Standards Institute.
b. Definitions: (Not Used).
c. Measurements:

1. PSI: Measurement, in pounds per square inch.

2. CU/FT: Measurement, in cubic-foot.

3. PPM: Measurement, in parts per million.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1046 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE PLANTING ACCESSORIES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329400-2
a. General:

1. Collect information into a single Submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment identified underthis Section forreview.

2. To expedite review, Submittal shall be organized and presented into specific sections or headings. Furnish neat, concise, legible, and clearly identifiable information, and sufficiently explicit detail, to enable proper evaluation for Contract compliance.

Highlight catalog, product data, or brochures containing various products, sizes, and materials to show particularitem submitted.

3. Submittal Format: As applicable, furnish Submittal as a single electronic digital PDF (Portable Document Format) file.
b. Digital Submittal Information:

1. Product/Material Data. Submit available product/material literature supplied by manufacturer’s, indicating that their products comply with specified requirements.

Provide manufacturing source (name, address, and telephone number), and distributor source (name, address, and telephone number) for each type ofproduct/material.

2. Qualification Data: Submit names for firms and persons specified in the “Quality Assurance and Control” Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience on similar Landscape Planting Accessories installations.
c. Material Samples: Submit four (4) sets of physical Material Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, size, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements, and for a comparison of these characteristics between Submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. Include the full range of exposed color and texture expected in the completed Work.

Provide Material Samples bound and individually wrapped in re-sealable labeled 1-gallon plastic bags (as applicable):

1. 0.50 cubic foot ofLandscape Mulch Material (Shredded Wood Mulch).

2. One (1) two-foot (2’-0”) long section ofTree Root Aeration Unit assembly.

3. One (1) set ofTree Tying/Staking Materials for each type used, as applicable.

4. One (1) two-foot (2’-0”) length ofVine Support Tape, and one (1) Vine Support Anchor, as applicable.

5. One (1) two-foot (2’-0”) square sample ofWeed Control Barrier / Geotextile Filter Fabric for each type used, as applicable.
d. Scaled Shop Drawings: Not Required.
e. Field-Constructed Mock-ups: Not Required.
f. Submittals under this Article will be rejected and returned without the benefit of review by the Construction Manager if they are difficult to read due to insufficient scale, poor image quality, or poor drafting quality; or if all of the required information is missing or not presented in the format as requested. Partial Submittals will not be accepted. g. No Work shall proceed under this Section until Submittal requirements indicated herein have been reviewed accordingly by the Construction Manager.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1047 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE PLANTING ACCESSORIES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329400-3
a. Installer Qualifications:

1. Requirement: Valid California C-27 (Landscaping Contractor) License.

2. Engage an experienced Installer who has completed Landscape Planting Accessories work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record ofsuccessful installation.

3. Installer's Field Supervision: Installer shall maintain an experienced full-time supervisor on the Project site during times that installations underthis Section are in progress. b. Observation: Construction Manager may observe installation of Landscape Planting Accessories at Project Site for compliance with requirements for type, size, and quality.

Construction Manager retains right to observe Landscape Planting Accessories for defects and to reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress of Work. Contractor shall remove rejected Accessories immediately from Project site. c. Manufacturer’s Directions: Follow Manufacturer’s directions and drawings in cases where the Manufacturers of articles used in this Section furnish directions covering points not shown in the Contract Drawings and Contract Specifications.
d. Permits, Fees, Bonds, and Inspections: Contractor shall arrange and pay for permits, fees, bonds, testing services, and inspections necessary to perform and complete Work under this Section.
e. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain each color, type, and variety of products/materials from a single source with resources to provide products/materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying Work.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
a. Provide new, unused materials indicated under this Section. Store and secure properly to prevent theft or damage. Deliver and store perishable material in original, unopened packaging.

It is the responsibility ofthe Contractorto install “factory condition” Units. b. Damaged Materials: Be responsible for all damage or disfiguration of Work until Final Acceptance. Remove offsite and replace at no additional cost to Owner all damaged or rejected materials.
c. Deliver materials so as to not delay Work, and install only after preparations for installation have been completed.

1.06 COORDINATION, SCHEDULING, AND OBSERVATIONS
a. Utilities: Determine location of above grade and underground utilities and perform Work in a manner which will avoid damage to utilities. Hand excavate, as required. Maintain grade stakes until removal is mutually agreed upon by parties concerned. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1048 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE PLANTING ACCESSORIES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329400-4
b. Excavation: When conditions detrimental to installing Landscape Planting Accessories are encountered, such as rubble fill, adverse drainage conditions, or obstructions, cease installation operations and notify Construction Manager for further direction. c. Field Measurements: Contractor shall take field measurements as required. Report major discrepancies between the Contract Drawings and field dimensions to the Construction Manager priorto commencing Work.
d. Installation: Perform installation of Landscape Planting Accessories only when weather and soil conditions are suitable in accordance with locally accepted practices. e. Construction Site Observations: Contractor shall request, in writing, at least one (1) week in advance of the time when mandatory site observation(s) by the Construction Manager are required.

1.07 SUBSTITUTIONS
a. Consideration: Materials to be considered equal to the Materials indicated herein this Section shall be reviewed by the Construction Manager. Materials with equal performance characteristics produced by other Manufacturer’s and/or Distributors may be considered, providing deviations in dimensional size, color, composition, operation, and/or other characteristics do not change the design concept, aesthetic appearance, nor intended performance, as solely judged by the Construction Manager. The burden of proof on product equality is on the Contractor.
b. Specific reference to Manufacturer’s names and products specified herein are used as standards of quality. This implies no right to the Contractor to substitute other materials without prior written approval by the Construction Manager for Work underthis Section. c. Materials substituted and installed by the Contractor, without prior written approval by the Construction Manager, may be rejected. Contractor shall not be entitled to be compensated by the Owner where the Contractor has installed rejected substitutions without receiving prior written approval.
d. Contract Price: Substituted Materials underthis Section shall not increase the Contract price.

1.08 LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD
a. Refer to Section 32 98 13 – Landscape Establishment Period, for requirements under this Article.

1. During the duration of the Landscape Establishment Period, continuously maintain Landscape Planting Accessories by tightening, holding plumb, and/or repairing Staking and/or Guying supports, providing adequate depths and coverage requirements of Landscape Mulching Materials, monitoring drainage within Tree Root Aeration Units, hold Edging Materials true and in proper alignments, and other requirements, as required, to establish healthy, viable landscape planting materials until Final Acceptance of Work is granted.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1049 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE PLANTING ACCESSORIES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329400-5
Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 LANDSCAPE MULCH MATERIALS
a. Shredded Wood Mulch: Shredded Wood Mulch, free from deleterious materials, debris, and weed seed. Suitable as a top dressing of trees, shrubs and groundcovers, consisting of following:

1. Type: Shredded cedar, redwood, fir, or hardwood commercial wood bark products, composted with humus and leafmaterials. Shredded Wood Mulch shall be graded and to average dimensions of one-inch (1”) to three-inches (3”) in length, and flat in crosssection. i. Minimum organic matter content at 80%.
ii. pH between 5.0 and 8.0.
iii. Salt content shall be less than 4 millimho/cm @ 25 ® C. on a saturated paste extract.
iv. Boron content ofthe saturated extract shall be less than 1.0 parts per million. v. Calcium carbonate shall not be present.
vi. Carbon:Nitrogen ratio is less than 100:1.
vii. Compost shall be aerobic without malodorous presence ofdecomposition products. viii. Maximum particle size shall be 2 inches. A maximum of 5% shall pass a No. 2 screen.

Maximum Total Permissible Pollutant
Concentrations (in parts per million
(PPM)) on a dry weight basis:

Arsenic 20 ppm
Molybdenum 30 ppm
Cadmium 15 ppm
Nickel 50 ppm
Chromium 150 ppm
Selenium 25 ppm
Cobalt 50 ppm
Silver 10 ppm
Copper 150 ppm
Vanadium 50 ppm
Lead 150 ppm
Zinc 150 ppm
Mercury 10 ppm

2. Coverage Depth:
i. Refer to Part III indicated herein this Section.

3. Products & Manufacturer’s: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
i. ES-2 Mulch, Agromin Horticultural Products.
ii. Or equal, as approved by the City Engineer.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1050 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE PLANTING ACCESSORIES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329400-6

2.02 TREE ROOT AERATION UNITS (TREE CHIMNEY’S)
a. General: Tree Root Aeration Units are a complete assembly, consisting of a perforated Aeration Pipe Tube, wrapped in Geo-textile Filter Fabric sleeving, and topped with a Grate. b. Aeration Pipe Tube: Manufactured from high-density polyethylene (HDPE) resin, meeting ASTM F810. Pipe shall be perforated with machine-drilled holes, set either with 3/8" holes on 4" centers at 120 degrees, or on-half-inch (½") holes on five-inch (5") centers at one-hundredtwenty (120) degrees.

1. Length: As required, per Contract Drawings.

2. Size (Diameter):
i. 4” diameter Pipe.

3. Products & Manufacturer’s: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
i. 3000 Triple Wall Drainage Pipe, ADS.
ii. Perforated SDR35 Solvent Weld Underdrain Pipe, P.W. Eagle. iii. COEX, PSP.
iv. Big “O”Drainage Tubing, Armtec.
v. Or equal, as approved by the Construction Manager.
c. Geo-textile Filter Fabric Sleeving for Aeration Pipe Tube: Meet ASTM D6707. Permeable, lightweight, continuous, non-woven, UV resistant, synthetic geo-textile (nylon or polyester) filament material, engineered to allow water permeability and deter soil permittivity, per ASTM D4491. Fabric shall be non-biodegradable, resistant to acids and alkalis, and sized accordingly.

1. Length: As required, perlength ofAeration Pipe.

2. Size: As required, to sleeve (snugly fit) over the diameter of the specified Aeration Pipe tube.

3. Products & Manufacturer’s: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
i. Drain Sock, ADS.
ii. Drain-Sleeve Filter Fabric, CarriffCorporation.
iii. Filter Fabric, Zodiac Fabrics, Inc.
iv. Big “O”Sock Filter, Armtec.
v. Drain-Eez, Christy’s.
vi. Or equal, as approved by the Construction Manager.
d. Aeration Pipe Grates (sized accordingly to fit snugly to the specified Aeration Pipe Tube).

1. Shrub and Groundcover Areas: Atrium-type Grate.
i. Products & Manufacturer’s: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
1) 4” Atrium Grate #78S (black color), National Diversified Sales (NDS), Camarillo, CA.
2) Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

2.03 ROOT CONTROL BARRIERS
a. Plastic Root Control Barrier:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1051 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE PLANTING ACCESSORIES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329400-7

1. General: Plastic Root Control Barrier shall be a long-term root control system for trees, fully permeable to oxygen and water to sustain and direct plant growth. Plastic Root Control Barrier shall be manufactured of an extruded, high-impact black homo-polymer (polyethylene or polyolefin) plastic, with minimum 50% post-consumer recycled material, and UV inhibitors. Plastic Root Control Barrier shall be composed of a system consisting of a series of integrally-molded, self-interlocking Barrier Panels. Polystyrenebased plastic is unacceptable. i. Size: Each panel shall be a minimum of twenty-four-inches (24”) in width and thirty-six-inches (36”) in depth, extruded to a mean thickness of minimum .08 inches, with ½” to ¾” raised vertical ribs running perpendicular to the panel and spaced six-inches (6”) on-center. Provide quantity as required of integrated interlocking joint panels, in lengths as required.
ii. Products & Manufacturer’s: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
1) UB-36-2 Deep Root, Deep Root Partners, San Francisco, CA, 800-458- 7668.
2) Root Solutions, Vespro, Inc., San Rafael, CA, 800-554-0914. 3) Dual Purpose Panels, .085 Thickness, Villa Root Barrier, Inc. Lake Elsinore, CA, 800-654-4067.
4) RP Series Root Barrier Panel, NDS, 800-726-1994.
5) CP Series Root Barrier Panel, Century Products USA, 714-632-7083. 6) Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

2.04 STAKES AND TIES
a. Tree Staking Assembly: Wooden Stake Tree Staking Assembly

1. Wooden Stake Tree Staking Assembly: Complete tree staking Unit, consisting ofLodge Pole Pine Tree Stakes with
i. Tree Stakes: Lodge Pole Pine Wooden Tree Stake, straight shaft, shaved and cut, cleaned and bare of branches and stubs, free of loose knots, bends, splits, or bows, of uniform thickness, with a minimum diameter of either two-inches (2”) or twoone-half (2-1/2”) to three-inches (3”). Lengths shall be eight-feet (8’), ten-feet (10’) or twelve-feet (12’), as required, to adequately and firmly penetrate the sub grade and support the tree. Stake shall have a minimum ten-inch (10”) long tapered/conical driving point, and chamfered top to minimize splitting when driven. Stake shall be pressure treated (per Federal Specification TT-W-00571-JTable 2) with an EPA-registered pesticide containing inorganic arsenic (copper chromium arsenate, meeting Federal Specification TT-W-550-Type 1) to protect it from insect attack and decay.
1) Quantity, Size, and Length per tree:
a) #5 container stock: One (1), two-inch (2”) diameter, eight-foor (8’) long orten-foot (10’) long (as required) Wooden Tree Stake per tree, b) #15 container stock: One (1), two-inch (2”) diameter, 10’-0 long or 12’-0” long (as required) Wooden Tree Stake per tree.
c) 24” box container stock: Two (2) Two-inch (2”) diameter, ten-foot (10’) long or twelve-foot (12’) long (as required) Wooden Tree Stakes pertree.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1052 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE PLANTING ACCESSORIES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329400-8
d) >24” box container stock: Minimum two (2) two-one-half-inches (2- 1/2”) or three-inches (3”) diameter, ten-foot (10’) or twelve-foot (12’) long (as required) Wooden Tree Stakes per tree.
2) Special Circumstances: Should lengths of Wooden Tree Stakes be inadequate to satisfactorily support the tree being staked in an upright, plumb condition, Contractor shall provide Metal Stake Tree Staking Assembly as indicated herein this Article.
3) Products & Manufacturer’s: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
a) Sullivan & Mann Lumber Company, Tustin, CA.
b) BVC Tree Stakes.
c) TruStakes, 4Seasons Wood Products.
d) Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.
ii. Tree Straps: Non-stretch, biodegradable cotton, dyed dark-green color, one-inch (1”) wide x eighteen-inches (18”) long, with one-inch (1”) brass grommets at each end. Break strength at 260 lbs. nominal.
1) Quantity, Size, and Length per tree:
a) #5 container stock: Provide two (2) Tree Straps minimum for each Tree Stake provided.
b) #15 container stock: Provide two (2) Tree Straps minimum for each Tree Stake provided.
c) 24” box container stock and larger: Provide two (2) Tree Straps minimum for each set ofTree Stakes provided.
2) Products & Manufacturer’s: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
a) #3718 Biodegradable Original Treestrap®, GCS.
b) Or equal (no known equal).
3) Tree Strap Wire: Smooth, galvanized annealed Steel Wire, 12 gauge.

Provide Wire in adequate lengths to anchor the grommet ends of the Tree Straps to the Tree Stakes.
b. Supports for Vines:

1. Vine Supports: Galvanized metal or plastic epoxy-fastening type, as accepted.

2. Vine Tie Tape: Polyethylene tape, ½” wide.

2.05 WEED CONTROL BARRIER/GEO-TEXTILE FILTER FABRIC
a. Type: Permeable, lightweight, continuous, non-woven, geo-textile polypropylene filament material, UV-resistant, engineered to allow water permeability and deter soil permittivity, per ASTM D4491. Geo-Textile Filter Fabric shall be inert to biological degradation and resistant to naturally encountered chemicals, alkalis and acids. Meet AASHTO M288-96, Class 1. b. Products & Manufacturer’s: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:

1. Amoco 4553, Amoco Fabrics and Fibers Company.

2. FX-80HS, Carthage Mills.

3. C-80NW, Contech.

4. 180 EX, Linq.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1053 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE PLANTING ACCESSORIES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329400-9

5. Geotex 801, Propex, Inc.

6. TerraTex N08, Webtec.

7. 180N, TC Mirafi.

8. 3301, Typar Landscape Products.

9. Or equal, as approved by the Landscape Architect.

2.06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
a. Water: Per ASTM C94, from potable domestic source, and free from deleterious materials such as oils, acids, and organic matter. Transport as required. b. Stress Reducing Agent: 100% natural organic root and plant stimulator solution, used to eliminate transplant shock and provide better establishment of plants. Solution shall contain a natural wetting agent, designed to improve nutrient release, water-holding capacity, cation exchange capacity in soil, and stimulate fertilizer and micronutrient uptake.

1. Products & Manufacturer’s: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
i. Roots NoBurn®, Novozymes Biologicals, Inc., Salem, VA. ii. Essential® Plus 1-0-1, Growth Products, White Plains, NY.

2. Application Rate: Provide at prescribed rate and application per Manufacturer’s written recommendations.
c. Wetting Agent and Soil Penetrant (Surfactant): Highly-concentrated liquid solution. Provide in a diluted liquid solution, mixed with water, at the time of watering-in recently planted plant species.

1. Products & Manufacturer’s: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
i. Roots NoBurn®, Novozymes Biologicals, Inc., Salem, VA. ii. LESCO-Wet™Plus, Lesco, Inc., Cleveland, OH.
iii. Naiad LiquidWetting Agent, Naiad Company, Inc., Stockton, CA. iv. Aqua-Gro L, Scotts Company, Marysville, OH.
v. Sixteen-90, Aquatrols, Cherry Hills, NJ.
vi. Or equal, as approved by the Construction Manager.

2. Application Rate: Provide at prescribed rate and application per Manufacturer’s written recommendations, per one-hundred (100) gallons ofwater. d. Plant Vitamin/Hormone Stimulant: Highly-concentrated liquid vitamin solution. Provide in a diluted liquid solution, mixed with water, at the time of watering-in recently planted plant species.

1. Products & Manufacturer’s: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
i. SUPERthrive, Vitamin Institute.
ii. Roots Concentrate Rooting Stimulant, Novozymes Biologicals, Inc. iii. Root-Maxx Plus, Bio-Plex.
iv. Or equal, as approved by the Construction Manager.

2. Application Rate: Provide at prescribed rate and application per Manufacturer’s written recommendations, per one-hundred (100) gallons ofwater. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1054 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE PLANTING ACCESSORIES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329400-10
e. Herbicides: EPA registered and approved, from the following:

1. Non-Selective Post-Emergent Herbicide: Spray-applied solution containing a minimum of41% of the active ingredient “glyphosate” (full strength), with a surfactant, mixed with water accordingly perthe Manufacturer’s directions.
i. Products & Manufacturer’s: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
1) Roundup® PRO, (41% glyphosate), Monsanto Company.
2) Roundup® PROmax (concentrate, 50% glyphosate), Monsanto Company. 3) Honcho® Plus, (41% glyphosate), Monsanto Company.
4) Prosecutor (41% glyphosate), LESCO, Inc.
5) High Yield® Kill-Zall Weed & Grass Killer, (41% glyphosate), Voluntary Purchasing Groups.
6) Or equal, as approved by the Construction Manager.
ii. Application Rate: Provide at prescribed rate and application per Manufacturer’s written recommendations, per one-hundred (100) gallons ofwater.

2. Selective Pre-Emergent Herbicide (Packaged dry material application): Pre-emergent control of annual grasses and broadleaf weeds in turf grass areas, and woody ornamental trees, shrubs, vines, and groundcover areas.
i. Products & Manufacturer’s: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
1) Ronstar® 2G, (granular), Aventis Environmental Science USA. 2) Snapshot® 2.5 GT(granular), (2% trifluralin), Dow AgroSciences LLC. 3) XL*2G, SETRE Chemical Company.
4) Casoron 4G, Chemtura.
5) Treflan® HFP (43% trifluralin), Dow AgroSciences LLC. 6) Treflan® TR-10, (10% Granular trifluralin), Dow AgroSciences LLC. 7) Surflan®, Dow AgroSciences, LLC.
8) Or equal, as approved by the Construction Manager.
ii. Application Rate: Provide at prescribed rate and application per Manufacturer’s written recommendations, per one-hundred (100) gallons ofwater.

3. Selective Post-Emergent Herbicide: Pre-mixed, flow-able formulation designed for product stability, uniformity in the spray solution and ease of handling. Post-emergent control of annual grasses, nutsedge, and broadleaf weeds in turf, generally with one (1) application.
i. Products & Manufacturer’s: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one (1) ofthe following:
1) Trimec® Plus, PBI/Gordon Corporation.
2) Three-Way, LESCO, Inc.
3) Or equal, as approved by the Construction Manager.
ii. Application Rate: Provide at prescribed rate and application per Manufacturer’s written recommendations, per one-hundred (100) gallons ofwater.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1055 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE PLANTING ACCESSORIES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329400-11
a. Installation practices of the Landscape Planting Accessories shall be performed during those periods when weather and soil conditions are suitable and in accordance with locally accepted horticultural practice, as approved by the Construction Manager. Contractor shall notify the Construction Manager, in writing, on the anticipated commencement date and length ofduration ofthe landscape installation.
b. Examination: Examine areas to receive landscaping for compliance with requirements and for conditions affecting performance of Work of this Section. NO WORK UNDER THIS

SECTION SHALL COMMENCE UNTIL ALL SUBMITTALS UNDER THIS SECTION HAVE BEEN REVIEWED AND APPROVED, IN WRITING. DO NOT PROCEED WITH INSTALLATION UNTIL UNSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED. c. Prior to Work in this Section, Contractor shall examine previously installed Work from other trades and verify that such Work is complete and as required, to the point where the installation ofthe Landscape Planting Accessories may commence properly.

3.02 PROTECTION OF SITE
a. Contractor shall protect existing and new improvements and systems installed prior to installation of Landscape Planting Accessories. Maintain protection in place until completion ofWork and Landscape Establishment Period.

3.03 INSTALLATION OF TREE ROOT AERATION UNITS (TREE CHIMNEY’S) a. General: Tree Root Aeration Unit(s) shall be installed after excavation of planting hole and priorto placement ofAmended Planting Backfill Mixture.
b. Upon completion of excavation of planting hole, auger a twelve-inch (12”) diameter hole at the edge of the excavation. Depth shall extend two-feet (2’) beyond the compacted setting layer crown ofnative planting soil. Remove excess soil.
c. Pipe Installation: Slide Geo-Textile Filter Fabric Sleeve over full length ofPerforated Aeration Pipe Tube. Secure open end (as set in bottom of hole) of Filter Fabric Sleeve with a knot or pipe wrap tape. Place assembly Unit plumb, in vertical position, in the bottom of the augered hole. Set the top ofthe Unit ½” above the finished surface elevation ofthe mulch layer. d. Set Plant Material accordingly, and backfill the planting hole with Amended Planting Backfill Mixture, being careful not to provide backfill within the inside of the Tree Root Aeration Unit assembly.
e. Attach Aeration Pipe Grate to top end ofthe sleeved Aeration Pipe Tube extending above grade.

Provide appropriate Pipe Grate indicated forthe application. f. Quantity Schedule:

1. Provide two (2) Tree Root Aeration Unit assemblies located at opposing sides of the root ball and at opposite ends of the Tree Stakes and/or Deep Watering Bubblers, for each tree.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1056 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE PLANTING ACCESSORIES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329400-12

2. Location: Coordinate location of Tree Root Aeration Units to be set equally and in between locations designated to receive deep watering irrigation bubblers, where applicable.

3.04 INSTALLATION OF ROOT CONTROL BARRIERS
a. Plastic Root Control Barrier Panels:

1. Verify the location of underground utilities prior to placement of Root Control Barrier Panels.

2. Excavate sub grade to the required depth of the Panel, and install Panels as an interconnected, linear system, with the ribs of the Panels vertically aligned and facing towards the Plant Material’s root mass.
i. Install Root Control Barrier Panels for trees where the tree trunk is located within a minimum offive-feet (5’) ofpaved surfaces (sidewalks, curbs, plazas, etc). 1) Root Control Barrier Panels shall extend a minimum of ten-feet (10’) from either side of the tree trunk, and follow along the profile of the paved surface being protected. Install Panels at a maximum of four-inches (4”) to six-inches (6”) from the edge ofthe paved surface.
ii. Install Root Control Barrier Panels in specific locations as indicated on the Contract Drawings.

3. Install Root Control Barrier Panels plumb, or if conditions allow, with the top of the Panel slightly inclined towards the root mass. DO NOT install with the top inclined away from the root mass.
i. DO NOT install Root Control Barrier Panels in a circular pattern that encloses the root mass, thus restricting future growth ofthe Plant Material’s root system.

4. Set top of the Root Control Barrier Panels at the finish graded surface, just below the mulch layer. Install per the requirements ofthe Manufacturer.

3.05 STAKING
a. General: Tree Staking and Tree Guying shall be per the direction of the Landscape Architect.

Staking and/or guying of trees shall be completed immediately following tree planting operations.

1. Contactor shall provide new Tree Stake or Tree Guy assemblies; reconditioned or previously-used Tree Stake or Tree Guy assemblies shall not be permitted. Provide one (1) set of Tree Staking materials or Tree Guying materials per tree, as required. Trees shall remain plumb and straight from installation through the Contractor Warranty period.

Staking and Guying assemblies shall remain the property ofthe Owner. b. Staking/Guying Methodology: Unless otherwise directed on the Contract Drawings or as directed by the Landscape Architect based on field conditions, provide the following Staking/Guying Assemblies, as measured by the size ofthe tree being supported:

1. 5-gallon size Container Stock to 36”-Box Tree, or for trees up to 3” caliper: Provide Staking Method. Number ofstakes pertree shall be as directed herein this Section.

2. Fortrees larger than 36”-Box size or over 3” caliper: Provide Staking or Guying Method, or as directed by the Landscape Architect.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1057 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE PLANTING ACCESSORIES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329400-13

3. Multi-trunk Trees: Provide Tree Guying Method, or as directed by the Landscape Architect.

4. Specimen-size Trees: Provide Tree Guying Method, or as directed by the Landscape Architect.
c. Tree Staking Method:

1. Single Tree Stake:
i. Locate Stake at the closest point to the main trunk as possible, yet outside of the root ball and tree branch canopy.
ii. Firmly drive the tapered end of the Stake plumb into the undisturbed native subgrade, perpendicular to the side of the prevailing wind, at the minimum depth indicated in the Contract Drawings, or deeper, as required, to firmly support the Stake and minimize any movement of the Stake. Do not damage the tree trunk nor branch canopy, nor penetrate the root ball with the Stake. Do not damage or splinterthe Stake. Stake shall not touch the trunk nor branch canopy ofthe tree.

2. Double Tree Stakes:
i. Locate Stakes at the closest point to the main trunk as possible, yet outside of the root ball and tree branch canopy.
ii. Firmly drive the tapered end of one (1) of the Stakes plumb into the undisturbed native sub-grade, perpendicular to the side of the prevailing wind, at the minimum depth indicated in the Contract Drawings, or deeper, as required, to firmly support the Stake and minimize any movement of the Stake. Do not damage the tree trunk or branch canopy, nor penetrate the root ball with the Stake. Do not damage or splinterthe Stake.
iii. Install the other Stake in similar fashion, directly opposite from the first Stake (180 degrees), and equidistant from the tree trunk.
iv. Installed Stakes shall not touch the trunk nor branch canopy ofthe tree.

3. Tying to Tree Stakes:
i. Tree Straps: Wrap and twist the Tree Strap around the tree trunk, at the lowest point where the tree gains the highest support, per the direction of the Landscape Architect. Secure the Strap with wire; thread the wire through the grommet ends of the Strap and twist wire to secure. Wrap other end of wire around the Stake, twist, and secure it to the Stake. Repeat for other Stake(s), as required. For trees requiring multiple tree straps, locate additional straps as required along the tree trunk to provide additional vertical support. Cut off and bend back excessive wire beyond the twists to the Stake(s) to provide a safe condition. The tree shall be supported accordingly to assure a straight, firm position of the tree canopy, yet to allow enough slack to avoid rigid restraint ofthe tree. ii. Once the tree is thoroughly staked, carefully remove the nursery stake(s). Backfill and tamp the nursery stake void(s) with planting soil.

3.06 MULCHING
a. General: Mulch backfilled surfaces ofpits, trenches, planted areas, and other areas indicated. b. Shredded Wood Mulch:

1. General: Verify locations to receive Shredded Wood Mulch. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1058 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE PLANTING ACCESSORIES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329400-14

2. Apply the following average thickness of Shredded Wood Mulch, and finish level with adjacent finished surfaces. Do not place Shredded Wood Mulch directly against trunks or stems of Plant Materials. Remove Shredded Wood Mulch that is placed against the growing bases or within the basal nodes ofplants.

3. Thickness/Depth: Three-inches (3”), minimum.

4. While settlement and/or decomposition of the Shredded Wood may occur during the duration of the Contract, the Shredded Wood Mulch thickness as indicated shall be consistent throughout the duration of the Contract. The Contractor shall provide additional Shredded Wood Mulch, as needed, and as directed by the Landscape Architect, to maintain the specified constant thickness of the Shredded Wood Mulch, until Acceptance ofWork is granted.
c. Decomposed Granite Mulch:

1. Referto Section 321526 – Decomposed Granite for installation requirements. d. Aggregate Surfacing: :

1. Referto Section 321500 – Aggregate Surfacing for installation requirements.

3.07 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
a. Anti-Dessicant: Apply using power spray to provide an adequate film over trunks, branches, stems, twigs, and foliage.

1. When deciduous trees or shrubs are moved in full-leaf, spray with anti-desiccant at nursery before moving and again two (2) weeks after planting. b. Stress Reducing Agent: Apply, as required and directed by the Construction Manager, per Manufacturer’s latest printed instructions.
c. Wetting Agent & Soil Penetrant: Apply, as required and directed by the Construction Manager, per Manufacturer’s latest printed instructions.
d. Herbicides: Apply, as required and directed by the Construction Manager, per Manufacturer’s latest printed instructions.
e. Plant Vitamin/Root Stimulant: Apply, per the Manufacturer’s latest printed instructions. Refer to application requirements per Section 329300 – Exterior Plants.

3.08 CLEAN UP AND PROTECTION
a. For Work under this Section, keep Work area in a clean, orderly, and safe condition. Contractor shall remove trash caused from his Work on a weekly basis throughout the duration of the Work.
b. Protect landscaping from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other Contractors and trades, and trespassers. Maintain protection during installation and landscape establishment periods. Treat, repair, orreplace damaged Landscape Planting Accessories as directed. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1059 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE PLANTING ACCESSORIES
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329400-15
c. Upon completion of his Work under this Section, the Contractor shall remove rubbish, waste, debris, excess construction materials, and other items resulting from construction operations offsite as described herein this Section and directed by the Construction Manager.

3.09 FINAL REVIEW
a. Final Review under this Section shall be performed upon completion of the Landscape Establishment Period. (Refer to Section 32 98 13 – Landscape Establishment Period for requirements).

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1060 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329813-1
SECTION 329813 - LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
a. This Section includes materials, labor, apparatus, tools, equipment, temporary construction, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing the proper completion of Work, as required to make a complete Landscape Establishment Period (“Service”), as specified during progress of the Work, after installation, for a designated period after Preliminary Acceptance, as shown in the Contract Drawings, and as specified herein this Section. b. Contractor acknowledges that the Services specified under this Section are not intended to express every detail of the Services to be provided by Contractor, and Contractor hereby represents that it is experienced and competent in providing Services that meets or exceeds generally accepted practices commensurate with those provided by other companies that provide such Service.
c. Work under this Section consists of, but is not necessarily limited to, furnishing and installing the following:

1. Establishment of Landscape Installation, for a given frequency and duration as specified herein this Section. Work includes the following:
i. Litter Control.
ii. Weed Control.
iii. Pest Control.
iv. Plant Care.
v. Fertilization ofPlant Materials.
vi. Plant Replacement.
vii. Plant Pruning.
viii. Plant Staking and Adjustments.
ix. Temporary Plant Protection.
x. Operation, Adjustment, and Maintenance of Irrigation Controller and Irrigation System.
xi. Cleaning ofPaving Surfaces.
xii. Reapplication ofMulching Materials.
xiii. Erosion Control and Drainage.
xiv. Removal ofGreen Waste.
d. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to Work in this Section:

1. Section 328400 – Irrigation Systems.

2. Section 329113 – Soil Preparation.

3. Section 329300 – Exterior Plants.

4. Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories.

1.02 DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1061 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329813-2
a. References:

1. USDA – United States Department ofAgriculture.

2. ASTM – American Society for Testing & Materials.

3. ANSI – American National Standards Institute.

4. ISA – International Society ofArboriculture.
b. Standards:

1. American National Standard for Tree Care Operation, Tree, Shrub, and Other Woody Plant Maintenance (ANSI A300), American National Standards Institute, Latest Edition.

2. American National Standard for Tree Care Operations (ANSI Z133), American National Standards Institute, Latest Edition.

3. Tree Pruning Guidelines, International Society ofArboriculture, 1995 Edition.

4. Pruning Standards for Shade Trees, National Arborists Association, Latest Edition.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
a. General:

1. Collect information into a single Submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment identified underthis Section forreview.

2. To expedite review, Submittal shall be organized and presented into specific sections or headings. Furnish neat, concise, legible, and clearly identifiable information, and sufficiently explicit detail, to enable proper evaluation for Contract compliance.

Highlight catalog, product data, or brochures containing various products, sizes, and materials to show particularitem submitted.

3. Submittal Format: As applicable, furnish Submittal as a single electronic digital PDF (Portable Document Format) file.
b. Digital Submittal Information:

1. Quality Control Submittal:
i. Qualification Data: Submit names for firms and persons specified in the “Quality Assurance and Control” Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience on similar Landscape Planting Accessories installations.
ii. Schedule of maintenance operations and monthly status report, including list of equipment, materials proposed forthe job, and watering schedule(s). iii. Licenses, permits and insurance required by the local jurisdiction, the State, or Federal government, pertaining to Work under this Section. 1) Pesticide Applicator: Valid California Qualified Applicator Certificate (QAC), with “B – Landscape Maintenance” Category, as administered by the California Department ofPesticide Regulation (DPR). 2) Employer of the California Qualified Applicator Certificate (QAC), with “B – Landscape Maintenance” Category:
a) The company which employs the person holding the QAC must possess a Maintenance Gardener Pest Control Business License, as administered by the California Department of Pesticide Regulation (DPR).
iv. Monthly record of herbicides, insecticides and disease control chemicals used for the Project.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1062 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329813-3
v. Written application recommendation by a licensed agricultural pest control advisor for weed, pest and disease controls restricted by the Director of Agriculture proposed forthis Work.

2. Project Closeout Submittal:
i. Include in a single 3-ring binder a Landscape Maintenance Manual for use by the Owner, containing an indexed collection of all schedules, records and permits listed above, including documentation of accepted condition of planting and irrigation at Final Acceptance.
c. Material Samples: Not required.
d. Scaled Shop Drawings: Not required.
e. Field-Constructed Mock-ups: Not required.
f. Submittals under this Article will be rejected and returned without the benefit of review by the Construction Manager if they are difficult to read due to insufficient scale, poor image quality, or poor drafting quality; or if all of the required information is missing or not presented in the format as requested. Partial Submittals will not be accepted. g. No Work shall proceed under this Section until Submittal requirements indicated herein have been reviewed accordingly by the Construction Manager.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL
a. Qualifications:

1. Valid California C-27 (Landscaping Contractor) License.

2. Experience: Contractor or sub-contractor performing Work under this Section shall have a full-time employee assigned to the Project as foreman for the duration of the Contract.

Employee shall have a minimum of four (4) years experience in landscape maintenance supervision, with experience or training in entomology, pest control, soils, fertilizers and plant identification. Employee shall speak English fluently.

3. Labor Force: Landscape maintenance labor force shall be thoroughly familiar with, and trained in, the Work to be accomplished, and shall perform the task in a competent, efficient manner acceptable to the Owner.
b. Requirements:

1. Supervision: Landscape Maintenance Foreman shall directly supervise the Work force during duration indicated herein this Section. Notify Owner ofchanges in supervision.

2. Identification: Provide proper identification during duration for landscape maintenance firm's vehicles and labor force. Be uniformly dressed in a manner satisfactory to the Owner.

1.05 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1063 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329813-4
a. Site Visit: At beginning of the designated Landscape Establishment Period, visit and tour the site with the Owner's Representative, Construction Manager, and other interested parties, to clarify the scope ofWork, and understand existing project/site conditions. b. Documentation of Conditions: Document the general condition of installed plant materials, recording those which are healthy and thriving, and unacceptable materials which are damaged, dead, and/or dying and in need ofreplacement.
c. Irrigation System: Document general condition of existing irrigation system, making sure that faulty, improper, and/or non-functioning irrigation materials or equipment are reported.

1.06 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
a. Perform Work under Landscape Establishment Period during hours mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor.
b. Work force shall be present at the Project Site at a minimum duration indicated in this Section, and at other times as necessary, to perform specified Work, in accordance with the approved schedule under the Landscape Establishment Period.

1.07 WARRANTY
a. Specific Requirements: Referto the following Sections:

1. Section 328400 – Irrigation Systems.

2. Section 329300 – Exterior Plants.

3. Section 329400 – Landscape Planting Accessories.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS
a. General: Materials and equipment as required to perform Work under this Section shall be provided by Contractor.
b. Water: Clean, potable and fresh, as available from Owner. c. Fertilizers:

1. Fertilizer Tablets: Tightly compressed, slow-release and long-lasting complete fertilizer tablets, bearing manufacturer's label of guaranteed analysis of chemicals present. Refer to Section 329113 – Soil Preparation, forrequirements.

2. Balanced, once-a-season application, controlled-release Fertilizer(s), with a blend of coated prills which supply controlled-release nitrogen, phosphorus and potassium, and uncoated, rapidly soluble prills containing nitrogen and phosphorus. d. Herbicides, Insecticides, and Fungicides:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1064 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329813-5

1. Provide materials with original manufacturers' containers, properly labeled with guaranteed analysis.

2. Use non-staining materials.
e. Replacement Tree Guys, Stakes, Ties and Wires: Match originally accepted existing materials installed on the Project.

2.02 EQUIPMENT
a. General: Use only the proper tool(s) required for each task underthis Section.

1. Maintain tools in sharp, properly-functioning condition.

2. Clean and sterilize all pruning tools prior to usage. b. Insect/Disease Prevention: Provide measures to prevent introduction of insect or disease-laden materials onto the Site. Refer to Section 329300 – Exterior Plants.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 FREQUENCY AND DURATION OF LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHEMENT PERIOD a. Following satisfactory completion of all items included on the Landscape Punch List, the contracted Landscape Establishment Period shall commence and progress. b. Frequency and Duration:

1. Work performed under this Section shall be executed by Contractor at a minimum of once per week, for a duration of a minimum of one-hundred and eighty (180) calendar days.

3.02 COMMENCING THE LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD
a. Preliminary Review: As soon as landscape installation is substantially completed per the Contract Documents, Contractor shall arrange to hold a preliminary review on-site with the Construction Manager, Owner, and other interested parties to evaluate the condition and execution of the completed Work. Evaluation of the Work shall be executed by the Construction Manager through a “Punch List”.
b. Date of Review: Notify Landscape Architect at least five (5) working days prior to anticipated Date ofReview.
c. Commencing the Landscape Establishment Period: The date on which the Construction Manager determines that the landscape installation is substantially-complete, whereas outstanding Work included on the Punch List is addressed and satisfactorily completed to the satisfaction ofthe Construction Manager.

3.03 PREPARATION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1065 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329813-6
a. Protection:

1. Protect new landscape planting areas from damage during duration of Landscape Establishment Period, until Final Acceptance.

2. Provide temporary protection fences, barriers and signs, as required, for protection. b. Replacements:

1. Immediately treat or replace plant materials as directed, which become damaged or injured as a result of Contractor's operations or negligence, per the Construction Manager, at no additional cost to Owner.

2. Replacement plant materials shall match size and variety ofplant material being replaced.

3.04 PLANTING ESTABLISHMENT
a. Watering Basins:

1. Maintain watering basins around the perimeter of the installed plant materials so that enough water can be applied to establish and maintain adequate soil moisture through the root zone of the plant materials. Re-dish and tamp basins accordingly which have become damaged or have failed since installation.

2. For supplemental hand watering ofwatering basins, use a water wand to break the water force. Do not permit use of "jet" type watering equipment. Do not permit crown roots to become exposed to air through dislodging ofsoil and mulch.

3. Mulch: Maintain originally specified thickness of mulch material to reduce evaporation and frequency ofwatering.

4. During rainy season, open basins to allow surface drainage away from the root crown where excess water may accumulate. Restore watering basins at end ofrainy season.

5. At the end ofthe rainy season, re-dish and tamp watering basin at trees and shrubs. b. Settlement of Plant Materials: Reset/replant sunken or settled plant materials to proper grades and in upright position.
c. Weed Control:

1. Planting areas throughout site shall be weed-free at all times, including areas between plants and along watering basins.

2. Use only recommended and legally-approved herbicides to control and maintain weed growth.

3. Avoid frequent soil cultivation that destroys shallow roots and breaks the seal of preemergent herbicides. d. Pruning:

1. Prune trees to select and develop permanent scaffold branches that are smaller in diameter than the trunk or branch to which they are attached, and which have vertical spacing of eighteen-inches (18”) to forty-eight-inches (48”) and radial orientation so as not to overlay each another.

2. Prune trees to eliminate diseased or damaged growth, and narrow “V-shaped” branch forks that lack strength. Reduce toppling and wind damage by thinning-out crowns.

3. Prune trees to maintain growth within space limitations, maintaining a natural appearance and balancing crown with roots.

4. No stripping oflower branches ofyoung trees shall be permitted. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1066 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329813-7

5. Retain lower branches in a "tipped back" or pinched condition to promote caliper trunk growth. Do not cut back to fewer than six (6) buds or leaves on such branches. Only cut lower branches flush with the trunk after the tree is able to stand erect without staking or other support.

6. Thin out and shape evergreen trees when necessary to prevent wind and storm damage.

Do primary pruning of deciduous trees during the dormant season. Do not permit any pruning oftrees prone to excessive "bleeding" during growth season.

7. Prune damaged trees or those that constitute health or safety hazards at any time of year as required.

8. Make pruning cuts clean and close to the trunk, without cutting into the branch collar. "Stubbing" will not be permitted. Cut smaller branches flush with trunk orlateral branch.

Make larger cuts one-inch (1”) diameter or larger parallel to shoulder rings, with the top edge ofthe cut at the trunk or lateral branch.

9. Branches too heavy to handle shall be precut in three (3) stages to prevent splitting or peeling ofbark. Make the first two (2) cuts eighteen inches (18”) or more from the trunk to remove the branch. Make the third cut at the trunk to remove the resulting stub.

10. Do not prune or clip shrubs into balled or boxed forms unless specifically called for by design.

11. Clip shrubs to be hedged when branches project two-inches (2”) beyond limit of clipped hedge shown on the Contract Drawings.

12. Take extreme care to avoid transmitting disease from one infected plant to another.

Properly sterilize pruning tools before going from one infected plant to other plant materials.
e. Staking and Guying ofTrees:

1. Adjustments: Inspect stakes and guys periodically (minimum once per month) throughout duration of Landscape Establishment Period to check for rubbing of staking materials on trunks or branches causing bark wounds.

2. Repair and replace faulty staking and guying materials as shown and as specified. f. Maintenance ofExisting Plant Materials to Remain:

1. General: Conform to applicable paragraphs regarding pruning, watering, spraying and fertilizing ofnew plant materials as indicated herein this Section.

2. Symptoms: Be alert to symptoms of construction damage to existing plantings as evidenced by wilting, un-seasonal or early flowering or loss of leaves, and insect or disease infestation due to declining vigor.

3. Notification: Submit in writing of evidences of declining vigor immediately upon discerning the problem. Take appropriate interim measures to mitigate the severity of the problem as specified in this Section.

4. Proposal: Submit written proposal and cost estimate for the correction of all conditions before proceeding with permanent correction Work.

3.05 GROUNDCOVER ESTABLISHMENT
a. Irrigation:

1. Check for moisture penetration throughout the root zone at least twice a month.

2. Water as frequently as necessary to maintain healthy growth ofgroundcovers. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1067 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329813-8
b. Weed Control:

1. Control weeds, preferably by hand removal, with pre-emergent herbicides and with selective systemic herbicides.

2. Minimize hoeing ofweeds in orderto avoid plant damage. c. Fertilization:

1. Recently installed plant materials: Verify with Owner actual completion date of planting installation and rate ofprior application offertilizers.

2. New Plant Materials: Place Planting Tablets (per Section 329113 – Soil Preparation) beside the root ball about one-inch (1”) from root tips.

3. Established Plant Materials: Do not use complete fertilizers unless soil test shows specific nutrient deficiencies.
d. Mowing and Edging:

1. Edge groundcovers to keep in bounds. Trim top growth as necessary to achieve an overall even appearance.

2. Ground covers which lend themselves to mowing shall be mowed to specified height above finished grade in orderto renew growth, improve density and attractiveness. e. Replacements:

1. Replace dead and missing plants after obtaining Owner's agreement to pay for replacement.

2. Damages due to Contractor's negligence shall be paid for without charge to Owner.

3.06 INSECTS, PESTS, AND DISEASE CONTROL
a. Inspection: Inspect plant materials for signs of stress, damage and potential trouble from the following:

1. Presence of insects, moles, gophers, rabbits, ground squirrels, snails and slugs in planting areas.

2. Discolored or blotching leaves or needles.

3. Unusually light green or yellowish green color inconsistent with normal green color of leaves.
b. Personnel: Only licensed, qualified, trained personnel shall perform spraying for insect, pest and disease control.
c. Application: Spray with extreme care to avoid all hazards to any person or pet in the area or adjacent areas.
d. Lawn or vegetation-damaging pests shall be controlled in a timely mannerto minimize damage.

3.07 IRRIGATION
a. General:
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1068 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329813-9

1. Apply water in sufficient quantities and as often as seasonal conditions require to keep installed planted areas moist at all times, well below the root system of plants. Hand water as required ifirrigation system is not fully functional.

2. Repair without additional charge to Owner damages to Irrigation System caused by Contractor's operations. Perform repairs within one (1) watering period.

3. Report promptly to Owner accidental damage not resulting from Contractor's negligence or operations.

4. Twice a month, use a probe or other acceptable tool to check the rootball moisture of representative plants as well as the surrounding soil.
b. Cleaning and Monitoring the System:

1. Continually monitor the irrigation systems to verify that they are functioning properly as designed. Make program adjustments required by changing field conditions.

2. Prevent spraying on windows, building walls, by balancing the throttle control on the remote control valves and the adjustment screws on the sprinkler heads. Do not allow water to atomize and drift.

3.08 GRADING AND DRAINAGE
a. During the Landscape Establishment Period, all flow lines shall be maintained to allow for free flow of surface water. Displaced material which interferes with drainage shall be removed and placed as directed. Low Spots and pockets shall be graded to drain properly. Jute netting or other erosion control measures as directed shall be installed at flow lines and other locations where surface erosion is evident.
b. Damage to planting areas shall be repaired immediately and throughout the Landscape Establishment Period. Depressions caused by vehicles, bicycles, or foot traffic shall be filled and leveled. Replant damaged areas.
c. All paved areas shall be washed and maintained in a neat and clean condition at all times. d. All subsurface drains and inlets shall be periodically cleared of debris, leaves, trash, etc., and flushed with clear water to avoid buildup ofsilt and debris.

3.09 CLEANING
a. General: Dispose of pruned plant materials, vacuum turf grass clippings and leaves, sweep walkways and rake smooth mulched areas. Remove from the site containers and other evidence ofmaintenance activities.
b. Litter Control:

1. Site areas under the Contract shall be cleared on a weekly basis of visible litter or debris, grass clippings, and garage.

2. Debris caused by normal seasonal winds shall be removed from site

3. Contractor shall be responsible for disposal of debris in accordance with local rules and regulations.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1069 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD
7 th Street Fencing Upgrade & Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% Construction Documents
January 07, 2022 329813-10
c. Blowing:

1. Landscape debris generated by Work under this Section shall be blown-off or swept on a weekly basis. Do not blow grass clippings, edgings, or debris into shrub beds or onto paved areas unless after such blowing, the resultant accumulation of material is gathered and removed from the site.

3.10 TERMINATION OF THE LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT PERIOD
a. Final Acceptance Procedure:

1. Work will be accepted by the Construction Manager upon satisfactory completion of all Work, including Landscape Establishment Period, but exclusive of replacement of materials under the Warranty Period.

2. Submit a written request to Construction Manager for review for Final Acceptance at least five (5) working days prior to anticipated Final Review date, which is at the end of the Landscape Establishment Period.
b. Corrective Work:

1. Work requiring corrective action or replacement shall be performed within ten (10) calendar days afterthe Final Review.

2. Perform corrective Work and materials replacement in accordance with the Contract Documents, Work shall be made by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner.

3. After corrective Work is completed, the Contractor shall again request a Final Review for Final Acceptance as outlined above.
i. Continue maintenance of all landscaped areas until such time as all corrective measures have been completed and accepted.
c. Conditions for Acceptance ofWork at End ofLandscape Establishment Period:

1. Each plant shall be alive and thriving, showing signs of growth and no signs of stress, disease, or any other weaknesses.

2. Replace plant materials not meeting these conditions. An additional Warranty Period equal in length to the original shall be commenced for all such plants and planted areas. d. Final Acceptance Date: The date on which the Construction Manager issues a Letter of Final Acceptance. Upon Final Acceptance, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance of the Work beyond the Landscape Establishment Period.

3.11 CLOSE OUT
a. Landscape Maintenance Record:

1. Submit binder to Construction Manager with documentation and records required and utilized during the Landscape Establishment Period.
b. Keys and Identification: Return keys and identification materials supplied by Construction Manager forthe purpose ofsite access.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1070 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica TEMPORARY STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 015723-1
SECTION 01 57 23 - TEMPORARY STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 PERFORMANCE
a. Minimum Water Quality Protection Requirements

1. The Contractor is required to meet the following minimum standards ofgood housekeeping:
i. Eroded sediments and other pollutants must be retained on site and may not be transported from the site via sheet flow, swales, area drains, natural drainage, or wind. ii. Stockpiles of earth and other construction-related materials must be protected from being transported from the site by wind or water.
iii. Fuels, oils, solvents, and other toxic materials must be stored in accordance with their listing and are not to contaminate the soil nor the surface waters. All approved toxic storage containers are to be protected from the weather. Spills must be cleaned up immediately and disposed of in a proper manner. Spills may not be washed into the drainage system.
iv. Excess or waste concrete may not be washed into the public way or any drainage system.

Provisions shall be made to retain concrete wastes on-site until they can be appropriately disposed oforrecycled.
v. Trash and construction-related solid wastes must be deposited into a covered receptacle to prevent contamination ofrainwater and dispersal by wind. vi. Sediments and other materials may not be tracked from the site by vehicle traffic. The construction entrance roadways must be stabilized so as to inhibit sediments from being deposited into the public ways. Accidental depositions must be swept up immediately and may not be washed down by rain or by any other means.
b. Erosion Control Plan (ECP)

1. The Contractor shall refer to the prepared Erosion Control Plan (ECP) and implement Best Management Practices (BMPs) necessary to control stormwater pollution from sediments, erosion and construction materials leaving the construction site.

Part 2. PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
Part 3. EXECUTION (Not Applicable)

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1071 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SITE CLEARING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 311000-1
SECTION 31 10 00 – SITE CLEARING
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
a. This Section includes the following:

1. Protecting existing water valve, metal panel, downspout, structure overhead, trench drain, manhole, and guy wire to remain.

2. Removing existing sign, boulders, table, concrete planer, and existing planer.

3. Clearing and grubbing.

4. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil.

5. Removing above- and below-grade site improvements.

6. Disconnecting, capping or sealing existing utilities.

7. Temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures.

1.02 MATERIAL OWNERSHIP
a. Except for stripped topsoil or other materials indicated to remain Owner's property, cleared materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site.

1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS
a. Traffic: Minimize interference with adjoining roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities during site-clearing operations.

1. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.

2. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by authorities having jurisdiction.
b. Salvageable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store on Owner's premises where indicated.
c. Utility Locator Service: Notify utility locator service for area where Project is located before site clearing. d. Do not commence site-clearing operations until temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures are in place.

Part 2. PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION
a. Protect and maintain benchmarks and survey control points from disturbance during construction. b. Locate and clearly flag trees and vegetation to remain or to be relocated. c. Protect existing site improvements to remain from damage during construction. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1072 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SITE CLEARING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 311000-2

1. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to Owner.

3.02 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL
a. Provide temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways, according to erosion- and sedimentation-control Drawings and requirements ofauthorities having jurisdiction. b. Inspect, repair, and maintain erosion and sedimentation control measures during construction until permanent vegetation has been established.
c. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during removal.

3.03 TREE PROTECTION
a. Erect and maintain temporary fencing around tree protection zones before starting site clearing. Remove fence when construction is complete.
b. Do not excavate within tree protection zones, unless otherwise indicated. c. Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain that are damaged by construction operations, in a manner approved by Architect.

3.04 EXISTING UTILITIES
a. Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap offutilities indicated to be removed.

1. Arrange with utility companies to shut off indicated utilities. b. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Architect not less than two days in advance ofproposed utility interruptions.

2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's written permission.

3.05 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
a. Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated.

1. Place fill material in horizontal layers not exceeding a loose depth of six inches and compact each layer to a density equal to adjacent original ground.

3.06 TOPSOIL STRIPPING
a. Remove sod and grass before stripping topsoil.
b. Strip topsoil to whatever depths are encountered in a manner to prevent intermingling with underlying subsoil or other waste materials.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1073 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SITE CLEARING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 311000-3
c. Stockpile topsoil away from edge of excavations without intermixing with subsoil. Grade and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust and erosion by water.

3.07 SITE IMPROVEMENTS
a. Remove existing above- and below-grade improvements as indicated and as necessary to facilitate new construction.

3.08 DISPOSAL
a. Disposal: Remove surplus soil material, unsuitable topsoil, obstructions, demolished materials, and waste materials including trash and debris, and legally dispose ofthem offOwner's property. b. Separate recyclable materials produced during site clearing from other nonrecyclable materials. Store or stockpile without intermixing with other materials and transport them to recycling facilities.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1074 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EARTH MOVING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 312000-1
SECTION 31 20 00 – EARTH MOVING
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
a. This Section includes the following:

1. Preparing subgrades for fences, gates, pavement, and sidewalks.

2. Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures.

3. Drainage course for slabs-on-grade.

4. Base course for concrete pavement.

5. Base course for asphalt paving.

6. Excavating and backfilling for utility trenches.

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. Standard Specifications: Comply with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), latest edition and supplements for rock materials. The Standard Specifications apply only to performance and materials and how they are to be incorporated into the Work. The legal/contractual relationship sections and the measurement and payment sections do not apply to this document.

1.03 REFERENCES
a. This specification section has been prepared using the project soils report “Geotechnical Investigation Report”, by Group Delta Consultants Inc. as a reference.

1.04 DEFINITIONS
a. Backfill: Soil material used to fill an excavation.

1. Type “B” Material: Backfill placed beside pipe in a trench, including haunches to support sides ofpipe.

2. Initial Backfill: Backfill placed over pipe in a trench.

3. Final Backfill: Backfill placed overinitial backfill to fill a trench. b. Base Course: Course placed between the subgrade and hot-mix asphalt or concrete paving. c. Bedding Course: Course placed overthe excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe. d. Borrow Soil: Satisfactory soil imported from off-site for use as fill or backfill. e. Classified Excavation: Removal and disposal ofmaterials not defined as rock f. Drainage Course: Course supporting the slab-on-grade that also minimizes upward capillary flow ofpore water. g. Excavation: Removal ofmaterial encountered above subgrade elevations and to lines and dimensions indicated. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1075 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EARTH MOVING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 312000-2

1. Authorized Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions as directed by Architect. Authorized additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions changes in the Work.

2. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated lines and dimensions without direction by Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect, shall be without additional compensation.
h. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades.
i. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the ground surface. j. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below base, drainage fill, ortopsoil materials.
k. Unclassified Excavation: Removal and disposal of materials encountered regardless of nature of materials, including rock.
l. Utilities: On-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within buildings.

1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
a. Examine site, Drawings, records of existing utilities and construction, record of test borings, and subsurface exploration report available from Owner. Records of test borings are for information only and are not guaranteed to represent all conditions that will be encountered.

1.06 PROTECTION
a. Soils Consultant: A geotechnical consultant shall advise on Construction techniques involved in work, including design, checking and approving of temporary bracing, sheeting, shoring, underpinning and other items pertinent to work, and encountered during prosecution ofwork. Consultant shall be primarily concerned with construction methods, which will prevent settlement or damage to surrounding structures, sidewalks, embankments, utilities and roads on Owner’s property and adjoining properties.
b. Existing Utilities:

1. Maintain existing utilities that are to remain in service. Before excavating over or adjacent to existing utilities, notify utility Owner to ensure protective work will be coordinated and performed in accordance with utility Owner’s requirements. If existing service lines, utilities and utility structures, which are to remain in service, are uncovered or encountered during these operations, safeguard and protect from damage.

2. Within limits of excavation, remove existing piping, subsoil drainage systems, conduit, manholes and relocated items, which are to be abandoned. Plug open ends ofutilities to remain with concrete.

3. Re-route existing subsoil drains which obstruct work around new constructions or incorporate them into new drainage systems.

4. Consult Architect immediately for directions, should uncharted or incorrectly charted piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation. Cooperate with Owner and public and private utility companies in keeping their respective services, utilities and facilities in operation. If damaged, repair utilities to satisfaction of Architect and utility Owner.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1076 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EARTH MOVING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 312000-3
c. Existing Facilities: Protect and maintain in satisfactory manner, existing pavements, curbs, gutters, structures, conduits, fences, walls and other facilities to remain above and below grade. Restore facilities damaged by construction operations.
d. Pumping and Draining: Excavate areas in such manner as to afford adequate drainage. Control grading in vicinity of excavated areas so ground surface will slope to prevent water running into excavated areas. Until work is completed, remove water from areas of construction that may interfere with proper performance of work or that may result in damage to the soil sub-grade and provide sumps, pumps, well points, electric power and attendance required for this purpose on a 24-hour basis if necessary. Protect construction from water during construction, including prevention of erosion of completed work during construction and until permanent drainage and erosion controls are operational.

Repair adjoining properties, facilities and streets damaged due to improper protection.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 SOIL MATERIALS
a. General: Provide borrow soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from excavations. b. Satisfactory Soils: Sand, gravel, friable earth, or non-expansive clays, subject to Testing Laboratory’s approval. Fill and backfill material shall be free of organic material, slag, cinders, expansive soils, trash or rubble and stones having maximum dimension greater than three inches.
c. Unsatisfactory Soils: Expansive and other soils as defined in the project’s geotechnical investigation report.

1. Unsatisfactory soils also include satisfactory soils not maintained within two percent of optimum moisture content at time ofcompaction.
d. Base Course: Material conforming to SSPWC section 200-2.2, Crushed Aggregate Base or SSPWC section 200-2.4 Crushed Miscellaneous Base.
e. Engineered Fill: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent passing a one and one-half-inch sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200 sieve.
f. Bedding Course:

1. Flexible pipes: clean coarse sand.

2. All other pipes: crushed rock conforming to subsection 200-1.2 and Table 200-1.2.1 (A) of the “Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.” For pipes up to and including 15 inches, maximum rock gradation shall be one-halfinch. For pipes over 15 inches, maximum rock gradation shall be three-fourths inch. g. Drainage Course: Narrowly graded mixture of washed, crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel; ASTM D 448; coarse-aggregate grading Size 57; with 100 percent passing a one and one-half-inch sieve and zero to five percent passing a No. 8 sieve.

2.02 ACCESSORIES
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1077 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EARTH MOVING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 312000-4
a. Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, six inches wide and four mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility. Color coding shall be according to the American Public Works Association (APWA) standards:

1. Blue – Potable water and fire suppression lines.

2. Green – Sanitary sewer and storm drain lines

3. Orange – Communication, alarm or signal lines

4. Purple – Reclaimed water, irrigation, and slurry lines

5. Red – Electrical power lines, cables, conduit and lighting lines

6. Yellow – Gas, oil, steam, petroleum, or gaseous material lines.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION
a. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. b. Preparation of subgrade for earthwork operations including removal of vegetation, topsoil, debris, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface is specified in Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" or “Demolition.” c. Protect and maintain erosion and sedimentation controls, which are specified in Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" or “Demolition,” during earthwork operations.

3.02 EXCAVATION
a. Unclassified Excavation: Excavate to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions encountered. Unclassified excavated materials may include rock, soil materials, and obstructions. No changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time will be authorized for rock excavation or removal ofobstructions.

1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials.

3.03 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES
a. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus one inch. If applicable, extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and removing concrete formwork, for installing services and other construction, and for inspections.

1. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before placing concrete reinforcement. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work.

3.04 EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS
a. Excavate surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated lines, cross sections, elevations, and subgrades. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1078 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EARTH MOVING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 312000-5

3.05 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES
a. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations. b. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide six-inch clearance on each side of pipe or conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches higher than top ofpipe or conduit, unless otherwise indicated. c. Trench Bottoms: Excavate and shape trench bottoms to provide uniform bearing and support of pipes and conduit.

Shape subgrade to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels ofpipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies of conduits. Remove projecting stones and sharp objects along trench subgrade.

1. Excavate trenches six inches deeper than elevation required in rock or other unyielding bearing material, four inches deeper elsewhere, to allow for bedding course.

3.06 SUBGRADE INSPECTION
a. Proof-roll subgrade below the pavements with heavy pneumatic-tired equipment to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof-roll wet or saturated subgrades. b. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities, as directed by Architect, without additional compensation.

3.07 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION
a. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean concrete fill, with 28-day compressive strength of 2,500 pounds per square inch (psi), may be used when approved by Architect.

1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction or utility pipe as directed by Architect.

3.08 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS
a. Stockpile borrow soil materials and excavated satisfactory soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust.

1. Stockpile soil materials away from edge ofexcavations. Do not store within drip line ofremaining trees.

3.09 UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL
a. Place backfill on subgrades free ofmud, frost, snow, or ice. b. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels ofpipes and for joints, fittings, and bodies ofconduits. c. Backfill trenches excavated under footings and within 18 inches of bottom of footings with satisfactory soil; fill with concrete to elevation ofbottom offootings. Concrete is specified in Division 3 Section Cast-in-Place Concrete. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1079 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EARTH MOVING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 312000-6
d. Provide four-inch-thick, concrete-base slab support for piping or conduit less than 30 inches below surface of roadways.

After installing and testing, completely encase piping or conduit in a minimum of four inches of concrete before backfilling or placing roadway base.
e. Place and compact initial backfill of satisfactory soil, free of particles larger than one and a half inches in any dimension, to a height of12 inches over the utility pipe or conduit.

1. Carefully compact initial backfill under pipe haunches and compact evenly up on both sides and along the full length ofutility piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement ofpiping or conduit. Coordinate backfilling with utilities testing.
f. Place and compact final backfill ofsatisfactory soil to final subgrade elevation. g. Install warning tape directly above utilities, minimum six inches above top of pipe, minimum 12 inches below finished grade, except six inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs.

3.10 SOIL FILL
a. Plow, scarify, bench, or break up sloped surfaces steeper than one vertical to four horizontal so fill material will bond with existing material.
b. Place and compact fill material in layers to required elevations as follows:

1. Under grass and planted areas, use satisfactory soil material.

2. Under walks and pavements, use engineered fill.

3. Under steps and ramps, use engineered fill.

4. Under building slabs, use engineered fill.

5. Under footings and foundations, use engineered fill.

3.11 SOIL MOISTURE CONTROL
a. Uniformly moisten or aerate subgrade and each subsequent fill or backfill soil layer before compaction to within two percent ofoptimum moisture content.

1. Do not place backfill or fill soil material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice.

2. Remove and replace or scarify and air dry otherwise satisfactory soil material that exceeds optimum moisture content by two percent and is too wet to compact to specified dry unit weight.

3.12 COMPACTION OF SOIL BACKFILLS AND FILLS
a. Place backfill and fill soil materials in layers not more than six inches in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than fourinches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers. b. Place backfill and fill soil materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and uniformly along the full length ofeach structure.
c. Compact soil materials to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557:

1. Under structures, building slabs, steps, and pavements, scarify and recompact top six inches of existing subgrade and each layer ofbackfill or fill soil material to 95 percent.

2. Under walkways, scarify and recompact top six inches below subgrade and compact each layer ofbackfill or fill soil material to 90 percent.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1080 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EARTH MOVING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 312000-7

3. Under lawn or unpaved areas, scarify and recompact top six inches below subgrade and compact each layer of backfill or fill soil material to 90 percent.

4. For utility trenches, compact each layer ofinitial and final backfill soil material to 85 percent.

3.13 GRADING
a. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free of irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. b. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances:

1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus one inch.

2. Walks: Plus or minus one inch.

3. Pavements: Plus or minus one-halfinch.
c. Grading inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance ofone-halfinch when tested with a 10-foot straightedge.

3.14 BASE COURSES
a. Place base course on subgrades free ofmud, frost, snow, or ice. b. On prepared subgrade, place base course under pavements and walks as follows:

1. Shape base course to required crown elevations and cross-slope grades.

2. Compact base course at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines, cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent ofmaximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 1557.

3.15 DRAINAGE COURSE
a. Place drainage course on subgrades free ofmud, frost, snow, or ice. b. On prepared subgrade, place and compact drainage course under cast-in-place concrete slabs-on-grade as follows:

1. Place drainage course that exceeds six inches in compacted thickness in layers of equal thickness, with no compacted layer more than six inches thick or less than three inches thick.

2. Compact each layer of drainage course to required cross sections and thicknesses to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry unit weight according to ASTM D 698.

3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
a. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent geotechnical engineering testing agency to perform field quality-control testing.
b. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earthwork only aftertest results for previously completed work comply with requirements. c. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades, at least one test ofeach soil stratum will be performed to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other footing subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of subgrade with tested subgrade when approved by Architect. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1081 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica EARTH MOVING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 312000-8
d. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167, ASTM D 2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable.
e. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained.

3.17 PROTECTION
a. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free oftrash and debris. b. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. c. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing.

1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition offinished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence ofrestoration to greatest extent possible.

3.18 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
a. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose ofit offOwner's property.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1082 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica CONCRETE PAVING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 321313-1
SECTION 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
a. This Section includes exterior cement concrete pavement for the following:

1. Driveways and roadways.

2. Parking lots.

3. Curbs and gutters.

4. Walkways.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
a. Product Data: For each type ofproduct indicated, including admixtures. b. Design Mixtures: For each concrete pavement mixture.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer of ready-mixed concrete products who complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. b. ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents.
c. All work to be performed and materials to be used shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition and supplements. d. The Contractor shall have one copy ofthe Standard Specifications at the job site. e. The Standard Specifications apply only to performance and materials and how they are to be incorporated into the Work. The legal/contractual relationship sections and the measurement and pavement sections do not apply to this document.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
a. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets. b. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60; deformed. c. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars, welded wire reinforcement, and dowels in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's "Manual ofStandard Practice."
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1083 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica CONCRETE PAVING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 321313-2

2.02 CONCRETE MATERIALS
a. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source throughout the Project:

1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II low alkali. Supplement with the following:
i. Pozzolan: ASTM C618, Class F or N Fly Ash, 100 pounds maximum per cubic yard, containing one percent or less carbon. Fly ash shall not be used in excess of 15 percent by weight of total cement quantity.
b. Combined Aggregates: Gradation “C” conforming to SSPWC Section 201-1.3.2. c. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M.

2.03 CURING MATERIALS
a. Liquid Curing Compound: ASTM C309, fugitive dye dissipating type, complying with Rule II 13 of the South Coast Air Quality Management District and Federal Air Quality Regulation 40 CFR 52.254. b. Moisture-Retaining Cover (Curing Sheet): ASTM C 171, non-staining polyethylene film or white burlappolyethylene sheet. c. Water: Potable.
d. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming; manufactured for application to fresh concrete.

2.04 RELATED MATERIALS
a. Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber. b. Color Pigment: ASTM C 979, synthetic mineral-oxide pigments or colored water-reducing admixtures; color stable, free ofcarbon black, nonfading, and resistant to lime and other alkalis. c. Slip-Resistive Aggregate Finish: Factory-graded, packaged, rustproof, nonglazing, abrasive aggregate of fused aluminum-oxide granules or crushed emery with emery aggregate containing not less than 50 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 20 percent ferric oxide; unaffected by freezing, moisture, and cleaning materials. d. Pavement-Marking Paint: Latex, waterborne emulsion, lead and chromate free, ready mixed, complying with Caltrans Standard Specifications - Section 84 (Federal Specification No. TT-P-1952 for Blue, Red and Green paint; and State of California Standard Specification No. PTWB-01 for White, Yellow and Black paint) with drying time ofless than 45 minutes.

1. Color: As indicated

2.05 WHEEL STOPS
a. Wheel Stops: Precast, air-entrained concrete, Solid, integrally colored, 96 percent recycled HDPE or commingled postconsumer and postindustrial recycled plastic; UV stabilized.

1. Dowels: Galvanized steel, three-fourths-inch diameter, 24-inch minimum length. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1084 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica CONCRETE PAVING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 321313-3

2.06 CONCRETE MIXTURES
a. Prepare design mixtures, proportioned according to ACI 301, with the following properties:

1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): Minimum 3,000 pounds per square inch (psi). Maximum 3,250 pounds per square inch (psi).

2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio at Point ofPlacement: 0.60.

3. Slump Limit: Four inches, plus or minus one inch.
b. Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written instructions.

2.07 CONCRETE MIXING
a. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Furnish batch certificates to Architect for each batch discharged and used in the Work.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
a. Proof-roll prepared subbase surface below concrete pavements with heavy pneumatic-tired equipment to identify soft pockets and areas ofexcess yielding.

3.02 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION
a. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides for pavement to required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement.
b. Clean forms after each use and coat with form-release agent to ensure separation from concrete without damage.

3.03 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
a. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement.

3.04 JOINTS
a. General: Form construction, isolation, and control joints and tool edgings true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane ofconcrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to centerline, unless otherwise indicated. b. Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of pavement and at locations where pavement operations are stopped for more than one-halfhour unless pavement terminates at isolation joints. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1085 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica CONCRETE PAVING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 321313-4
c. Isolation Joints: Form isolation joints of preformed joint-filler strips abutting concrete curbs, catch basins, manholes, inlets, structures, walks, other fixed objects, and where indicated. d. Control Joints: Form weakened-plane control joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Within 24 hours of pour, construct control joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete thickness to match jointing ofexisting adjacent concrete pavement.
e. Edging: Tool edges of pavement, gutters, curbs, and joints in concrete after initial floating with an edging tool to a one-fourth-inch radius. Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface finishes. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces.

3.05 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
a. Moisten subbase to provide a uniform dampened condition at time concrete is placed. b. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. c. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous operation between transverse joints. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place. d. Screed pavement surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. e. Commence initial floating using bull floats or darbies to impart an open textured and uniform surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces before beginning finishing operations or spreading surface treatments.

3.06 FLOAT FINISHING
a. General: Do not add water to concrete surfaces during finishing operations. b. Float Finish: Begin the second floating operation when bleed-water sheen has disappeared, and concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surface with power-driven floats, or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to true planes. Cut down high spots and fill low spots.

Refloat surface immediately to uniform granulartexture.

1. Burlap Finish: Drag a seamless strip ofdamp burlap across float-finished concrete, perpendicular to line oftraffic, to provide a uniform, gritty texture.

2. Medium-to-Fine-Textured Broom Finish: Draw a soft bristle broom across float-finished concrete surface perpendicularto line oftraffic to provide a uniform, fine-line texture.

3. Medium-to-Coarse-Textured Broom Finish: Provide a coarse finish by striating float-finished concrete surface one-sixteenth to one-eighth inch deep with a stiff-bristled broom, perpendicularto line oftraffic. c. Slip-Resistive Aggregate Finish: Before final floating, spread slip-resistive aggregate finish on pavement surface according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Cure concrete with curing compound recommended by slip-resistive aggregate manufacturer. Apply curing compound immediately after final finishing.

2. After curing, lightly work surface with a steel wire brush or abrasive stone and water to expose nonslip aggregate.

3.07 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1086 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica CONCRETE PAVING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 321313-5
a. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. b. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection.
c. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 pounds/square feet x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturers written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing.
d. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. e. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moisture curing, moisture-retaining-cover curing, curing compound or a combination ofthese methods.

3.08 PAVEMENT TOLERANCES
a. Comply with tolerances as follows

1. Elevation: One-fourth inch.

2. Thickness: Plus three-eighths inch minus one-fourth inch.

3. Surface: Gap below 10-foot long, unleveled straightedge not to exceed one-fourth inch.

4. Joint Spacing: Three inches.

5. Contraction Joint Depth: Plus one-fourth inch no minus.

6. Joint Width: Plus one-eighth inch, no minus.

3.09 PAVEMENT MARKING
a. Do not apply pavement-marking paint until layout, colors, and placement have been verified with Architect. b. Allow concrete pavement to cure for 28 days and be dry before starting pavement marking. c. Sweep and clean surface to eliminate loose material and dust. d. Apply paint with mechanical equipment to produce pavement markings of dimensions indicated with uniform, straight edges. Apply at manufacturer's recommended rates to provide a minimum wet film thickness of 15 mils.

3.10 WHEEL STOPS
a. Securely attach wheel stops into pavement with not less than two galvanized steel dowels embedded in holes drilled or cast into wheel stops at one-quarter to one-third points. Firmly bond each dowel to wheel stop and to pavement. Securely install dowels into pavement and bond to wheel stop. Recess head of dowel one inch beneath top ofwheel stop.

3.11 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
a. Remove and replace concrete pavement that is broken, damaged, or defective or that does not comply with requirements in this Section.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1087 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica CONCRETE PAVING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 321313-6
b. Protect concrete from damage. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14 days after placement. c. Maintain concrete pavement free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material. Sweep concrete pavement not more than two days before date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1088 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica CONCRETE PAVEMENT JOINT SEALANTS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 321373-1
SECTION 32 13 73 – CONCRETE PAVEMENT JOINT SEALANTS
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
a. This Section includes the following:

1. Expansion and isolation joints within cement concrete pavement.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
a. Product Data: For each type ofproduct indicated.
b. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants to joint-sealant manufacturers for testing according to manufacturer's standard test method to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion ofjoint sealants to joint substrates.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
a. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in other Part 2 articles.

2.02 MATERIALS, GENERAL
a. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backing materials, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

1. Primers: Product recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.
b. Colors ofExposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.03 COLD-APPLIED JOINT SEALANTS
a. Type NS Silicone Sealant for Concrete: Single-component, low-modulus, neutral-curing, nonsag silicone sealant complying with ASTM D 5893 for Type NS.

1. Products:
i. Crafco Inc.; RoadSaver Silicone.
ii. Dow Corning Corporation; 888.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1089 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica CONCRETE PAVEMENT JOINT SEALANTS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 321373-2
iii. Or any equivalent product.
b. Type SL Silicone Sealant for Concrete: Single-component, low-modulus, neutral-curing, self-leveling silicone sealant complying with ASTM D 5893 for Type SL.

1. Products:
i. Crafco Inc.; RoadSaver Silicone SL.
ii. Dow Corning Corporation; 890-SL.
iii. Or any equivalent product.

2.04 HOT-APPLIED JOINT SEALANTS
a. Elastomeric Sealant for Concrete: Single-component formulation complying with ASTM D 3406.

1. Products:
i. Crafco Inc.; Superseal 444/777.
ii. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Poly-Jet 3406.
iii. Or any equivalent product.

2.05 JOINT-SEALANT BACKER MATERIALS
a. General: Provide joint-sealant backer materials that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by joint-sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. b. Round Backer Rods for Cold-Applied Sealants: ASTM D 5249, Type 3, ofdiameter and density required to control sealant depth and prevent bottom-side adhesion ofsealant. c. Backer Strips for Cold-Applied Sealants: ASTM D 5249; Type 2; of thickness and width required to control sealant depth, prevent bottom-side adhesion of sealant, and fill remainder of joint opening under sealant.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION
a. Concrete curing requirement: The concrete must be allowed to cure and dry a minimum of seven days in good drying weather before installing sealant. An additional day ofgood drying weather must be allowed for each day ofpoor, inclement weather.
b. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions.
c. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. d. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1090 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica CONCRETE PAVEMENT JOINT SEALANTS
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 321373-3
e. Install backer materials to support sealants during application and at position required to produce optimum sealant movement capability. Do not leave gaps between ends of backer materials. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear backer materials. Remove absorbent backer materials that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. f. Install sealants at the same time backings are installed to completely fill recesses provided for each joint configuration and to produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
g. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion ofsealant with sides ofjoint. h. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers ofjoint sealants and ofproducts in which joints occur.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1091 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 331100-1
SECTION 33 11 00 – WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
a. Requirements: Provide water distribution system, complete, as indicated on the Drawings or inferable therefrom and/or as specified in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
a. Product Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each material. Include certification or other data verifying compliance with required characteristics. Indicate by transmittal form that copy of each has been distributed to the Installer.
b. Shop Drawings: Submit layout and shop drawings as required under Section Submittals. Include details of reinforced concrete structures.
c. Test Reports: Submit certified Test Reports showing compliance of the following items in accordance with Section General Conditions.

1. Laboratory test for bedding and trench stabilization materials.

2. Concrete design mix.

3. Compression tests.

4. Water Test Reports: Submit results ofwater sample tests by State or local health authorities

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. Regulatory Requirements:

1. Comply with requirements of utility company supplying water. Include tapping of water mains and backflow prevention.

2. All work to be performed and materials to be used shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition and supplements.

3. The Contractor shall have one copy ofthe Standard Specifications at the job site.

4. The Standard Specifications apply only to performance and materials and how they are to be incorporated into the Work. The legal/contractual relationship sections and the measurement and pavement sections do not apply to this document.
b. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings ofspecified testing agency. c. Comply with FM's "Approval Guide" or UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" for fire-service-main products. d. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 24 for materials, installations, tests, flushing, and valve and hydrant supervision for fire-service-main piping for fire suppression.
e. NSF Compliance:

1. Comply with NSF 14 for plastic potable-water-service piping.

2. Comply with NSF 61 for materials for water-service piping and specialties for domestic water. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1092 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 331100-2

1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS
a. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify SWA and City ofSanta Monica not less than two days in advance ofproposed utility interruptions.

2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without SWA and City ofSanta Monica’s written permission.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
a. Prevent damage to materials during loading, transportation, and unloading. Store equipment with moving parts off ground on platforms or skids.

1.06 COORDINATION
a. Coordinate connection to water main with utility company.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
a. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection:

1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.

2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified.

2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS
a. PVC, Schedule 40 (NPS 1/8 to NPS 3 ½): ASTM D 1785. Suitable for potable water distribution and manufactured in compliance with NSF Standards.

1. Fittings: PVC, Schedule 40 Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2466. b. PVC, AWWA Pipe (NPS 4 to NPS 12): AWWA C900, Class 305 DR 14, with bell-and-spigot or double-bell ends.

1. PVC to PVC Fittings: Push-on-Joint, PVC Fittings, ASTM 3139, with elastomeric gasket bell ends, conforming to ASTM D2122 for bell measurements.

2. PVC to Metal Fittings, Valves, and Accessories: Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C110, ductileor gray-iron standard pattern or AWWA C153, ductile-iron compact pattern. i. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts.

Use corrosion resistant, high strength, low alloy steel, bolts and nuts where in contact with corrosive soil ASTM A 325.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1093 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 331100-3

2.03 VALVES
a. AWWA, UL/FM Cast-Iron, Gate Valves:

1. Nonrising-Stem, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves: AWWA C509 and UL/F.M. approved, gray- or ductile-iron body and bonnet; with bronze or gray- or ductile-iron gate, resilient seats, bronze stem, and stem nut. i. Minimum Working Pressure: 200 pounds per square inch gauge (psig). ii. End Connections: Flanged, push-on rubber gasketed, or mechanical joint, as required. iii. Interior Coating: Complying with AWWA C550.

2.04 GATE VALVE ACCESSORIES AND SPECIALTIES
a. Valve Boxes: Comply with AWWA M44 for cast-iron valve boxes. Include top section, adjustable extension of length required for depth of burial of valve, plug with lettering "WATER," bottom section with base of size to fit over valve, and approximately five-inch diameter barrel. Fabricate valve box cover to fit snugly to prevent displacement by traffic.

1. Operating Wrenches: Steel tee-handle with one pointed end, stem of length to operate deepest buried valve, and socket matching valve operating nut.
b. Vertical-Type Indicator Posts: UL 789, FM-approved, cast-iron body with operating wrench, extension rod, and adjustable cast-iron barrel of length required for depth of burial of valve with tamperproof electrical supervisory switch for connection to the fire alarm control panel system.

2.05 VALVE APPLICATION
a. General Application: Use mechanical-joint-end valves for NPS 3 and larger underground installation. Use threaded- or flanged-end valves for installation in vaults. Use UL/FM, nonrising-stem gate valves for installation with indicator posts.

Use corporation valves and curb valves with ends compatible with piping, for NPS 2 and smaller installation.

1. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply:
i. Underground Valves, NPS 3 and Larger: AWWA, cast-iron, nonrising-stem, resilient-seated, gate valves with valve box.
ii. Underground Valves, NPS 4 and Larger, for Vertical-Type Indicator Posts: UL/FM, Cast-iron, nonrisingstem gate valves with indicator post.

2.06 CORROSION-PROTECTION ENCASEMENT FOR PIPING
a. Encasement for Underground Metal Piping: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105, PE film, 0.008-inch minimum thickness, tube or sheet.

2.07 WATER METERS
a. Water meter(s) indicated on drawings shall be installed by the local water purveyor for the area, unless noted otherwise. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1094 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 331100-4

2.08 BACKFLOW-PREVENTION DEVICES
a. General: FM Approved, AWWA, UL Classified, Approved by the Foundation for Cross Connection Control and Hydraulic Research at the University ofSouthern California.

1. Working Pressure: 175 pounds per square inch (psi) minimum, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Interior Components: Corrosion-resistant materials.

3. Exterior Components: Assembly shall be provided with flanged connections, galvanized cast-iron or epoxy coated construction.
b. Reduced-Pressure-Principle Backflow Preventers: Suitable for continuous pressure application. Include outside screw and yoke gate valves on inlet and outlet, and strainer on inlet; test cocks; and pressure-differential relief valve with ASME A112.1.2, air-gap fitting located between two positive-seating check valves. Include tamperproof electrical supervisory switch for connection to tie the fire alarm control panel system. c. Reduced-Pressure-Detector Assembly Backflow Preventers: Suitable for continuous pressure application. Include outside screw and yoke gate valves on inlet and outlet, and strainer on inlet. Include test cocks; pressure-differential relief valve with ASME A112.1.2, air-gap fitting located between two positive-seating check valves; and bypass with displacementtype water meter, valves, and reduced-pressure backflow preventer. Include tamperproof electrical supervisory switch for connection to tie the fire alarm control panel system.
d. Double-Check-Valve Backflow Prevention Assemblies: Suitable for continuous pressure application. Include outside screw and yoke gate valves on inlet and outlet, and strainer on inlet; test cocks; and two positive-seating check valves.

Include tamperproofelectrical supervisory switch for connection to tie the fire alarm control panel system. e. Double-Check-Detector Assembly Backflow Preventers: Suitable for continuous pressure application. Include outside screw and yoke gate valves on inlet and outlet, and strainer on inlet. Include test cocks; two positive-seating check valves; and bypass with displacement-type water meter, valves, and double-check backflow preventer. Include tamperproof electrical supervisory switch for connection to tie the fire alarm control panel system.

2.09 FIRE HYDRANTS
a. Before procurement, verify approval has been issued by the Fire Department having jurisdiction. b. Wet-Barrel Fire Hydrants: AWWA C503 or UL 312, one NPS 4 and two NPS 2-1/2 outlets, NPS 6 threaded or flanged inlet, and base section with NPS 6 mechanical-joint inlet. Include interior coating according to AWWA C550. Hydrant shall have 150 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) minimum working-pressure design.

1. Outlet Threads: NFPA 1963, with external hose thread used by local fire department. Include cast-iron caps with steel chains.

2. Operating and Cap Nuts: Pentagon, one-and-one-half inches point to flat.

3. Direction ofOpening: Open hydrant valves by turning operating nut to left or counterclockwise. c. Combined length of bury and extension shall be as indicated. Where not indicated, install top of hydrant flange three inches above finished surface.
d. Exterior Finish: “O.S.H.A. safety yellow” Ameritone 719 or approved equal after receiving a prime coat. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1095 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 331100-5

2.10 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS
a. Exposed, Freestanding, Fire Department Connections: UL 405, cast-bronze body, with thread inlets according to NFPA 1963 and matching local fire department hose threads, and threaded bottom outlet. Include lugged caps, gaskets, and chains; lugged swivel connection and drop clapper for each hose-connection inlet; 18-inch high brass sleeve; and round escutcheon plate, and all appropriate check valves per NFPA 24.

1. Escutcheon Plate Marking: "AUTO SPKR."
Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 INSPECTION
a. Examination: Examine substrates, adjoining construction and conditions under which Work is to be installed. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected

3.02 PREPARATION
a. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions before proceeding with Work. Obtain field measurements for work required to be accurately fitted to other construction. Be responsible for accuracy of such measurements and precise fitting and assembly offinished work.

3.03 JOINT CONSTRUCTION
a. Make pipe joints according to the following:

1. Ductile-Iron Piping, Gasketed Joints for Water-Service Piping: AWWA C600 and AWWA M41.

2. Ductile-Iron Piping, Gasketed Joints for Fire-Service-Main Piping: UL 194.

3. Copper Tubing Soldered Joints: ASTM B 828. Use flushable flux and lead-free solder.

4. PVC Piping Gasketed Joints: Use joining materials according to AWWA C900. Construct joints with elastomeric seals and lubricant according to ASTM D 2774 or ASTM D 3139 and pipe manufacturer's written instructions.

5. Dissimilar Materials Piping Joints: Use adapters compatible with both piping materials, with OD, and with system working pressure.

3.04 PIPING INSTALLATION
a. Project site water lines shall terminate approximately five feet from buildings, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.

Install temporary cap or plug terminals for future connection to building. b. Bury piping with depth ofcover over top at least 36 inches, unless otherwise indicated. c. Comply with NFPA 24 for fire-service-main piping materials and installation. d. Install ductile-iron, water-service piping according to AWWA C600 and AWWA M41. e. Install coppertube and fittings according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." f. Install PVC, AWWA pipe according to AWWA M23 and ASTM F 645. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1096 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 331100-6
g. Install underground piping with restrained joints at horizontal and vertical changes in direction. Use restrained-joint piping, thrust blocks, anchors, tie-rods and clamps, and other supports for all lines NPS 3 or greater. h. Water Main Connection: Arrange and pay for tap in the water main, water meter, and all associated fees from the water purveyor.

3.05 CLEARANCE OF WATER LINE
a. Building or Structure: Two feet minimum horizontal separation. b. Sewer crossing:

1. Typical Conditions: Lay water mains over sanitary sewers to provide vertical separation minimum three feet.

2. Unusual Conditions: If above separation cannot be met, for sewers less than three feet below the water pipe, use the following:
i. Install water line with all joints located at least four feet from each side ofthe sewer pipe. ii. Sewer pipe encased in six inches concrete around pipe and extend four feet either side ofwater main. c. Parallel to Sewer Line: Water line shall not be installed in a common trench with the building sanitary sewer unless both of the following requirements are met:

1. The bottom ofthe water pipe, at all points, shall be at least 12 inches above the top ofthe sewer.

2. The water pipe shall be placed on a solid shelf excavated at one side of the common trench with a minimum clear horizontal distance ofat least 12 inches from the sewer.

3.06 ANCHORAGE INSTALLATION
a. Install anchorages for tees, plugs and caps, bends, crosses, valves, and hydrant branches for all lines NPS 3 or greater.

Include anchorages for the following piping systems:

1. Gasketed-Joint, Ductile-Iron, Water-Service Piping: According to AWWA C600.

2. Gasketed-Joint, PVC Water-Service Piping: According to AWWA M23.

3. Fire-Service-Main Piping: According to NFPA 24.

4. Apply full coat ofasphalt or other acceptable corrosion-resistant material to surfaces ofinstalled ferrous anchorage devices.

3.07 VALVE INSTALLATION
a. Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44. Install each underground valve with stem pointing up and with valve box.
b. Vertical-Type Indicator Post Gate Valves: Comply with NFPA 24. Install each underground valve and valves in vaults with stem pointing up and with vertical cast-iron indicator post. Include tamperproof electrical supervisory switch for connection to tie the fire alarm control panel system.

3.08 BACKFLOW-PREVENTER INSTALLATION
a. Install backflow preventers of type, size, and capacity indicated. Include valves and test cocks. Install according to requirements ofplumbing and health department and authorities having jurisdiction. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1097 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 331100-7
b. Do not install backflow preventers with reliefdrain in vault or other space subject to flooding. c. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers. d. Support three-inch and larger backflow preventers, valves, and piping near floor and on brick or concrete piers. e. Access and clearance shall be provided for the required testing, maintenance and repair. Access and clearance shall require a minimum ofone foot between the lowest portion ofthe assembly and grade or platform. f. Include tamperproofelectrical supervisory switch for connection to tie the fire alarm control panel system.

3.09 FIRE HYDRANT INSTALLATION
a. General: Install each fire hydrant with separate gate valve in supply pipe, anchor with restrained joints or thrust blocks, and support in upright position.
b. UL/FM-Type Fire Hydrants: Comply with NFPA 24.

3.10 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION INSTALLATION
a. Install fire department connections of types and features indicated. b. Install ball drip valves at each check valve for fire department connection to mains.

3.11 IDENTIFICATION
a. Install continuous underground detectable warning tape during backfilling of trench for underground water-service piping.

Locate below finished grade, directly over piping. Refer to Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for tape specifications.

3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
a. Piping Tests: Conduct piping tests before joints are covered and after thrust blocks have hardened sufficiently. Fill pipeline 24 hours before testing and apply test pressure to stabilize system. Use only potable water. b. Hydrostatic Tests: The piping shall be subjected for a minimum of two hours to a pressure of one and one-half times the working pressure, but in no case less than 150 pounds per square inch (psi). Examine all exposed pipe, joints, fittings and accessories during the test period. Replace or repair defective portions of the system, and repeat tests until results are satisfactory.

1. Allowable leakage shall be as specified in AWWA C-600, Table 3. c. Prepare reports oftesting activities.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1098 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 331100-8

3.13 CLEANING
a. Clean and disinfect water-distribution piping as follows:

1. Purge new water-distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired before use.

2. Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, ifmethod is not prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction, use procedure described in AWWA C651 or as described below:
i. Fill system or part of system with water/chlorine solution containing at least 50 parts per million (ppm) of chlorine; isolate and allow to stand for 24 hours, or
ii. Drain system or part of system of previous solution and refill with water/chlorine solution containing at least 200 parts per million (ppm) ofchlorine; isolate and allow to stand for three hours. iii. After standing time, flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine remains in water coming from system.
iv. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedure if biological examination shows evidence ofcontamination.
b. Prepare reports ofpurging and disinfecting activities.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1099 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SANITARY UTILITY SEWERAGE PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 333100-1
SECTION 33 31 00 – SANITARY UTILITY SEWERAGE PIPING
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
a. This Section includes gravity-flow, nonpressure sanitary sewerage outside the building, with the following components:

1. Cleanouts.

2. Precast concrete manholes.

1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
a. Gravity-Flow, Nonpressure, Drainage-Piping Pressure Rating: 10-foot head ofwater.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
a. Manufacturer’s product data for pipe and fittings.
b. Field quality-control test reports.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
a. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection:

1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.

2.02 HUB-AND-SPIGOT, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS
a. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service class.
b. Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber.
c. Calking Materials: ASTM B 29, pure lead and oakum or hemp fiber.

2.03 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS
a. PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings, NPS 15 and Smaller: ASTM D 3034, SDR 35, with bell-and-spigot ends for gasketed joints with ASTM F 477, elastomeric seals. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1100 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SANITARY UTILITY SEWERAGE PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 333100-2

2.04 NONPRESSURE-TYPE PIPE COUPLINGS
a. Comply with ASTM C 1173, elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling, for joining underground nonpressure piping. Include ends of same sizes as piping to be joined and corrosionresistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. b. Sleeve Materials:

1. For Cast-Iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C 564, rubber.

2. For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC.

3. For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being joined.
c. Shielded, Flexible Couplings: ASTM C 1460, elastomeric or rubber sleeve with full-length, corrosionresistant outer shield and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. d. Ring-Type, Flexible Couplings: Elastomeric compression seal with dimensions to fit inside bell of larger pipe and for spigot ofsmaller pipe to fit inside ring.

2.05 MANHOLES
a. Standard Precast Concrete Manholes: ASTM C 478, precast, reinforced concrete, of depth indicated, with provision for sealant joints.

1. Diameter: Forty-eight inches, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Ballast: Increase thickness of precast concrete sections or add concrete to base section, as required to prevent flotation.

3. Base Section: Six-inch minimum thickness for floor slab and four-inch (100-mm) minimum thickness for walls and base riser section and having separate base slab or base section with integral floor.

4. Riser Sections: Four-inch minimum thickness, and oflength to provide depth indicated.

5. Top Section: Eccentric-cone type, unless concentric-cone or flat-slab-top type is indicated. Top of cone ofsize that matches grade rings.

6. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 990, bitumen or butyl rubber.

7. Resilient Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923, cast or fitted into manhole walls, for each pipe connection.

8. Steps: Individual FRP steps, FRP ladder, or ASTM A 615/A 615M, deformed, one-half-inch steel reinforcing rods encased in ASTM D 4101, PP, wide enough to allow worker to place both feet on one step and designed to prevent lateral slippage off of step. Cast or anchor steps into sidewalls at 12- to 16-inch intervals. Omit steps if total depth from floor of manhole to finished grade is less than 60 inches.

9. Adjusting Rings: Interlocking rings with level or sloped edge in thickness and diameter matching manhole frame and cover. Include sealant recommended by ring manufacturer.

10. Grade Rings: Reinforced concrete rings, six- to nine-inch total thickness, to match diameter of manhole frame and cover.

11. Manhole Frames and Covers: Ferrous; 24-inch ID by seven- to nine-inch riser with four-inchminimum width flange and 26-inch-diameter cover. Include indented top design with lettering cast into cover, using wording "SANITARY SEWER."
i. Material: ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18 ductile iron or ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class 35 gray iron, unless otherwise indicated.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1101 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SANITARY UTILITY SEWERAGE PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 333100-3

2.06 CLEANOUTS
a. Gray-Iron Cleanouts: ASME A112.36.2M, round, gray-iron housing with clamping device and round, secured, scoriated, gray-iron cover. Include gray-iron ferrule with inside calk or spigot connection and countersunk, tapered-thread, brass closure plug.

1. Top-Loading Classification: Light, Medium, Heavy, and Extra-heavy duty.

2. Sewer Pipe Fitting and Riser to Cleanout: ASTM A 74, Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings.
b. PVC Cleanouts: PVC body with PVC threaded plug. Include PVC sewer pipe fitting and riser to cleanout ofsame material as sewer piping.

2.07 CONCRETE
a. General: Cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318/318R, ACI 350R, and the following:

1. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II.

2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, sand.

3. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, crushed gravel.

4. Water: Potable.
b. Portland Cement Design Mix: 3,250 pounds per square inch (psi) minimum unless otherwise noted, Aggregate Gradation “C” per SSPWC 201-1.3.2 and 0.45 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio.

1. Reinforcement Fabric: ASTM A 185, steel, welded wire fabric, plain.

2. Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed steel. c. Manhole Channels and Benches: Factory or field formed from concrete. Portland cement design mix, 3,250 pounds per square inch (psi) minimum, with 0.45 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio.

Include channels and benches in manholes.

1. Channels: Concrete invert, formed to same width as connected piping, with height ofvertical sides to three-fourths ofpipe diameter. Form curved channels with smooth, uniform radius and slope. i. Invert Slope: Two percent through manhole unless otherwise noted.

2. Benches: Concrete, sloped to drain into channel.
i. Slope: Four percent.
d. Ballast and Pipe Supports: Portland cement design mix, 3,250 pounds per square inch (psi) minimum, with 0.45 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio.

1. Reinforcement Fabric: ASTM A 185, steel, welded wire fabric, plain.

2. Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed steel.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 PIPING APPLICATIONS
a. Pipe couplings and fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.

1. Use nonpressure-type flexible couplings where required to join gravity-flow, nonpressure sewer piping, unless otherwise indicated.
i. Shielded flexible couplings for same or minor difference OD pipes. ii. Unshielded, increaser/reducer-pattern, flexible couplings for pipes with different OD. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1102 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SANITARY UTILITY SEWERAGE PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 333100-4
iii. Ring-type flexible couplings for piping of different sizes where annular space between smaller piping's OD and larger piping's ID permits installation. b. Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions for using lubricants, cements, and otherinstallation requirements. c. Install manholes for changes in direction if shown on plan, otherwise use fittings. Use fittings for branch connections, unless direct tap into existing seweris indicated. d. Install proper size increasers, reducers, and couplings where different sizes or materials of pipes and fittings are connected. Reducing size ofpiping in direction offlow is prohibited. e. Install gravity-flow, nonpressure, drainage piping according to the following:

1. Install piping pitched down in direction offlow, at minimum slope ofone percent, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Install hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook."

3. Install PVC sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 and ASTM F 1668. f. Clear interior of piping and manholes ofdirt and superfluous material as work progresses. Maintain swab or drag in piping and pull past each joint as it is completed. Place plug in end of incomplete piping at end ofday and when work stops.

3.02 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION
a. Join gravity-flow, nonpressure, drainage piping according to the following:

1. Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with gasket joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for compression joints.

2. Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with calked joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for lead and oakum calked joints.

3. Join ductile-iron, gravity sewer piping according to AWWA C600 for push-on joints.

4. Join PVC sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 and ASTM D 3034 for elastomeric-gasket joints.

5. Join dissimilar pipe materials with nonpressure-type, flexible couplings.

3.03 MANHOLE INSTALLATION
a. General: Install manholes complete with appurtenances and accessories indicated. b. Install precast concrete manhole sections with sealants according to ASTM C 891. c. Form continuous concrete channels and benches between inlets and outlet. d. Set tops of frames and covers flush with finished surface of manholes that occur in pavements. Set tops three inches above finished surface elsewhere, unless otherwise indicated. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1103 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica SANITARY UTILITY SEWERAGE PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 333100-5

3.04 CONNECTIONS
a. Connect nonpressure, gravity-flow drainage piping to building's sanitary building drains specified in Division 15 Section "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping."
b. Make connections to existing piping and underground manholes.

1. Use commercially manufactured wye fittings for piping branch connections. Remove section of existing pipe; install wye fitting into existing piping; and encase entire wye fitting, plus six-inch overlap, with not less than six inches ofconcrete with 28-day compressive strength of3,250 pounds per square inch (psi).

3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
a. Test new piping systems, and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired, for leaks and defects.

1. Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval.

2. Test completed piping systems according to requirements ofauthorities having jurisdiction.

3. Schedule tests and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction with at least 24 hours advance notice.

4. Submit separate report for each test.

5. Hydrostatic Tests: Test sanitary sewerage according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and the following:
i. Allowable leakage is maximum of 50 gallons/inch of nominal pipe size per mile of pipe, during 24-hour period.
ii. Close openings in system and fill with water.
iii. Purge air and refill with water.
iv. Disconnect water supply.
v. Test and inspect joints for leaks.
vi. Option: Test ductile-iron piping according to AWWA C600, "Hydrostatic Testing" Section.

Use test pressure ofat least 10 pounds per square inch gauge (psig).

6. Air Tests: Test sanitary sewerage according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, UNI-B-6, and the following:
i. Option: Test plastic gravity sewer piping according to ASTM F 1417. b. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. c. Replace leaking piping using new materials and repeat testing until leakage is within allowances specified.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1104 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 334100-1
SECTION 33 41 00 – STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
a. This Section includes gravity-flow, nonpressure storm drainage pipe and drainage structures outside the building.

1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
a. Gravity-Flow, Nonpressure, Drainage-Piping Pressure Rating: 10-foot head ofwater.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
a. Product Data: For each type ofproduct installed.
b. Field quality-control test reports.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
a. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection:

1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.

2.02 HUB-AND-SPIGOT, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS
a. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service class.
b. Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber.
c. Calking Materials: ASTM B 29, pure lead and oakum or hemp fiber.

2.03 CORRUGATED HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) HDPE PIPE AND FITTINGS a. HDPE Drainage Pipe and Fittings, NPS 4 to NPS 10: AASHTO M252, Type S, with bell-and-spigot ends. Gasketed joints shall be soil-tight with ASTM F 477, elastomeric seals. b. HDPE Drainage Pipe and Fittings, NPS 12 to NPS 60: AASHTO M294, Type S, or ASTM F2306 with bell-and-spigot ends. Gasketed joints shall be soil-tight with ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1105 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 334100-2

2.04 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS
a. PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings, NPS 15 and Smaller: ASTM D 3034, SDR 35, with bell-and-spigot ends for gasketed joints with ASTM F 477, elastomeric seals. b. PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings, NPS 18 and Larger: ASTM F 679, T-2 wall thickness, with bell-andspigot ends for gasketed joints with ASTM F 477, elastomeric seals.

2.05 NONPRESSURE-TYPE PIPE COUPLINGS
a. Comply with ASTM C 1173, elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling, for joining underground nonpressure piping. Include ends of same sizes as piping to be joined and corrosionresistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. b. Sleeve Materials:

1. For Cast-Iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C 564, rubber.

2. For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC.

3. For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being joined.
c. Shielded Flexible Couplings: ASTM C 1460, elastomeric or rubber sleeve with full-length, corrosionresistant outer shield and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. d. Ring-Type Flexible Couplings: Elastomeric compression seal with dimensions to fit inside bell of larger pipe and for spigot ofsmaller pipe to fit inside ring.

2.06 CLEANOUTS
a. PVC Cleanouts: PVC body with PVC threaded plug. Include PVC sewer pipe fitting and riser to cleanout ofsame material as sewer piping.

2.07 MANHOLES
a. Standard Precast Concrete Manholes: ASTM C 478, precast, reinforced concrete, of depth indicated, with provision for sealant joints.

1. Diameter: Forty-eight inches minimum, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Ballast: Increase thickness ofprecast concrete sections or add concrete to base section, as required to prevent flotation.

3. Base Section: Six-inch minimum thickness for floor slab and four-inch minimum thickness for walls and base riser section and having separate base slab or base section with integral floor.

4. Riser Sections: Four-inch minimum thickness, and oflength to provide depth indicated.

5. Top Section: Eccentric-cone type unless concentric-cone or flat-slab-top type is indicated. Top of cone ofsize that matches grade rings.

6. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 990 bitumen or butyl rubber.

7. Resilient Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923, cast or fitted into manhole walls, for each pipe connection.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1106 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 334100-3

8. Steps: Individual FRP steps, FRP ladder, or ASTM A 615/A 615M, deformed, one-half-inch steel reinforcing rods encased in ASTM D 4101, PP wide enough to allow worker to place both feet on one step and designed to prevent lateral slippage offof step. Cast or anchor steps into sidewalls at 12- to 16-inch intervals. Omit steps if total depth from floor of manhole to finished grade is less than 60 inches.

9. Adjusting Rings: Interlocking rings with level or sloped edge in thickness and diameter matching manhole frame and cover. Include sealant recommended by ring manufacturer.

10. Grade Rings: Reinforced-concrete rings, six- to nine-inch total thickness, to match diameter of manhole frame and cover.

11. Manhole Frames and Covers: Ferrous; 24-inch ID by seven- to nine-inch riser with four-inchminimum width flange and 26-inch-diameter cover. Include indented top design with lettering cast into cover, using wording "STORM DRAIN."
i. Material: ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18 ductile iron or ASTM A 48, Class 35 gray iron, unless otherwise indicated.

2.08 CONCRETE
a. General: Cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318/318R, ACI 350R, and the following:

1. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II.

2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33, sand.

3. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, crushed gravel.

4. Water: Potable.

5. Pipe Collars, Ballast and Pipe Supports, Precast Manhole Components, Catch Basins, and Sidewalk Culverts: Portland cement design mix, 3,250 pounds per square inch (psi) minimum unless otherwise noted, Aggregate Gradation “C” per SSPWC 201-1.3.2, and with 0.45 maximum water-cementitious materials ratio.
i. Reinforcement Fabric: ASTM A 185, steel, welded wire fabric, plain. ii. Reinforcement Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed steel.

2.09 CATCH BASINS
a. Standard Precast Concrete Catch Basins: ASTM C 478, precast, reinforced concrete, of depth indicated, with provision for sealant joints.

1. Base Section: Six-inch minimum thickness for floor slab and four-inch minimum thickness for walls and base riser section and having separate base slab or base section with integral floor.

2. Top Section: Eccentric-cone type unless flat-slab-top type is indicated.

3. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 990, bitumen or butyl rubber.
b. Frames and Grates: ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18, ductile iron designed for A-16 (heavy traffic) structural loading unless otherwise indicated. Include 24-inch ID by seven- to nine-inch riser with fourinch minimum width flange, and 26-inch-diameter flat grate with small, square or short-slotted drainage openings.

1. Grate Free Area: Approximately 50 percent, unless otherwise indicated.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 PIPING APPLICATIONS
a. Pipe couplings and fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1107 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 334100-4

1. Use nonpressure-type flexible couplings where required to join gravity-flow, nonpressure sewer piping, unless otherwise indicated.
i. Shielded flexible couplings for same or minor difference OD pipes. ii. Ring-type flexible couplings for piping of different sizes where annular space between smaller piping's OD and larger piping's ID permits installation.

3.02 PIPING INSTALLATION
a. Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions for using lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. b. Install manholes for changes in direction if shown on plan, otherwise use fittings. Use fittings for branch connections unless direct tap into existing storm drain is indicated. c. Install proper size increasers, reducers, and couplings where different sizes or materials of pipes and fittings are connected. Reducing size ofpiping in direction offlow is prohibited. d. Install gravity-flow, nonpressure drainage piping according to the following:

1. Install piping pitched down in direction of flow, at minimum slope of one percent, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Install hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook."

3. Install PVC sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 and ASTM F 1668. e. Clear interior ofpiping and manholes ofdirt and superfluous material as work progresses.

3.03 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION
a. Join gravity-flow, nonpressure drainage piping according to the following:

1. Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with gasket joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for compression joints.

2. Join hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil piping with calked joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for lead and oakum calked joints.

3. Join PVC sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 and ASTM D 3034 for elastomeric-gasket joints.

4. Join dissimilar pipe materials with nonpressure-type flexible couplings.

3.04 MANHOLE INSTALLATION
a. General: Install manholes, complete with appurtenances and accessories indicated. b. Install precast concrete manhole sections with sealants according to ASTM C 891. c. Set tops of frames and covers flush with finished surface of manholes that occur in pavements. Set tops three inches above finished surface elsewhere, unless otherwise indicated.

3.05 CATCH BASIN INSTALLATION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1108 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 334100-5
a. Set frames and grates to elevations indicated.

3.06 CONNECTIONS
a. Connect nonpressure, gravity-flow drainage piping to building's storm building drains specified in Division 22 Section "Facility Storm Drainage Piping."
b. Make connections to existing piping and underground manholes.

1. Use commercially manufactured wye fittings for piping branch connections. Remove section of existing pipe; install wye fitting into existing piping; and encase entire wye fitting, plus six-inch overlap, with not less than six inches of concrete with 28-day compressive strength of 3,250 pounds per square inch (psi).

3.07 LOW IMPACT DEVELOPMENT STORM WATER MITIGATION SYSTEMS INSTALLATION a. All storm water mitigation systems proposed as a part of this project, and as approved by the local jurisdiction, are to be inspected by the Civil Engineer of Record during the installation process, after installation is complete, and prior to obtaining a certificate ofoccupancy.

1. Notify the Civil Engineer of Record at least 24-48 hours prior to the following (minimum) stages, in addition to those noted above, for inspection purposes:
i. Excavation for system installation.
ii. Placement of gravel fills, system liners, piping, inlet and overflow piping, soil backfill, and planting where required.

3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
a. Test new piping systems, and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired, for leaks and defects.

1. Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval.

2. Test completed piping systems according to requirements ofauthorities having jurisdiction.

3. Schedule tests and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction with at least 24 hours' advance notice.

4. Submit separate report for each test.

5. Hydrostatic Tests: Test sewers according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and the following:
i. Allowable leakage is maximum of 50 gallons/inch of nominal pipe size per mile of pipe, during 24-hour period.
ii. Close openings in system and fill with water.
iii. Purge air and refill with water.
iv. Disconnect water supply.
v. Test and inspect joints for leaks.

6. Option: Test ductile-iron piping according to AWWA C600, "Hydrostatic Testing" Section. Use test pressure ofat least 10 pounds per square inch gauge (psig).

7. Air Tests: Test storm drainage according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, UNIB-6, and the following:
i. Option: Test plastic gravity sewer piping according to ASTM F 1417. b. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1109 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 7, 2022 334100-6
c. Replace leaking piping using new materials and repeat testing until leakage is within allowances specified.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1110 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FORMING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 031100-1
SECTION 03 11 00 - STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FORMING
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
a. Section Includes:

1. Design and construction offormwork for concrete.

2. Setting in forms, all anchor bolts, metal inserts, sleeves, etc., embedded in concrete.

3. Miscellaneous concrete work, including but not limited to areaways, cast-in-place valve boxes, pits, splash blocks, equipment bases, and otheritems as shown or required to complete all Work. b. Related Sections:

1. Section 03 2000: Concrete Reinforcing.

2. Section 03 3000: Cast-In-Place Concrete.
c. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:

1. Furnishing and placing reinforcing for cast-in-place concrete.

2. Furnishing, placing, finishing, and curing ofcast-in-place concrete and architectural concrete.

3. Placing ofembedded anchor bolts and inserts.

4. Gravel fill under foundations.

1.02 SUBMITTALS
a. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing form pattern layouts of all exposed exterior and interior concrete dimensioned to precisely locate grooves, form panel jointing, bulkhead formwork detail at construction joints and similar features. Review and approval will not include form strength and adequacy.
b. Record Document: Keep an accurate record of the dates of removal of forms, form shores and reshores, and furnish copies to the Architect.
c. Submit product data for all proprietary items to be used on project.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. Comply with pertinent provisions ofDivision 01, Section 01 4000 – Quality Requirements. b. Construct forms according to ACI 347, “Guide to Formwork for Concrete”, and conforming to tolerances specified in ACI 301, “Specifications for Structural Concrete”, as applicable, unless exceeded by requirements ofthe County ofLos Angeles or otherwise indicated or specified.

1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
a. Deliver materials for forms in timely manner to ensure uninterrupted progress. b. Store materials by methods that prevent damage and permitready access for inspection and identification. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1111 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FORMING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 031100-2
Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE STANDARDS
a. Form lumber: Lumber with adequate strength, stiffness, dimensional accuracy and stability, workability, and durability in conformance with ACI 347 “Guide to Formwork ofConcrete.” b. Form plywood: PS 1 95, Group I, Exterior Grade B-B Plyform or better, minimum 5-ply and 3/4” thick for exposed locations and not less than 5/8” thick for unexposed locations, grade marked, not mill oiled.

Plywood having medium or high density overlay is acceptable. c. Coated form plywood: For exposed painted concrete, plastic overlaid plywood of grade specified above, factory coated with a form coating and release agent “NoxCrete”, or equal. d. Tube forms: Sonoco “Seamless Sonotubes”, or equal, type leaving no marks in concrete, 1-piece lengths for full required heights.
e. Form ties: Prefabricated rod, flat band, wire, internally threaded disconnecting type, or equal, not leaving metal within 1 1/2” ofconcrete surface.
f. Form coating: Non-staining clear coating free from oil, silicone, wax, not grain-raising, “MasterFinish RL 100” by BASF or approved equal by the SEOR. Where form liners are used, provide form coatings recommended by form liner manufacturer.
g. Form liner: Rigid or resilient type by Labrado Forms, Symons, or equal, types shown or directed, matching approved sample.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 WORKMANSHIP
a. Rigidly construct forms to prevent mortar leakage, sagging, displacement or bulging between studs. Use clean, sound, approved form material, coated with specified materials only, not oil. Provide backing on all plywood joints.
b. Sides ofall footings shall be formed or cast against clean vertical cuts in unweathered bedrock, unless the member detail provides at least 3” clear cover to reinforcement and indicates that the member is cast against earth, or permission is obtained to place concrete directly against earth. Where this permission is granted, the footing or grade beam dimension shall be increased 3”. Remove formwork prior to backfilling operations.

3.02 FORM ERECTION AND REMOVAL
a. Conform to ACI 301, ACI 318 Chapter 6 and ACI 347 except as exceeded by the requirements of the County ofLos Angeles or herein.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1112 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FORMING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 031100-3
b. Construction: Coat forms with the specified resin coating, not form oil. Construct forms to exact shapes, sizes, lines, and dimensions required to obtain level, plumb, and straight surfaces. Provide openings, offsets, keys, reglets, anchorages, recesses, moldings, chamfers, blocking, screeds, drips, bulkheads, and all other required features. Make forms easily removable without hammering or prying against concrete.

Space forms apart with metal spreaders. Construct forms to accurate alignment, location and grades, and provide against sagging, leakage of concrete mortar, or displacement occurring during and after placing of concrete. Coordinate installation of inserts and anchors in forms according to Shop Drawings and requirements for work ofother sections.
c. Corners and Angles: Provide 3/4” by 3/4” beveled chamfer strips for all exposed concrete corners and angles unless otherwise indicated. Form concealed concrete corners and angles square unless otherwise indicated.
d. Reglets and Rebates: Form required reglets and rebates to receive frames, flashing, and other equipment.

Obtain required dimensions, details, and precise positions for work to be installed under other sections and form concrete accordingly.
e. Form Joints: Fill joints to produce smooth surfaces, intersections, and arises. Use polymer foam or equivalent fillers at joints and where forms abut or overlap existing concrete to prevent leakage ofmortar. f. Recesses, Drips, and Profiles: Provide smooth milled wood or pre-formed rubber or plastic shapes of types shown and required.
g. Cleanouts and Cleaning: Provide temporary openings in all wall forms and other vertical forms for cleaning and inspection. Clean forms and surfaces to receive concrete priorto placing. h. Re-Use: Clean and recondition form material before re-use. i. Form Removal: Do not remove concrete forms until concrete attains sufficient strength to support its own weight and all superimposed loads as determine by testing field cured concrete cylinders, but not sooner than specified in ACI 347, Section 3.7.2.3. Load supporting forms may be removed when concrete has attained 75 percent of required 28 day compressive strength, but no sooner than 3 days, provided construction is reshored. Vertical formwork for cast-in-place concrete walls may be removed no sooner than 1 day following concrete placement, provided that contractor can demonstrate that no sloughing or sagging ofconcrete will occur.

1. Reshore structural members as specified per ACI 347.

2. Remove formwork progressively so unbalanced loads are not imposed on the structure.

3. Avoid damage to concrete surfaces during form removal.

4. Store reusable forms for exposed architectural concrete to prevent damage to contact surfaces.

5. Remove formwork in same sequence as concrete placement to achieve similar concrete surface coloration.
j. Reshoring:

1. Minimum reshoring shall be as per the requirements ofACI 347.

2. Record: Maintain a form and shoring removal record.

3. Contractor shall submit shoring/reshoring plans and calculations for review and approval by the SEOR. Calculations and plans shall be stamped and signed by a licensed structural engineer registered in the State ofCalifornia.
k. Shoring for Tributary Loads: Set temporary shoring for structural steel beams supporting cast-in-place concrete walls.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1113 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FORMING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 031100-4

3.03 FORMWORK TOLERANCES
a. Deflection: Limit deflection offorming surfaces from concrete pressure to L/240. b. Finish Lines: Position formwork to maintain hardened concrete finish lines within following permissible deviations.

1. Variation from Plumb:

In 10’-0” 1/4 inch
In any story or 20’-0” 3/8 inch
In 40’-0” or more 3/4 inch

2. Variation from Level or Grades Indicated
In 10’-0” 1/4 inch
In any bay or 20’-0” maximum 3/8 inch
In 40’-0” or more 3/4 inch

3. Cross-Sectional Dimensions
Minus 1/4 inch
Plus 1/2 inch
c. Building Lines: Variation oflinear building lines from established position in plan and related position of columns, walls and partitions:

In any bay or 10’-0” maximum 1/2 inch
In 40’-0” or more 1 inch
d. Slab Openings: Variations in size and location ofsleeves and slab openings shall not exceed 1/4 inch.

3.04 SURVEY AND ADJUSTMENT
a. Check forms before and during placement ofconcrete, using an instrument, and make corrections as work proceeds.

3.05 EMBEDDED PIPING AND ROUGH HARDWARE
a. Comply with ACI 318 Section 6.3. SEOR to review embedments into concrete prior to installation.

Where work of other sections require openings for passage of pipes, conduits, ducts, and other inserts in the concrete, obtain all dimensions and other information. All necessary pipe sleeves, anchors, or other required inserts shall be accurately installed as part of the work of other sections, according to following requirements. See specification Section 03 3000, Section 1.3 B for submittal requirements related to this scope.
b. Conduits or Pipes: Locate so as not to reduce strength of concrete. Do not place pipes, other than conduits, in a slab 4 1/2” thick or less in any case. Conduit buried in a concrete slab shall not have an outside diameter greater than 1/3 the slab thickness nor be placed below the bottom reinforcing steel or overtop reinforcing steel. SEOR to review proposed placement ofconduit priorto installation. c. Sleeves: Pipe sleeves may pass through slabs or walls ifnot exposed to rusting or other deterioration and are of uncoated or galvanized iron or steel. Provide sleeves of diameter large enough to pass any hub or coupling on pipe, including any insulation. Refer to Architectural drawings and specifications for details ofwaterproofing seals at wall penetrations.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1114 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CONCRETE FORMING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 031100-5
d. Conduits: Conduits may be embedded in walls only if the outside diameter does not exceed 1/3 the wall thickness, are spaced no closer than 3 diameters on centers, and do not impair the strength of the structure. SEOR to review proposed placement ofconduit prior to installation. e. Clusters ofConduits:

1. Clusters of conduits embedded in a concrete slab shall not exceed 6 conduits per cluster and each conduit per cluster shall be individually spaced as per the above requirements. Conduit clusters exceeding this requirement shall be reviewed and approved by the Structural Engineer of Record prior to the installation ofthe conduits.

2. If more than one conduit cluster is required in a specific area of the slab, routing and spacing of the clusters shall be reviewed and approved by the structural engineer of record prior to the installation ofthe conduits.

3. At no time shall the quantity and routing of clusters ofconduits impair the strength ofthe concrete construction.

3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
a. Inspection: Obtain inspection and approval of forms per 2017 LA County Building Code Table 1705.3 Item 12 before placing structural concrete. Comply with the general provisions ofDivision 01, Section 01 4000 “Quality Requirements.”

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1115 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REINFORCING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 032000-1
SECTION 03 20 00 - STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REINFORCING
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
a. Section Includes:

1. Reinforcing bars for cast-in-place concrete.

2. Reinforcing mesh for cast-in-place concrete.

3. Accessories, including but not limited to, chairs and tie wires.

4. Furnish and deliver to site steel barreinforcing for concrete and masonry.

5. Miscellaneous concrete work, including but not limited to areaways, cast-in-place valve boxes, pits, splash blocks, equipment bases, and otheritems as shown or required to complete all work. b. Related Sections:

1. Section 03 1100: Concrete Forming

2. Section 03 3000: Cast-in-Place Concrete

1.02 SUBMITTALS
a. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings which should include complete layouts, sections, and details for typical conditions, congested conditions, typical bending diagrams and offsets, splice lengths and locations, proposed layout where vertical and horizontal bars intersect, and, wherever welding is proposed, welding detailed to conform to AWS D1.4 -11 and 2017 Los Angeles County Building Code Requirements. After approval ofinitial submission, subsequent submittals may be waived.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. Source Quality Control: Testing Laboratory shall perform following conformance testing, shall select test samples of bars, ties, and stirrups from the material at the site or from place of distribution, each sampling including at least two 18” long pieces, and perform the following tests in accordance with ASTM A706.

1. Identified Bars: If samples are obtained from bundles as delivered from the mill, identified as to heat number, accompanied by mill analyses and mill test reports, and properly tagged with Identification Certificate so as to be readily identified, perform one tensile and one bend test for each 10 tons or fraction thereof of each size of bars. Submit mill reports when samples are selected.

2. Unidentified Bars: When positive identification of reinforcing bars cannot be made and when random samples are obtained; perform tests for each 2.5 tons or fraction thereof, one tensile and one bend test from each size ofbars.
b. Certification of Welders: All welding both in shop and in field shall be performed by certified welding operators per AWS D1.4.

1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
a. Bundle bars, tag with identification and transport and store so as not to damage any material. Use metal tags indicating size, length and other marking shown on placement drawings. Maintain tags after bundles are broken.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1116 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REINFORCING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 032000-2

1.05 EXTRA MATERIAL:
a. Provide an allowance of an additional 10% of the total reinforcing steel tonnage in addition to quantities shown on drawings. This additional steel shall be installed at the discretion of, and in the locations directed by the Structural Engineer. Provide unit price for purpose of adjusting contract price to reflect quantity ofextra material actually used. All unused material shall be credited to the owner based upon the agreed unit prices.

Part 2. MATERIALS

2.01 MATERALS
a. Reinforcing bars: ASTM A706, Grade 60, unless otherwise indicated on drawings. b. Reinforcing bars for welding: ASTM A706, Grade 60.
c. Reinforcing mesh: ASTM A185, mesh size and gauge as shown 60 ksi minimum tensile strength.

Provide mesh in flat sheets only.
d. Tie wire: ASTM A82, Annealed copper-bearing steel, 16 gauge minimum. e. Chairs and similar support items:

1. Standard manufactured products conforming to Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, “Manual of Standard Practice”, latest edition.

2. Use dense precast concrete supports with embedded wire ties for reinforcement placed on grade.

Elsewhere, use wire bar supports.
f. Welding electrodes: AWS D1.4-11, Table 5.1 and Table 5.3, low hydrogen electrodes, E8018 for A706 Grade 60 steel.

2.02 FABRICATION OF REINFORCING BARS
a. Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI), “Manual of Standard Practice”, latest edition, for fabrication ofreinforcing steel.
b. Bending and Forming: Fabricate bars of the indicated sizes and bend and form to required shapes and lengths by methods not injurious to materials. Do not heat reinforcement for bending. Bend bars No. 6 size and larger in the shop only. Bars with unscheduled kinks or bends are subject to rejection. Use only tested and approved bar materials.
c. Welding: Use only ASTM A706 steel where welding is proposed. Perform welding, where shown or approved, by the direct electric arc process in accordance with AWS D1.4-11 using specified lowhydrogen electrodes. Preheat 6” each side of joint. Protect joints from drafts during the cooling process; accelerated cooling is prohibited. Do not tack weld bars. Welding shall not be done on or within two bar diameters of any bend portion of the bar that has been bent cold. Welding of crossing bars shall not be permitted for assemble of reinforcement unless authorized by SEOR. Clean metal surfaces to be welded ofall loose scale and foreign material. Clean welds each time electrode is changed and chip burned edges before placing welds. When wire brushed, the completed welds must exhibit uniform section, smooth welded metal, feather edges without undercuts or overlays, freedom from porosity and clinkers, and good 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1117 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REINFORCING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 032000-3
fusion and penetration into the base metal. Cut out welds or parts of welds found defective with chisel and replace with proper welding. Fillet welds may be considered prequalified per AWS D1.4-11, section

6.1.2. Other welds are to be qualified per AWS D1.4-11, section 6.1.2. . Where ASTM A615 steel is to be used or occurs in existing elements and is to be welded, complete chemical analyses shall be performed to determine chemical composition and, for new bar, provided in the mill certifications to determine weldability in accordance with ACI 318-14 Section 26.6.4.1 with modifications per AWS D1.4-11. The carbon equivalency (CE) shall be clearly defined and bars with a CE above 0.75 shall not be welded. Welding Procedure Specifications and supporting Procedure Qualification Records with required testing per AWS D1.4-11, shall be provided for review and approval prior to welding. These WPS’s and PQR’s shall be specific to the CE as determined above, and shall, in addition to the other AWS requirements, include minimum and maximum preheat and interpass temperatures that are specific to the CE. This preheat and interpass temperature shall be strictly enforced in the field. If separate shipments of bars vary the weldability, the process listed in the requirements above shall be repeated for these new bars.
d. Prequalification ofwelds shall be in accordance with AWS D1.4-11.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCING
a. Provide additional reinforcing bars at wall and slab openings as required. Before placing bars, and again before concrete is placed, clean bars of loose mill scale, oil, or any other coating that might destroy or reduce bond.
b. Securing in Place: Accurately place bars and wire tie in precise position where bars cross. Bend ends of wire ties away from the forms. Wire tie bars to corners of ties and stirrups. Support bars according to Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, “Placing Reinforcing Bars”, latest edition, by, using approved accessories and chairs. Place precast concrete cubes with embedded wire ties to support reinforcing steel bars in concrete placed on grade and in footings. Use care not to damage vapor barriers where they occur. c. Exposed Concrete Surfaces: Provide stainless steel or exterior quality vinyl plastic tipped chairs, bolsters, and accessories where exposed on exterior or interior concrete surfaces that are not to be painted nor permanently covered.
d. Clearances: Maintain minimum clear distances between reinforcing bars and face of concrete as indicated on Contract Documents.
e. Splices: Do not splice reinforcing bars at the points of maximum stress except where indicated. Lap splices as shown or required to develop the full strength or stress of bars. Stagger splices in horizontal wall bars at least 48” longitudinally in alternate bars and opposite faces. f. Field Welding ofBars: As specified for fabrication.
g. Maintaining Bars in Position: Take adequate precautions to assure that reinforcing position and spacing is maintained during placement ofconcrete.
h. Reinforcing Mesh: Lap one full mesh plus 2”, 9”, or 1.5 ld, whichever is greater, at splices, wire tie, and support the same as specified for bars.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1118 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CONCRETE REINFORCING
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 032000-4
i. Splice Devices:

1. Type and manufacture, noted on drawings and subject to review and approval by SEOR if substitution is requested Contractor to supply manufacturer calculations and supporting data showing proposed substitution conforms to requirements indicated and supplied.

2. Install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions.

3. Splice in a manner developing at least 125% ofthe yielding strength of the bar.

4. Samples must be representative of the mill sources to be used for reinforcement on the project.

Tests may be determined to be acceptable if a bar stress of 125% fy is developed without any slip or distress at the connection between the reinforcing bar and mechanical splice.

5. Reinforcing resisting earthquake induced forces shall use splice connections meeting the requirements ofACI 318-14, Section 18.2.7.1b Type 2 mechanical connection.

3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
a. Supervision: Perform Work to this Section under supervision ofa capable superintendent. b. Inspection: Obtain inspection and approval of reinforcing per 2017 Los Angeles County Building Code Section 1705.3 before concrete is placed.
c. Welding Inspection: For both shop and field welding, perform welding of reinforcing bars under inspection of Testing Laboratory Welding Inspector who is specially qualified and approved by the County of Los Angeles, in accordance with 2017 Los Angeles County Building Code 1705.3.1 Table 1705.3 Item 2.

END OF SECTION
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1119 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 033000-1
SECTION 03 30 00 - STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Part 1. GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
a. Section Includes:

1. Cast-in-place concrete, including furnishing, concrete materials, mix design, placement, curing and finishes, except as otherwise specified.

2. Grout and drypack, except as otherwise specified.

3. Placing ofembedded anchor bolts and inserts.

4. Waterstops including testing

5. .
b. Related Sections:

1. Section 03 1100: Concrete Forming

2. Section 03 2000: Concrete Reinforcing
c. Related Work Specified Elsewhere:

1. Preparation and grading ofearth subgrade under concrete.

2. Furnishing and final curing ofcast-in-place concrete.

3. Gravel fill under foundations.

4. Subslab drainage fill.

5. Waterproofing.

6. Trench grates.

1.02 DEFINITIONS
a. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica fume.

1.03 SUBMITTALS
a. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for all horizontal and vertical concrete. Coordinate with related trades for final dimensions of cladding, equipment and utilities. Indicate the following items tied to building gridlines or other floor level datum’s identified on the Drawings:

1. Curbs, pads and raised areas; indicate top ofslab elevation.

2. Depressions; indicate top ofslab elevation

3. Cast in place stairs and ramps

4. Sleeves, block-outs and penetrations

5. Locations and types ofconstruction and expansion joints

6. Embedded pipes and rough hardware
b. Structural Concrete Mix Designs: Submit for all Structural concrete per Section 1.5. Include alternate mix designs when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances that may warrant adjustments. Concrete mixes shall be reviewed and accepted by the SEOR c. Product Data: Submit product data and samples for each type of manufactured material and product including but not limited to the following:

1. Admixtures.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1120 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 033000-2

2. Curing compounds.

3. 4. Semi-rigid joint fillers.

5. Joint-filler strips.

6. Bonding agent.

7. Non-shrink grout.

8. Color Control procedure.
d. Delivery Tickets: With each transit truck, provide delivery ticket, signed by an authorized representative of the batch plant, containing all information required by ASTM C94, as well as time batched, type of brand ofcement, cement content, maximum size ofaggregate and total water content.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
a. Qualifications

1. Installer Qualifications: An experience installer who has completed concrete Work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record ofsuccessful in-service performance.

2. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association's Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities.

3. Concrete Testing and Inspection Services: The Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform evaluation tests and special inspections per Structural Notes on Drawings and as required by the Code. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-1 or an equivalent certification program. b. ACI Publications: Comply with the following, unless more stringent provisions are indicated:

1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete."
c. Concrete Manufacturer: Furnish concrete from a plant complying with the requirements of ASTM C 94, with a current certificate from the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association, or other agency acceptable to the County ofLos Angeles.
d. Allowable Tolerances: Construct concrete conforming to the tolerances specified in ACI 117 “Recommended Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials”, as applicable, unless exceeded by requirements ofregulatory agencies or otherwise indicated or specified.

1. Floor Flatness & Levelness: Floor Profile Quality Classification – “Flat” per ASTM E1155 Standard Test Method for Determining Floor Flatness and Levelness using the F–Number System (SOFF and SOFL respectively). SOFF shall be applied to both slabs on grade and elevated slabs, and SOFL only to slabs on grade as is indicated by ACI 117. e. Source Quality Control: Refer to the following paragraphs for specific procedures. Concrete materials which, by previous tests or actual service, have shown conformance may be used without testing when so approved by the Structural Engineer ofRecord and the County ofLos Angeles. Testing Laboratory shall perform following conformance testing.

1. Portland Cement: Furnish Certificate of Compliance in accordance with 2017 Los Angeles Building Code, and acceptable to Structural Engineer of Record, showing conformance with requirements specified. Cementitious materials without Certificate of Compliance shall not be used.

2. Aggregate for Normal Weight Concrete: Test the aggregate before and after concrete mix is designed and whenever character of aggregate varies or source of material is changed. Include a 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1121 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 033000-3
sieve analysis. Obtain samples of aggregates at the dry batching or ready-mix concrete plant in accordance with ASTM D75 and perform tests for the properties listed in the following table.

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
Physical Properties, units Test Method Acceptance Criteria Sieve analysis ASTM C136 Per ASTM C33 Section 6 for fine aggregate, and Table 2 for coarse aggregate
Organic impurities ASTM C40 For fine aggregate, not darker than reference standard color
Soundness ASTM C88 Loss after 5 cycles not more than 10 percent for fine aggregate
Abrasion ASTM C131 For coarse aggregate, weight loss not more than 50 percent after 500 revolutions
Deleterious materials ASTM C33 Per ASTM C33 Table 1 for Fine Aggregate, and Table 3, Class 1N, for Coarse Aggregate.

Materials finer than No. 200 sieve ASTM C117 For coarse aggregate, not over 1 percent, 1.5 percent for crushed aggregate Reactivity potential ASTM C289 Ratio of silica released to reduction in alkalinity not to exceed 1.0.

Sand equivalent ASTM D2419 California sand equivalent values operating range not below 71 percent
f. Compliance with Regulations: All materials shall comply with the current rules and regulations of the local air quality management district, with the rules regarding volatile organic compounds, and with FDA rules and regulations for dangerous substances in construction products. g. Mockups: Cast concrete mockup to demonstrate typical joints, surface finish, texture, tolerances, and standard ofworkmanship as required by the Resident Engineer.

1. Build mockups approximately 200 sq.ft in the location indicated or, ifnot indicated, as directed by Engineer.

2. Notify Engineer seven days in advance ofdates and times when mockups will be constructed.

3. Obtain Engineer's approval ofmockups before starting construction.

4. If Engineer determines that mockups do not meet requirements, demolish and remove them from the site and cast another until the mockup is approved.

5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work.

6. Demolish and remove mockups when directed.

7. Approved mockups may become part ofthe completed Work.

1.05 CONCRETE MIX DESIGNS
a. General Requirements: A registered civil engineer with experience in concrete mix design shall design concrete mixes for normal weight concrete using field experience and/or trial mixtures, as prescribed in ACI 318-14 Section 26.4. Concrete mix designs shall state the intended usage and be submitted to the SEOR for approval.
b. Strength Requirements: Design mixes for structural concrete for minimum 28-day compressive strengths specified in the Structural Drawings and these Specifications. The trial batch strength for each mix shall 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1122 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 033000-4
exceed indicated or specified strength by an amount based on the standard deviations of strength test records according to ACI 318-14 Section 26.4.
c. Normal Weight Concrete Mix Designs: Design all mixes for workability and durability of concrete.

Control the mixes in accordance ACI 211.1, “Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete”, and ACI 318-14, Chapter 19 and 26. Make adjustments in cement content required for concrete strengths at Contractor's expense and do not exceed 0.60 absolute watercement or cement plus fly ash ratio by weight. Do not use calcium chloride or any admix containing such material. Admixtures containing a material releasing nitrates in solution are limited to 0.06 percent by weight for the chloride ion.
d. Maximum Aggregate Sizes: Not exceeding 3/4 of minimum clear space between bars and between bars and forms, nor larger than 1/5 of least dimensions between the forms, nor larger than 1/3 the depth of slabs. Design the mixes with 1” maximum size, except maximum 1-1/2” size for foundations and maximum 3/8” size at congested reinforcing or thin sections, as submitted by the Construction Manager and approved by the Architect and Structural Engineer ofRecord.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
a. Deliver all materials in timely manner to ensure uninterrupted progress ofthe Work. b. Store materials by methods that prevent damage and provide ready access for inspection and identification.
c. Mix concrete only in such quantities as are required for immediate use, and use while fresh before initial set has taken place. Concrete which has developed initial set shall not be used. Concrete which has partially hardened shall not be retempered orremixed.
d. Use all means necessary to protect cast-in-place concrete materials before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed work and material ofall other trades. e. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacement necessary to the approval of the Engineer and at no cost to the Owner.

1.07 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS
a. Do not place concrete during rain or adverse weather conditions without measures to prevent damage.

Conform to ACI 318-14 Section 26.5.4 and 26.5.5, ACI 305, “Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting,” ACI 306, “Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting,” as required except do not use calcium chloride or any type of accelerator ”Concreting” for cold weather requirements as required except do not use calcium chloride or any type ofaccelerator.

Part 2. PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS
a. Regional Materials: Products shall be manufactured within 500 miles of Project site from materials that have been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 500 miles ofProject site. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1123 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 033000-5
b. Furnish materials meeting the test requirements of Paragraph “Source Quality Control” above, as applicable, and following requirements:
c. Portland cement: ASTM C150-07, Type II, low alkali. Do not change source without prior approval.

Changing source will require new concrete mix design submission and approvals. Provide Type V where concrete is in contact with corrosive soils. For architectural exposed concrete refer to specification 03 3543.
d. Aggregates:

1. Standard Weight Aggregates: ASTM C33, from approved pits, free from vegetable matter and of opaline, feldspar, or siliceous magnesium substances; all washed, clean, hard, fine-grained sound crushed rock or gravel; not over 5 percent by weight of flat, thin, elongated, friable, or laminated pieces (pieces having major dimension over 5 times average dimension) or more than 2 percent by weight ofshale or cherty material.
i. Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch, except maximum 1-1/2 inch size for foundations.
ii. Not exceeding 3/4 ofminimum clear space between bars and forms, nor larger than 1/5 ofthe least dimensions between the forms.
iii. 3/8 inch maximum aggregate size may be used in congested areas and in thin sections when approved by the Engineer.
iv. Combined Aggregate Gradation: Combined aggregate gradation for slabs and other designated concrete shall be 8% - 22% for smaller top size aggregate (1 1/2 inch) or 8% - 22% for smaller top size aggregates ( 1 inch or 3/4 inch) retained on each sieve below the top size and above the No. 100.
e. Admixture: Admixtures shall comply to the requirements ofACI 318-14 Section 26.4.1.4. Admixtures to be used in concrete shall be subject to prior approval by the SEOR. f. Pozzolan: ASTM C618, Class F or N Fly Ash, 100 pounds maximum per cubic yard, containing one percent or less carbon. Fly ash shall not be used in excess of 15 percent by weight of total cement quantity.

1. Admixtures certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent water-soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material and to be compatible with other admixtures and cementitious materials. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride. All admixtures are subject to Engineer's approval.

2. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.

3. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, types A & D or F & G.

4. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B.

5. Chemical admixtures shall be added to the concrete during the mixing process by automatic mechanical dispensing units. These dispensers shall be calibrated periodically to insure accuracy.

On site plasticizing admixtures shall be added in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and/orrecommendations.
g. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94.
h. Joint filler: ASTM D1751 and D1752, as specified.
i. Curing Materials:

1. Where access flooring is indicated, coordinate selection of curing and sealing compounds with access floor manufacturer to verify product is compatible with pedestal adhesive.

2. Liquid Curing compound: ASTM C309, fugitive dye dissipating type, complying with Rule 11 13 of the South Coast Air Quality Management District and Federal Air Quality Regulation 40 CFR

52.254.
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1124 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 033000-6

3. Curing sheet: ASTM C171-03, non-staining white types.

4. Evaporation retardant and finishing aid: BASF "Confilm," or equal. j. Non-shrink grout:

1. Minimum compressive strength ofnon-shrink grout shall be 7000 psi.

2. For concealed areas BASF “MasterFlow 885”or equal, non-gas-forming and free of oxidizing catalysts and inorganic accelerators, used as dry or damp pack, or mixed to a 20-second flow (CRC-C 611), without segregation or bleeding at any temperature between 45 degrees F and 100 degrees F. Working time 30 minutes or more.

3. For exposed areas: BASF “Masterflow 928,” or Euclid “Euco Hi-flow Grout” with same characteristics as specified for concealed areas.
k. Drypack: Field mixture of I part Portland cement to 2 parts fine aggregate mixed to a damp consistency such that a ball molded in the hands will stick together and hold its shape. In lieu of field mixing, Contractor may use factory mixed drypack material, such as Master Builders “Set Grout” or approved equal. Minimum 28-day compression strength ofdrypack shall be 5,000 psi. l. Epoxy Grout: BASF “Masterflow 648,” “Sikadur 42 Industrial Group-Pak” by Sika Chemical Corporation, Euclid “Euco High Strength Grout E3-G,” or approved equal. m. Expansion Joint Filler: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber, or ASTM D 1752, cork or selfexpanding cork. n. Construction Joint Materials: “Form-A-Key” or “Kwik-Joint,” ofprofiles indicated. o. Bonding Agent: “Weld-Crete,” manufactured by Larsen Products Co., BASF “Master Emaco,” or equal.

2.02 CONCRETE MIXING
a. Furnish ready-mixed concrete from an approved commercial off-site plant. Conform to ASTM C94, except materials, testing, and mix designs as specified herein. Use transit mixer trucks equipped with automatic devices forrecording number ofrevolutions ofdrum. Comply with ACI 318-14 Chapter 26 and Chapter 19.
b. Admixtures: All approved admixtures shall be introduced into the concrete at the batch plant. Field additions are not acceptable.
c. Slump: Adjust quantity of water so concrete at point and time of placing does not exceed the following slumps when tested according to ASTM C143. Use the minimum water necessary for workability required by part ofstructure being cast.

Part ofStructure Slump
Inches
Maximum
Water-Cement
Ratio
Footings, foundation walls, and mass concrete, not reinforced 4 + 1 0.40 Reinforced concrete over 8” thick 4 + 1 0.40
Reinforced concrete 8” orless thick 4 + 1 0.40
All other concrete 4 + 1 0.40
22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1125 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 033000-7

2.03 CONCRETE MIXES
a. Mix shall be signed and sealed by a California-licensed professional engineer. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix or field test data bases, as follows:
b. Proportion normal-weight concrete according to CBC Section 1905, ACI 211.1, and ACI 301. c. Strength ofConcrete: Strengths and types ofconcretes shall be as indicated in the Drawings. d. Fly Ash: Provide the following percentages, by weight, of fly ash unless approved otherwise by the Engineer:

1. Architectural precast concrete: See Section 03 3543.

2. Foundations: 40 percent.

3. Slab on grade: 0%

4. Stairs: 20%

5. Curbs and Other Non-Structural concrete: 20%

6. Shear Walls: 15%

7. Ramp slabs: 5%

8. Miscellaneous concrete: 25 percent.

9. Concrete fill over metal deck: 0 percent.

Part 3. EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION FOR CONCRETE PLACING
a. Remove all free water from forms before concrete is deposited. Remove hardened concrete, debris, and foreign materials from interior surfaces of forms, exposed reinforcing, and from surfaces of mixing and conveying equipment.
b. Wetting: Wet wood forms before placing concrete. Wet other materials sufficiently to reduce adsorption and to help maintain concrete workability.
c. Earth Subgrade: Dampen 24 hours before placing concrete, but do not muddy. Re-roll where necessary for smoothness and remove loose material.
d. Gravel Fill: Recompact disturbed gravel and bring to correct elevation. e. Sand Beds or Subslab Drainage Fill: Recompact disturbed material and bring to correct elevation. f. Vapor Barrier: See Section 07 2600 "Under-Slab Vapor Barrier" for placement of vapor retarder under slab-on-grade. The vapor barrier installation must be approved prior to the concrete placement. Refer to methane consultants drawings
g. Screeds: Set screeds at walls and maximum 8-foot centers between. Set to provide level floor. Check with an instrument level, transit, orlaser during placing operation to maintain level floor. 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1126 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 033000-8
h. Screeds Over Vapor Barrier: Use weighted pad or cradle type screeds and do not drive stakes through the vapor barrier. Check with an instrument level, transit, or laser. i. Metal Floor Decking: Verify that decking joints are sealed and there are no openings or voids that will permit concrete leakage.
j. Composite Steel Beams: Provide shores for tributary construction loads to floor and roof beams as required, or camberthe beams as approved by Architect.
k. Embedded Items: Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use Setting Drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.

1. Install anchor bolts, accurately located, to elevations required.

2. Install reglets to receive top edge of foundation sheet waterproofing and to receive through-wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions.

3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated

3.02 CONCRETE PLACING
a. Conveying and Placing: Comply with ACI 318-14 Section 26.5. Do not place concrete until reinforcing steel and forms or decks have been approved by the Inspector and other authorities having jurisdiction.

Do not allow concrete to free fall from release points at mixer, hopper, tremie, or other conveying equipment in excess of 5-feet for concealed concrete or over 3-feet for exposed concrete. Deposit concrete so that surface is kept level throughout, with minimum being allowed to flow from one portion of forms to another. Place concrete in horizontal layers not more than 18” thick within 90 minutes after wateris first added to the batch. Place all concrete by methods that prevent segregation ofmaterials.

1. Where new concrete is placed against or on old or existing concrete, apply bonding agent to surface ofold concrete prior to placement ofnew concrete. b. Joints: Comply with ACI 318-14 Section 26.5.6. Locate joints in concrete only where shown or approved and obtain prior approval for points of stoppage of any pour. Clean and roughen surface of construction joints by removing entire surface and exposing 1/4” ofclean coarse aggregate solidly embedded in mortar matrix by sandblasting, chipping, use of an approved retarder agent, or equal. Water and keep hardened concrete wet for not less than 24 hours before placing the next lift or abutting concrete. Cover the horizontal surfaces of existing or previously placed and hardened concrete with a 2” thick layer of fresh concrete ofrequired mix less 50 percent ofcoarse aggregate just before balance ofconcrete is placed. c. Vertical Elements: Stop placement of concrete in walls and columns 1 1/2" below bottom of beams or supported slabs. Stop placement at sills and heads ofwall openings in the same manner. Allow concrete in vertical elements to be in place at least 2 hours and until vertical settlement has ceased before placing concrete for floor framing.
d. Compacting: Compact each layer of the concrete as placed with mechanical vibrators or equivalent equipment. Transmit vibration directly to concrete and in no case through the forms unless approved.

Accomplish thorough compaction. Supplement by rodding or spading by hand adjacent to forms.

Compact concrete into corners and angles of forms and around reinforcement and embedded fixtures.

Recompact deep sections with congestion due to reinforcing steel as required. e. Operation ofVibrators: Do not horizontally transport concrete in forms with vibrators nor allow vibrators to contact forms or reinforcing. Push vibrators vertically into the preceding layers that are still plastic and slowly withdraw, producing maximum obtainable density in concrete without creating voids or 22BLD-1006
09/16/22
DocuSign Envelope ID: 334567A8-59A9-4A32-8A7A-7117809E16D2

4.G.b
Packet Pg. 1127 Attachment: RAMCO - FTA_Construction_Contract_- EXECUTED (7693 : Approval of First modification to the construction contract 11521 City ofSanta Monica STRUCTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
7 TH Street Fencing Upgrade and Activation
Project No. SP2577 100% CD Documents
January 07, 2022 033000-9
segregation. In no case disturb concrete that has partially set. Vibrate at intervals not exceeding two-thirds the effective visible vibration diameter of the submerged vibrator. Avoid excessive vibration that causes segregation.
f. Correction of Segregation: Before placing next layer of concrete, and at the top of each placement for vertical elements, remove all concrete containing excess water or fine aggregate, or showing deficiency of coarse aggregate, and fill the space with compacted concrete of correct proportions. Comply with ACI 318-11 Section 6.4.
g. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage orreduced strength that could be caused by low temperatures.